Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 29, 2013

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                       to                     

Commission file number: 000-30684

 

 

 

LOGO

OCLARO, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   20-1303994

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2560 Junction Avenue, San Jose, California, 95134

(Address of principal executive offices, zip code)

(408) 383-1400

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share   NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   x
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $139,320,000 based on the last reported sale price of the registrant’s common stock on December 28, 2012 as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market ($1.54 per share). As of September 9, 2013, there were 92,873,317 shares of common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III incorporates certain information by reference from the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed on or before October 28, 2013. With the exception of the sections of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders specifically incorporated herein by reference, the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is not deemed to be filed as part of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

OCLARO, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 29, 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
  PART I   

Item 1.

 

Business

     4   

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

     14   

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

     36   

Item 2.

 

Properties

     37   

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

     37   

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

     39   
  PART II   

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     39   

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

     41   

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     42   

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     62   

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     63   

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     63   

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

     63   

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

     64   
  PART III   

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     65   

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

     65   

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     65   

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     65   

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     65   
  PART IV   

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

     65   

Signatures

       66   


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking statements, within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, about our future expectations, plans or prospects and our business. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current events, and contain words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “intend,” “will,” “plan,” “believe,” “should,” “outlook,” “could,” “target,” “model,” “may” and other words of similar meaning in connection with discussion of future operating or financial performance. We have based our forward looking statements on our management’s beliefs and assumptions based on information available to our management at the time the statements are made. There are a number of important factors that could cause our actual results or events to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements, including (i) the effect of receiving a “going concern” statement in our auditors report on our 2013 consolidated financial statements, (ii) the exercise of the option to purchase our optical amplifier and micro-optics business (the “Amplifier Business”), our ability to close the sale of the Amplifier Business and the sale of other businesses which may or may not arise in connection with executing our restructuring plans, (iii) the future performance of Oclaro and our ability to effectively integrate the operations of acquired companies following the closing of acquisitions and mergers, including our merger with Opnext, (iv) our ability to support the carve out of processes, assets and product lines sold (or to be sold) in connection with the sale of our Oclaro Switzerland GmbH and associated laser diodes and pump business (the” Zurich Business”) and the Amplifier Business, to serve as a supplier to the buyers of such businesses during the transition of manufacturing activities, (v) our ability to effectively restructure our operations and business following the sale of its Zurich Business and the Amplifier Business in accordance with our business plan, (vi) the potential inability to realize the expected and ongoing benefits and synergies of acquisitions and mergers and from the utilization of capital from our asset dispositions, (vii) the impact to our operations, revenues and financial condition attributable to the flooding in Thailand, (viii) the impact of continued uncertainty in world financial markets and any resulting reduction in demand for our products, (ix) our ability to meet or exceed our gross margin expectations, (x) the effects of fluctuating product mix on our results, (xi) our ability to timely develop and commercialize new products, (xii) our ability to reduce costs and operating expenses, (xiii) our ability to respond to evolving technologies and customer requirements and demands, (xiv) our dependence on a limited number of customers for a significant percentage of our revenues, (xv) our ability to maintain strong relationships with certain customers, (xvi) our ability to effectively compete with companies that have greater name recognition, broader customer relationships and substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do, (xvii) our ability to effectively and efficiently transition to an outsourced back-end assembly and test model, (xviii) our ability to timely capitalize on any increase in market demand, (xix) increased costs related to downsizing and compliance with regulatory and legal requirements in connection with such downsizing, (xx) competition and pricing pressure, (xxi) the potential lack of availability of credit or opportunity for equity based financing, (xxii) the risks associated with our international operations, (xxiii) our ability to service and repay our outstanding indebtedness pursuant to the terms of the applicable agreements, (xxiv) the outcome of tax audits or similar proceedings, (xxv) the outcome of pending or potential litigation against the company, (xxvi) our ability to maintain or increase our cash reserves and obtain financing on terms acceptable to us or at all, and (xxvii) other factors described in other documents we periodically file with the SEC. We cannot guarantee any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Moreover, we assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements or update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements. Several of the important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in forward-looking statements are identified in the sections captioned “Business,” “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents incorporated herein by reference.

As used herein, “Oclaro,” “we,” “our,” and similar terms include Oclaro, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless the context indicates otherwise.

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1.  Business

Overview of Oclaro

During our fiscal year 2013, we were one of the largest providers of lasers and optical components, modules and subsystems for the optical communications, industrial and consumer laser markets. In all markets, our approach is to offer a differentiated solution that is designed to make it easier for our customers to do business by combining optical technology innovation, photonic integration and a vertically integrated approach to manufacturing and product development.

Our customers include ADVA Optical Networking; Alcatel-Lucent; Ciena Corporation (Ciena); Cisco Systems, Inc. (Cisco); Coriant; Ericsson; Fiberhome Technologies Group; Fujitsu Limited (Fujitsu); Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd (Huawei); and Tellabs, Inc.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in June 2004. On September 10, 2004, we became the publicly traded parent company of the Oclaro Technology Ltd (formerly Bookham Technology plc) group of companies, including Oclaro Technology Ltd, a limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales whose stock was previously traded on the London Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ National Market under the Bookham name. Effective January 3, 2011, our common stock is now traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “OCLR.”

Our principal executive offices are located at 2560 Junction Avenue, San Jose, California 95134, and our telephone number at that location is (408) 383-1400. We maintain a web site with the address www.oclaro.com . Our web site includes links to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charters. We did not waive any provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics during the year ended June 29, 2013. We are not including the information contained in our web site or any information that may be accessed through our web site as part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We make available free of charge, through our web site, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practical after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Any document we file with the SEC, may be inspected, without charge, at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549 or may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 or at the SEC’s internet address at http://www.sec.gov (the information contained in the SEC’s website is not intended to be a part of this filing).

Recent Developments

On September 12, 2013, we sold our Oclaro Switzerland GmbH subsidiary and associated laser diodes and pump business (the “Zurich Business”) to II-VI Incorporated (“II-VI”). We received proceeds of $92.3 million in cash on September 12, 2013. We will also receive $6.0 million subject to hold-back by II-VI until December 31, 2014 to address any post-closing adjustments or claims, and $2.0 million subject to a potential post-closing working capital adjustment. In addition, we retained approximately $14.7 million in accounts receivable related to the Zurich Business and approximately $9.6 million of supplier and employee related payables related to the Zurich Business which were not included in the Oclaro Switzerland GmbH subsidiary.

The Zurich Business purchased by II-VI includes our GaAs fabrication facility in Zurich, Switzerland, and the corresponding high power laser diodes, VCSEL and 980 nm pump laser product lines, including intellectual property, inventory, equipment and a related research and development facility in Tucson, Arizona, all of which are associated with this business.

We will continue the back-end manufacturing of the 980 nm pump and certain high power laser diode products at our Shenzhen, China manufacturing facility and supply them to II-VI under a manufacturing services agreement. The employees of Shenzhen, China will continue to be employed by us. In addition, various supply and transition service agreements have been established between the companies to ensure a smooth transition.

 

4


Table of Contents

In addition, II-VI acquired an exclusive option to purchase our optical amplifier and micro-optics business (the “Amplifier Business”) for $88.0 million in cash. The option to purchase the Amplifier Business, for which II-VI separately paid $5.0 million in cash, will expire if not exercised within 30 days. If this option is exercised and II-VI purchases the Amplifier Business, the option price will be applied to the purchase price. If II-VI does not exercise this option, we expect the $5.0 million payment would be retained by us. We received the $5.0 million in cash proceeds on September 12, 2013.

We have used a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Zurich Business to repay our term loan of $24.6 million and will use a portion of the remaining proceeds to begin restructuring the Company for the future. We intend to further simplify our operating footprint, reduce our cost structure and focus our research and development investment in the optical communications market where we can leverage our core competencies.

Oclaro, Inc. (the “Parent”) is a party to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2012 (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Parent, Oclaro Technology Limited (the “Borrower”), each lender party thereto (the “Lenders”) and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., as administrative agent for the Lenders (the “Agent”). On August 21, 2013, the Parent, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent entered into Waiver and Amendment Number Three to the Credit Agreement (the “Third Amendment”), which amended the Credit Agreement in pertinent part by: (i) extending the date by which the Borrower shall have consummated one or more asset sales with a minimum threshold of net proceeds; (ii) eliminating the mandatory reduction of the revolving credit facility upon the consummation of the asset sales described in (i) above; and (iii) adding a covenant that the Borrower is required to maintain liquidity of at least $45 million at all times (liquidity being the sum of the Borrower’s excess availability under the revolving credit facility plus the lesser of $25 million and qualified cash balances). The Borrower paid the lenders an amendment fee of $650,000.

Under the Credit Agreement, as amended, we were required to complete certain asset sales on or by September 2, 2013. We completed the sale of the Zurich Business on September 12, 2013 and applied the net proceeds to repay all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement. The event of default resulting from not completing the transaction on September 2, 2013 was waived on September 26, 2013. This waiver eliminated the requirement for the Agent and Lenders to make any advances, issue any letters of credit or provide any other extension of credit until the Agent and Lenders agree otherwise and prevents us from exercising any right or action set forth in the applicable loan documents that is conditioned on the absence of any event of default. If the Agent and Lenders do not agree to make amounts under the Credit Agreement available to us within 30 days of the waiver (or such later time as the Agent agrees), then the Agent and Lenders will have the option to immediately terminate the Credit Agreement.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a discussion of our Credit Agreement, amendments to our Credit Agreement and the potential impact of an event of default under our Credit Agreement.

Our Business

We are a supplier of core optical network technology to leading telecommunication and data communication equipment companies worldwide. We target telecommunications equipment manufacturers that integrate our optical technology into the systems they offer to the telecom carriers that are building, upgrading and operating high-performance optical networks. Telecom carriers are increasingly demanding greater levels of network capacity from their telecom equipment suppliers, our customers, in order to meet their rapidly growing network bandwidth requirements. We believe that the trend toward an increase in demand for optical solutions, which increase network capacity, is in response to growing bandwidth demand driven by increased transmission of video, voice and data over optical communication networks. Network carriers also seek to decrease the total cost of ownership of their networks and many of our advanced optical solutions, both now and potentially in terms of future optical technologies to enable new network architectures, can provide a level of flexibility and responsiveness consistent with supporting these goals. The rapid development of network infrastructure underway in developing countries is also driving growth in demand for optical solutions. Increasingly, internet service providers with their own wide area networks have similar requirements and are also becoming customers for our optical network products.

 

5


Table of Contents

We design, manufacture and market optical components, modules and subsystems that generate, detect, amplify, combine and separate light signals in telecom networks. During fiscal year 2013 we were a leading supplier of optical products at the component level, including tunable lasers, pump lasers, external modulators, integrated lasers and modulators and receivers. We are also a leading supplier of products at the module and subsystem levels, including transceivers, transponders, tunable dispersion compensation, amplifiers, and controlled subsystems, including integrated reconfigurable optical add-drop multiplexer (ROADM) line cards which in some cases contain our own proprietary wavelength selective switch (WSS). Many of our products enable increased flexibility in optical telecom networks, making the networks more dynamic in nature. We supply transmission products at the component level and the module level into 10 gigabits per second (Gb/s), 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s telecommunications solutions.

Additionally, in data communications (datacom), enterprises and institutions are managing the rapidly escalating demands for data and bandwidth and are upgrading and deploying their own high-speed local, storage and wide-area networks, also called LANs, SANs and WANs, respectively. These deployments increase the ability to utilize high-bandwidth applications that are growing in importance to their organizations and also increase utilization across telecommunications networks as this traffic leaves the LANs, SANs and WANs and travels over the network service providers’ edge and core networks. We are a leading supplier of client-side and short reach optical transceivers at 10 Gb/s, 40 Gb/s, 100 Gb/s and, in some cases, less than 10Gb/s, into data communications and enterprise solutions.

Within our overall business, we also have specific product lines focused on the design, manufacture, marketing and sale of optics and photonics solutions for select non-telecom markets. These products include (i) high-power lasers targeted at material processing, consumer, medical, industrial and printing markets; (ii) lower power lasers supplied into mini-projectors, defense products, laser projection, medical systems, display applications, laser printers and barcode scanners; and (iii) vertical cavity surface emitting lasers (VCSELs) targeted primarily at consumer markets with some application into datacom solutions. Increasingly, customers outside of the telecom market are recognizing the value of optical technology to their products and end markets. On September 12, 2013, we sold the high power laser and the VCSEL product lines in connection with the sale of our Zurich Business.

Competitive Differentiation

We believe that demonstrating the following competitive strengths will continue to be important to maintain and reinforce our position as a leading provider of core optical network components, modules and subsystems:

 

   

Optical Technology Leadership . We have extensive expertise in optical technologies including optoelectronic semiconductors, electronics design, firmware and software capabilities. Our expertise includes III-V optoelectronic semiconductors utilizing indium phosphide (InP), gallium arsenide (GaAs) and lithium niobate (LiN) substrates. As of June 29, 2013, we have over 1,650 patents issued. Our intellectual property (IP) portfolio represents a significant investment in the optical industry over the past 20 years. We believe our commitment to the optical industry and our IP and know-how represents a differentiated value proposition for our customers. We believe that we are positioned as the number one or number two supplier in many of our metro and long-haul telecom product areas.

 

   

Leading Photonic Integration Capabilities . Photonic integration, which is the combination of multiple functions or devices in one package or on one chip, is an important source of differentiation. Photonic integration can reduce the number of component elements, and thus the cost, of a solution, reduce the landscape of the required functionality, reduce the complexity of the corresponding integration of component elements and reduce overall power consumption of the related functionality. Our wafer fabrication facilities and process technologies position us to be a leader in delivering photonic integration. We believe that photonic integration will enable us to capture additional value in the optical network supply chain as customers demand increasing product integration and complexity to build the next generation network.

 

6


Table of Contents
   

Vertically Integrated Approach . Our wafer fabrication facilities position us to introduce product innovations delivering optical network cost and performance advantages to our customers. We believe that the combination of our in-house control of the product lifecycle process combined with the scalability and flexibility of our contract manufacturers enables us to respond more quickly to changing customer requirements, allowing our customers to reduce the time it takes them to deliver products to market. We operate a back-end assembly and test facility in China, which is in the process of being transitioned to a contract manufacturer. We continue to perform certain back-end assembly and test activities, which have been gradually transferring to contract manufacturers in recent years, in our facility in Japan. We believe that our ability to deliver innovative technologies in a variety of vertical form factors, ranging from chip level to module level to subsystem level, allows us to address the needs of a broad base of potential customers regardless of their desired level of product integration or complexity.

 

   

Customer Ease of Use. We believe that providing innovative solutions to enhance our customers’ ease of doing business is critical to success, and this is at the core of our strategy. This includes exhibiting high standards of flexibility and quality and the ability to provide products ranging from standard components to advanced subsystems designed in partnership with our customers. We are a leading supplier of optical products at the component level, including tunable lasers, pump lasers, external modulators, integrated lasers and modulators and receivers. We are also a leading supplier of products at the module and subsystem levels, including transceivers, transponders, tunable dispersion compensation, amplifiers, and controlled subsystems, including integrated ROADM line cards. Our IP leadership and vertically integrated manufacturing strategy enable us to deliver high performance, competitive solutions.

Business Strategy

In order to maintain our position as a leading provider of core optical network components, modules and subsystems, we are continuing to pursue the following business strategies:

 

   

Increase the Focus of Our Business on Our Core Competencies . We do not believe that our recent operating results have been satisfactory. We believe that, in order to have an opportunity to potentially execute a plan that restores us to profitability, we need to reduce our overhead expenses to be more aligned to our recent revenue levels, refine the focus of our research and development efforts into areas where we have the potential for significant technological differentiation, and continue to simplify our operating footprint. For example, we recently sold our Zurich Business, which simplifies our operating footprint and generated capital for other improvements, and we have recently deemed our WSS and 40G transmission products to be mature and have decreased the corresponding research and development expenditures and/or reallocated the expenditures to product areas with more potential for technology differentiation.

 

   

Maintain Focus on Communications Networks . We are positioned as a key strategic supplier to the major telecom equipment and datacom equipment companies and intend to continue to focus on enabling our customers to build equipment for the implementation of next generation core optical networks. Our optical IP and development expertise provides us with optical network insights that enable us to partner with our customers to continue to develop and deliver innovative optical solutions. We plan to continue to work with our customers to develop key technologies and expand our product offerings across the optical network.

 

   

Expand Position with Tier One Customers Through Technology Innovation and Manufacturing Flexibility . We believe we are a market leader in many of the market segments we address. Our combination of technology innovation and manufacturing flexibility enable us to deliver low-latency, high-performance products to our customers. We believe our customer-centric strategy will enable us to continue to gain share in our markets by innovating in partnership with our customers and delivering cost-effective solutions to them.

 

   

Extend Optical Product Differentiation . We plan to continue to invest in optical innovation in order to power the infrastructure required to serve the rapidly growing demand for bandwidth. Our photonic integration capability enables additional functionality of our products and we plan to continue to leverage this advantage to advance optical technology in the network. We also plan to evaluate acquisitions of and investments in complementary businesses, products or technologies in order to continuously improve our solutions for customers.

 

7


Table of Contents
   

Match Global Engineering and Manufacturing Resources with Customer Demands . We believe our global engineering and manufacturing infrastructure enables us to deliver cost-effective solutions for our customers. Our use of contract manufacturers, primarily in Southeast Asia, provides us with an effective cost base and enables us to dynamically manage our production in the face of varying customer demand. We also operate a back-end assembly and test facility in China, which is in the process of being transitioned to a contract manufacturer. We continually evaluate the capabilities of additional potential contract manufacturing partners to ensure we have a scalable and cost effective manufacturing strategy appropriate for executing to our business objectives over a long-term horizon.

 

   

In the Future We May Consider the Use of Strategic Investments, Acquisitions and Divestitures to Maintain an Optical Leadership Position . In the short term we expect to focus our strategy on improving our existing businesses and do not anticipate making strategic investments or acquiring companies or businesses to extend or reinforce our position. However, we could consider the use of strategic investments, acquisitions and divestitures in the future. Our industry has historically been fragmented and characterized by large numbers of competitors, but in recent years has experienced increasing levels of consolidation. In addition to our internal development capabilities, we have used acquisitions as a means to enhance our scale, obtain critical technologies and enter new markets. We have historically expanded our business through acquisitions where we have seen an opportunity to enhance scale, broaden our product offerings or integrate new technology. Our July 2012 acquisition of Opnext was consistent with this strategy. In addition, we have participated in significant past merger and acquisition activities, including our merger with Avanex in April 2009; our acquisition of Xtellus, Inc. (Xtellus) in December 2009; and our acquisition of Mintera Corporation (Mintera) in July 2010.

Our Product Offerings

 

   

Tunable laser transmitters.  Our tunable laser products include discrete lasers and co-packaged laser modulators to optimize performance and reduce the size of the product. Our tunable products at the component level include an InP tunable laser chip, a 10 Gb/s integrated tunable laser assembly (iTLA) and a 10 Gb/s co-packaged laser modulator tunable compact mach-zender. We also supply our tunable components into our customers’ 40 Gb/s products, and believe we are a primary supplier of these and related components into the 40 Gb/s solutions commercially available today. We are in the process of introducing a micro-iTLA with characteristics suitable for 100 Gb/S coherent applications.

 

   

Fixed wavelength laser transmitters.  Our fixed laser products include discrete lasers and co-packaged laser modulators to optimize performance and reduce the size of the product. Our fixed wavelength products at the component level are designed for both long-haul and metro applications at 2.5 Gb/s and 10 Gb/s and include InP laser chips, a 10 Gb/s laser and a 10 Gb/s co-packaged laser and compact mach-zender modulator. We believe that our ability to produce co-packaged, integrated transmitters, both tunable and fixed wavelength, many of which are sole-sourced to customers, demonstrates the advantages of InP photonic integration provided by our wafer fabrication facility in Caswell, U.K.

 

   

Lithium niobate modulators.  Our lithium niobate external modulators are optical devices that manipulate the phase or the amplitude of an optical signal. Their primary function is to transfer information on an optical carrier by modulating the light. These devices externally modulate the lasers of discrete transmitter products including, but not limited to, our own standalone laser products. We are leaders in the market for 10 Gb/s modulators, and have introduced 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s modulators for coherent applications.

 

   

Receivers.  Our portfolio of discrete receivers for metro and long-haul applications includes 10 Gb/s XMD PIN and avalanche photodiode (APD) receivers, 40 Gb/s XLMD PIN receivers, 10 Gb/s coplanar receivers in PIN and APD configurations and 20 Gb/s balanced receivers, and 40 Gb/s coherent receivers.

 

   

Transceivers.  Our pluggable transceiver portfolio includes fixed wavelength CFP, CFP-2, VSR, SFP+, SFP, XFP, Xenpak and X2 form factors at data rates ranging from 2.5 Gb/s through 10 Gb/s, and 40 Gb/s to 100 Gb/s. We believe we are leaders in tunable products. We believe the photonic integration of our internal componentry represents a differentiator and a competitive advantage in our tunable XFP products. Utilizing our differentiated internal componentry, we believe we have demonstrated the first tunable SFP transceiver performing according to MSA criteria. We are also developing a 100 Gb/s CFP pluggable transceiver for coherent long-haul applications.

 

8


Table of Contents
   

Transponder modules.  Our transponder modules provide both transmitter and receiver functions. A transponder includes electrical circuitry to control the laser diode and modulation function of the transmitter as well as the receiver electronics. We supply a small form factor tunable transponder at 10 Gb/s. We supply large form factor 40 Gb/s transponders based on a differential phase shift keying (DPSK) modulation scheme, a DQPSK modulation scheme, and 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s polarization multiplexing quadrature phase-shift keying (PM-QPSK) transponders, also known as a coherent-based transponders. We believe the photonic integration of our internal componentry can represent a differentiator and a competitive advantage in certain of these products.

 

   

Amplifiers.  Erbium doped fiber amplifiers (EDFAs) are used to boost the brightness of optical signals and offer compact amplification for ultra long-haul, long-haul and metro networks. We offer a semi-custom product portfolio of multi-wavelength amplifiers from gain blocks to full card level or subsystem solutions designed for use in wide bandwidth wave division multiplexing (WDM) optical transmission systems. We also offer lower cost narrow band mini-amplifiers. 980 nanometer (nm) pump laser diodes are a key component of these products and they are mostly sourced internally from the Zurich wafer fabrication facility recently sold to II-VI and for which we have a supply agreement with II-VI. We are also introducing amplifier arrays, and we have also introduced a Ramen amplifier subsystem (EDRA) which is suited for applications in coherent networks.

 

   

Wavelength Management.  Our wavelength management products include switching and routing solutions, multiplexing and signal processing solutions and micro-optics and integrated modules. These include products that optically add and drop transmission signals in both fixed and reconfigurable versions. Our products include vertically integrated into ROADM line cards, which are largely based on our amplification platforms, certain micro-optics products, as well as WSS products that can be integrated into our ROADM line cards or sold as discrete modules. Subsequent to June 29, 2013, we have de-emphasized internal research and development efforts on our WSS products, and in the future may seek to procure WSS from third party suppliers for integration in our ROADM line card products.

 

   

Tunable Dispersion Compensation.  Our tunable dispersion compensation product family consists of products that optically compensate for chromatic dispersion and dispersion degradation of transmission signals, based on dispersion compensating fiber and cascaded etalons. We believe our tunable dispersion compensation products are deployed in most non-coherent 40 Gb/s networks in service today.

The products described under Amplifiers, Tunable Dispersion Compensation, Wavelength Management (excluding WSS) and certain other micro-optics products comprise the “Amplifier Business” which II-VI paid us $5.0 million for an option to purchase from us for $88.0 million).

 

   

Pump laser chips.  Our 980 nm pump laser diodes are designed for use as high-power, reliable pump sources for EDFAs in terrestrial and undersea, or submarine, applications. Uncooled modules are designed for low-cost, reliable amplification for metro, cross-connect or other single/multi-channel amplification applications and submarine applications. Our 980 nm pump laser diode product line was sold to II-VI in the first quarter of fiscal year 2014. We have entered into a supply agreement with II-VI to secure a supply of 980 nm pump lasers for integration in our amplification solutions.

 

   

High Powered Laser Diode Products.  We market advanced pump laser technology diodes for material processing, medical, cosmetic, 3-D imaging and printing applications. We are also exploring other new market opportunities for our high power lasers. Our High Powered Laser Diode product line was sold II-VI in the first quarter of fiscal 2014.

 

   

VCSEL Products.  We sell low-power polarized products for optical mouse and finger navigation applications. Our market opportunities for VCSEL products are expanding to include optical data interconnectivity applications. Our VCSEL product line was sold to II-VI in the first quarter of fiscal 2014.

 

9


Table of Contents
   

Visible Spectrum Laser Diode and LED Products. These products include 404 nm, 445 nm, 635 nm, 650 nm and 670 nm wavelength-visible lasers for applications such as mini-projectors, laser printing, industrial barcode scanning, bio/medical imaging, industrial imaging and professional contractor tools; 780 nm and 830 nm wavelength infrared lasers for scientific measurement, night vision, and other infrared applications; and 640 nm, 760 nm, 840 nm and 880 nm wavelength infrared LEDs for sensors used in robotics and other industrial applications. This product line was not sold to II-VI and continues to be operating by us at our Komoro, Japan facility.

The following table sets forth our revenues by product group for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013      June 30, 2012      July 2, 2011  
     (Thousands)  

40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s transmission modules (1)

   $ 135,311       $ 61,579       $ 33,490   

10 Gb/s and lower transmission modules (1)

     173,708         47,387         59,802   

Transmission components (2)

     93,608         99,096         137,056   

Amplification, filtering and optical switching (3)

     108,750         119,766         183,271   

Industrial and consumer (4)

     74,651         57,630         52,886   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 586,028       $ 385,458       $ 466,505   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes transponders and transceivers.
(2) Includes lasers, modulators, laser pumps, receivers and integrated lasers and modulators.
(3) Includes amplifiers, micro-optics, dispersion compensation management, WSS modules, subsystems, ROADM line cards and thin film filters.
(4) Includes high power laser, visible laser and VCSEL.

Customers, Sales and Marketing

We believe it is essential to maintain a comprehensive and capable sales and marketing organization. As of June 29, 2013, our sales and marketing organization, which included direct sales force, customer service, marketing communications and product line specific marketing employees, totaled 158 people for all of our products sold in Canada, China, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Thailand, Switzerland, the U.K. and the United States. In addition to our direct sales and marketing organization, we also sell and market our products through international sales representatives and resellers that extend our commercial reach to smaller geographic locations and customers that are not currently covered by our direct sales and marketing efforts.

Many of our products typically have a long sales cycle. The period of time from our initial contact with a customer to the receipt of an actual purchase order is frequently a year or more. In addition, many customers perform, and require us to perform, extensive process and product evaluation and testing of components before entering into purchase arrangements.

We offer support services in connection with the sale and purchase of certain products, primarily consisting of customer service and technical support. Customer service representatives assist customers with orders, warranty returns and other administrative functions. Technical support engineers provide customers with answers to technical and product-related questions. Technical support engineers also provide application support to customers who have incorporated our products into custom applications.

For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013, Cisco accounted for 12 percent and Huawei accounted for 11 percent of our revenues. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, Huawei and Fujitsu each accounted for 10 percent of our revenues. For the fiscal year ended July 2, 2011, Huawei accounted for 15 percent and Alcatel-Lucent accounted for 11 percent of our revenues.

Our customers are primarily telecommunications and data communications systems and components vendors, and also include customers in laser systems, life-sciences, industrial printing and consumer electronics components.

 

10


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our revenues by geographic region for the periods indicated, determined based on the country or region to which the products were shipped:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013      June 30, 2012      July 2, 2011  
     (Thousands)  

United States

   $ 77,511       $ 68,271       $ 80,350   

China, excluding Hong Kong

     36,607         44,370         81,828   

Hong Kong

     124,966         41,967         47,452   

Germany

     72,306         47,446         46,652   

Italy

     26,939         23,159         46,376   

Japan

     57,863         59,552         45,058   

Thailand

     30,502         32,290         32,072   

Malaysia

     42,626         3,567         6,613   

Rest of world

     116,708         64,836         80,104   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 586,028       $ 385,458       $ 466,505   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Manufacturing

Our wafer fabrication facilities in particular, we believe, position us to introduce product innovations delivering optical network cost and performance advantages to our customers. We also believe that our ability to deliver innovative technologies in a variety of form factors, ranging from chip level to module level to subsystem level, allows us to address the needs of a broad base of potential customers regardless of their desired level of product integration or complexity.

We believe our advanced chip and component design and manufacturing facilities would be very expensive to replicate. On-chip, or monolithic, integration of functionality is more difficult to achieve without control over the production process, and requires advanced process know-how and equipment. Although the market for optical integrated circuits is still in its early stages, it shares many characteristics with the semiconductor market, including the positive relationship between the number of features integrated on a chip, the wafer size and the cost and sophistication of the fabrication equipment. For example, we believe our 3-inch wafer InP semiconductor fabrication facility in Caswell, U.K. provides us a competitive advantage by allowing us to increase the complexity of the optical circuits that we design and manufacture, and the integration of photonics components within smaller packages, without the relatively high cost, power and size issues associated with less integrated solutions.

Our manufacturing capabilities include fabrication processing operations for InP substrates, gallium arsenide substrates, and lithium niobate substrates, including clean room facilities for each of these fabrication processes, along with assembly and test capability and reliability/quality testing. We utilize sophisticated semiconductor processing equipment in these operations, such as epitaxy reactors, metal deposition systems, photolithography, etching, analytical measurement and control equipment. Our assembly and test facilities, whether internal or under service agreements with our contract manufacturers, include specialized automated assembly equipment, temperature and humidity control and reliability and testing facilities.

We have wafer fabrication facilities in Caswell, U.K.; Sagamihara, Japan; Komora, Japan; and San Donato, Italy. As part of our sale of the Zurich Business in the first quarter of fiscal year 2014, we have transferred our facilities in Zurich, Switzerland, to II-VI. We also have facilities in Shenzhen, China where we perform assembly and test operations; a facility in California where we perform a portion of the manufacturing of 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s subsystems and 40 Gb/s DPSK modules; and a liquid crystal optical processor fabrication facility with the fabrication of liquid crystal devices and associated assembly and test activities in Daejeon, South Korea. We believe that innovation at the wafer and fab level is a key differentiator in optical components and we are positioned accordingly.

 

11


Table of Contents

We also use third-party contract manufacturers in Thailand (Fabrinet) and China, and these activities are coordinated by our operations support team in Shenzhen, China. In the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, we entered into an agreement with Venture Corporation Limited (Venture) to transfer our Shenzhen, China operations to their facilities in Malaysia over a period of three years. We also use other contract manufacturers to a lesser degree, on a specific product basis. We continually evaluate the capabilities of additional potential contract manufacturing partners to ensure we have a scalable and cost effective manufacturing strategy appropriate for executing our business objectives over a long-term horizon. As of June 29, 2013, our manufacturing organization was comprised of 1,862 people, and will continue to gradually decrease as a result of our phased and gradual transfer of our operations from Shenzhen, China to Venture, which includes the completion of manufacturing services and transfer support associated with those product lines sold to II-VI that are manufactured in Shenzhen. II-VI will contract directly with Fabrinet on those products that are manufactured in Fabrinet’s facilities. Supply agreements exist between us and II-VI, primarily related to ensuring our supply of 980 nm pumps.

Research and Development

We draw upon our internal development and manufacturing capability to continue to create innovative solutions for our customers. We believe that continued focus on the development of our technology, and cost reduction of existing products through design enhancements, are critical to our future competitive success. We seek to expand and develop our products to reduce cost, improve performance and address new market opportunities, and to enhance our manufacturing processes to reduce production costs, provide increased device performance and reduce product time to market.

We have significant expertise in optical technologies such as optoelectronic semiconductors utilizing InP, gallium arsenide and lithium niobate substrates and micro-optic assembly and packaging technology. In addition to these technologies, we also have electronics design, firmware and software capabilities to produce transceivers, transponders, optical amplifiers, ROADMs and other value-added subsystems, and a proprietary WSS solution on which we de-emphasized any future research and development on new products. We will also consider supplementing our in-house technical capabilities with strategic alliances or technology development arrangements with third parties when we deem appropriate. We spent $100.8 million, $67.0 million and $65.5 million on research and development during the years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, respectively. As of June 29, 2013, our research and development organization was comprised of 590 people.

Our research and development facilities are in China, Italy, Israel, Japan, the U.K., and the United States. These facilities include computer-aided design stations, modern laboratories and automated test equipment. Our research and development organization has optical and electronic integration expertise that facilitates meeting customer-specific requirements as they arise. Research and development facilities in Zurich and Tucson, Arizona were included in the sale of product lines to II-VI in the first quarter of fiscal year 2014. We also closed our research and development facility in Israel during the first quarter of fiscal year 2014.

Intellectual Property

Our competitive position significantly depends upon our research, development, engineering, manufacturing and marketing capabilities, and not just on our patent position. However, obtaining and enforcing intellectual property rights, including patents, provides us with a further competitive advantage. In the appropriate circumstances, these rights can help us to obtain entry into new markets by providing consideration for cross-licenses. In other circumstances, they can be used to prevent competitors from copying our products or from using our inventions. Accordingly, our practice is to file patent applications in the United States and certain other countries for inventions that we consider significant. In addition to patents, we also possess other intellectual property, including trademarks, know-how, trade secrets, design rights and copyrights.

We have a substantial number of patents in the United States and other countries, and additional applications are pending. These relate to technology that we have obtained from our acquisitions of businesses and companies in addition to our own internally developed technology. As of June 29, 2013, we held over 1,650 issued patents worldwide, with additional patent applications pending in various jurisdictions. Although our business is not materially dependent upon any one patent, our rights and the products made and sold under our patents, taken as a whole, are a significant element of our business. We maintain an active program designed to identify technology appropriate for patent protection. Following our acquisition of Opnext in July 2012, our patent portfolio increased by over 650 issued patents worldwide.

We require employees and consultants to execute appropriate non-disclosure and proprietary rights agreements. These agreements acknowledge our exclusive ownership of intellectual property developed for us and require that all proprietary information disclosed remain confidential. While such agreements are intended to be binding, we may not be able to enforce these agreements in all jurisdictions.

 

12


Table of Contents

Although we continue to take steps to identify and protect our patentable technology and to obtain and protect proprietary rights to our technology, we cannot be certain the steps we have taken will prevent misappropriation of our technology, especially in certain countries where the legal protections of intellectual property are still developing. We may take legal action to enforce our patents and trademarks and other intellectual property rights. However, legal action may not always be successful or appropriate, and may be costly. Further, situations may arise in which we may decide to grant intellectual property licenses to third parties in which case other parties will be able to exploit our technology in the marketplace.

We enter into patent and technology licensing agreements with other companies when management determines that it is in our best interest to do so, for example, see our risk factor “Our products may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which could result in expensive litigation or require us to obtain a license to use the technology from third parties, or we may be prohibited from selling certain products in the future” appearing in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These may result in net royalties payable to us by third parties or by us to third parties. However, royalties received from or paid to third parties to date have not been material to our consolidated results of operations.

In the normal course of business, we periodically receive and make inquiries regarding possible patent infringement. In dealing with such inquiries, it may become necessary or useful for us to obtain or grant licenses or other rights. However, there can be no assurance that such licenses or rights will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are not able to resolve or settle claims, obtain necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, and/or successfully prosecute or defend our position, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Competition

The optical communications markets are rapidly evolving. We expect these markets to continue to be highly competitive because of the available capacity and number of competitors. We compete with domestic and international companies, many of which have substantially greater financial and other resources than we do. As of June 29, 2013, we believe that our principal competitors in the optical subsystems, modules and components industry include Finisar Corporation (Finisar), JDS Uniphase Corporation (JDSU) Oplink Communications, Inc. (Oplink), Neophotonics Corporation and vertically-integrated equipment manufacturers such as Fujitsu Limited and Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd. The principal competitive factors upon which we compete include breadth of product line, availability, performance, product reliability, innovation and selling price. We seek to differentiate ourselves from our competitors by offering high levels of customer value through collaborative product design, technology innovation, manufacturing capabilities, optical/mechanical performance, intelligent features for configuration, control and monitoring, multi-function integration and overall customization. There can be no assurance that we will continue to compete favorably with respect to these factors. We encounter substantial competition in most of our markets, although no one competitor competes with us across all product lines or markets.

During our fiscal year 2013, our competitors also included laser diode suppliers such as DILAS Diode Lasers, Inc., Jenoptik AG, Coherent, Inc. and JDSU, some of which are captive suppliers to their own vertically integrated laser systems operations as well as suppliers to external customers, and some of which, like us, are merchant suppliers of laser diodes. In addition, our competitors in VCSEL products included Avago Technologies.

Consolidation in the optical systems and components industry has intensified, and future consolidation could further intensify, the competitive pressures that we face. For example, in addition to our mergers with Opnext and Avanex, our fiscal year 2010 acquisition of Xtellus and our fiscal year 2011 acquisition of Mintera; Avago Technologies Ltd. acquired CyOptics, Inc. in 2013, Finisar and Optium Corporation merged in 2008, Finisar acquired Ignis Optics in 2011 and Red-C Optical Networks Ltd. in 2012, Neophotonics acquired Santur in 2011 and Opnext acquired StrataLight Communications, Inc. in 2009. In the past, JDSU and Oplink have also expanded their businesses through acquisitions.

We also face competition from companies that may expand into our industry and introduce additional competitive products. Existing and potential customers are also our potential competitors. These customers may internally develop or acquire additional competitive products or technologies, which may cause them to reduce or cease their purchases from us.

 

13


Table of Contents

Amendment and Restatement of Credit Facility

In November 2012, January 2013, May 2013 and August 2013, we entered into amendments and restatements of our senior secured revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc. and the other lenders party thereto, which, among other things, temporarily increased the facility size, extended the term of the facility to November 2, 2017, added a Joinder agreement, included a $25.0 million term loan, changed certain financial covenants and added an asset sale covenant. These amendments and restatement are more fully discussed in Note 7, Credit Line and Notes and Note 17, Subsequent Events to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in Item 1., Business under “Recent Developments.”

Long-Lived Tangible Assets and Total Assets

The following table sets forth our long-lived tangible assets and total assets by geographic region as of the dates indicated:

 

     Long-lived Tangible Assets      Total Assets  
     June 29, 2013      June 30, 2012      June 29, 2013      June 30, 2012  
     (Thousands)  

United States

   $ 12,567       $ 6,672       $ 76,429       $ 69,722   

China

     16,047         23,194         55,897         84,286   

United Kingdom

     6,282         7,617         131,978         116,625   

Switzerland

     6,536         6,184         21,532         23,922   

Thailand

     10,825         12,357         19,918         18,699   

Japan

     33,419         —           113,321         58   

Rest of world

     5,656         3,592         30,819         14,994   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 91,332       $ 59,616       $ 449,894       $ 328,306   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Employees

As of June 29, 2013, we employed 2,782 people, including 590 in research and development, 1,862 in manufacturing, 158 in sales and marketing, and 172 in finance and administration. In Italy, 145 employees belong to local collective bargaining/professional guilds. None of our other employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements.

As a result of our sale of our Zurich Business in the first quarter of fiscal year 2014 and our ongoing transfer of our China operations to Venture, we expect to further reduce our organizational structure in fiscal year 2014.

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial also may impair our business, operations, liquidity and stock price materially and adversely. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below in addition to the other information included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely suffer. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could fall and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of large operating losses. We may not be able to achieve profitability in the future and as a result we may not be able to maintain sufficient levels of liquidity and continue as a going concern.

We have historically incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception. As of June 29, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $1,315.3 million. We incurred a net loss of $122.7 million and negative cash flows from operations of $87.5 million for the year ended June 29, 2013, and we incurred net losses for the years ended June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, of $66.5 million and $46.4 million, respectively.

 

14


Table of Contents

We experienced lower than expected sales volume during the year ended June 29, 2013, which negatively impacted our near-term liquidity.

As of June 29, 2013, we held $87.6 million in cash and short-term investments, comprised of $84.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, $2.7 million in restricted cash and $0.2 million of short-term investments; and we had working capital of $113.4 million. At June 29, 2013, we had debt of $107.8 million, consisting of $40.0 million outstanding under our Credit Agreement, $24.6 million outstanding related to a Term Loan, $25.0 million outstanding pursuant to the issuance of 7.50% Exchangeable Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 (the “Convertible Notes”) by our indirect, wholly owned subsidiary, Oclaro Luxembourg S.A., and guaranteed by us and $18.2 million related to capital leases. During fiscal year 2013, we executed a number of financing transactions in order to generate funds to help sustain our operations: we sold our interleaver and thin film filter business, we expanded our line of credit (which we are not currently able to draw against), we executed a convertible debt transaction and in the third quarter of fiscal year 2013, we began to evaluate and execute sales of product lines in order to generate additional capital. On May 6, 2013, we secured a short term loan from Providence Equity of $25.0 million (with net proceeds to us of $20.5 million after discounts and expenses) as a bridge to the conclusion of certain asset sales. In order to obtain the short term loan, we amended our Credit Agreement to add Providence as a term lender. In connection with this amendment, we agreed to complete certain asset sales and use the proceeds to repay amounts we have borrowed under the Credit Agreement by July 15, 2013. On August 21, 2013, we amended our Credit Agreement to extend the time frame within which we must complete such asset sales to make such repayments to September 2, 2013. The corresponding sale of our Zurich Business to II-VI was closed on September 12, 2013. We received proceeds of $92.3 million in cash on September 12, 2013. We will also receive $6.0 million subject to hold-back by II-VI until December 31, 2014 to address any post-closing adjustments or claims, and $2.0 million subject to a potential post-closing working capital adjustment. We also received $5.0 million for a 30 day option to sell our Amplifier Business for $88.0 million inclusive of the option amount. Following the sale of the Zurich Business, we repaid all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement as required. The event of default resulting from not completing the sale of the Zurich Business on September 2, 2013 was waived on September 26, 2013. This waiver eliminated the requirement for the Agent and Lenders to make any advances, issue any letters of credit or provide any other extension of credit until the Agent and Lenders agree otherwise and prevents us from exercising any right or action set forth in the applicable loan documents that is conditioned on the absence of any event of default. If the Agent and Lenders do not agree to make amounts under the Credit Agreement available to us within 30 days of the waiver (or such later time as the Agent agrees), then the Agent and Lenders will have the option to immediately terminate the Credit Agreement. Given the reduction in sales, delays in production of new programs, sale of revenue generating businesses, the continuing costs of our previously announced restructuring activities and the potential for volatile macroeconomic or market related commercial conditions, we expect our net loss for the first quarter of fiscal year 2014 to be as large as the quarterly losses we experienced during fiscal year 2013. We can make no assurances that we will be successful concluding the sale of the Amplifier Business or in negotiating new terms to our bank line of credit so that we may begin borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and that we will be able to obtain sufficient additional cash to operate our business and continue as a going concern over the next twelve months.

The optical communications industry is subject to significant operational fluctuations. In order to remain competitive we incur substantial costs associated with research and development, qualification, production capacity and sales and marketing activities in connection with products that may be purchased, if at all, long after we have incurred such costs. In addition, the rapidly changing industry in which we operate, the length of time between developing and introducing a product to market, frequent changing customer specifications for products, customer cancellations of products and general down cycles in the industry, among other things, make our prospects difficult to evaluate. We are not generating positive cash flow from operations, and it is possible that we may not (i) generate sufficient positive cash flow from operations; (ii) be able to draw down on our $50.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, against which we have no current ability to draw upon subject to conclusion of negotiations of new terms which are underway; (iii) if we can draw down on our revolving credit facility, be able to subsequently repay such amounts; (iv) conclude additional strategic dispositions or similar transactions; or (v) otherwise have sufficient capital resources to meet our future capital or liquidity needs. We believe it is prudent to undertake additional restructuring activities to reduce our cost base and lower our operating income break-even level, which activities will also be financed from our existing financial resources. There are no guarantees we will be able to generate additional financial resources beyond our existing balances.

If we raise funds through the issuance of equity, equity-linked or convertible debt securities, our stockholders may be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of securities held by existing stockholders. If we raise funds through the issuance of debt instruments, the agreements governing such debt instruments may contain covenant restrictions that limit our ability to, among other things: (i) incur additional debt, assume obligations in connection with letters of credit, or issue guarantees; (ii) create liens; (iii) make certain investments or acquisitions; (iv) enter into transactions with our affiliates; (v) sell certain assets; (vi) redeem capital stock or make other restricted payments; (vii) declare or pay dividends or make other distributions to stockholders; and (viii) merge or consolidate with any entity. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to fund our operations, develop or enhance our products, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures and operate effectively could be significantly limited.

We may not be able to successfully implement our ongoing restructuring plans.

We are currently restructuring our operations to focus our business on our core competencies. We believe that, in order to have an opportunity to potentially execute a plan that restores us to profitability, we need to reduce our overhead expenses to be more aligned to our recent revenue levels, refine the focus of our research and development efforts into areas where we have the potential for significant technological differentiation, and continue to simplify our operating footprint. For example, we recently sold our Zurich Business, which simplifies our operating footprint and generated capital for other improvements, and we have recently deemed our WSS and 40G transmission products to be mature and have decreased the corresponding research and development expenditures and/or reallocated the expenditures to product areas with more potential for technology differentiation. If we are unable to execute on our restructuring plan and fail to obtain the intended benefits of our restructuring efforts, our business and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected and we would not be able to continue as a going concern.

 

15


Table of Contents

We may undertake mergers or acquisitions, such as our acquisition of Opnext, Inc. (Opnext), that do not prove successful, which would materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

From time to time we consider mergers or acquisitions, collectively referred to as “acquisitions,” of other businesses, assets or companies that would complement our current product offerings, enhance our intellectual property rights or offer other competitive opportunities. For example, on March 26, 2012, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization with Opnext, which was completed on July 23, 2012. However, in the future, we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates at prices we consider appropriate. In addition, we are in an industry that is actively consolidating and, as a result, there is no guarantee that we will successfully and satisfactorily bid against third parties, including competitors, when we identify a critical target we want to acquire.

We cannot readily predict the timing or size of our future acquisitions, or the success of our recent or future acquisitions. Failure to successfully implement our acquisition plans could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Even successful acquisitions could have the effect of reducing our cash balances, diluting the ownership interests of existing stockholders or increasing our indebtedness. For example, in our acquisition of Opnext we issued approximately 38.4 million newly issued shares of our common stock to the former stockholders of Opnext.

In addition, during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012, we issued 0.9 million shares of our common stock related to the settlement of our Xtellus escrow liability. In October 2011, we paid $0.5 million in cash and issued 0.8 million shares of our common stock to pay earnout obligations related to our acquisition of Mintera. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, we paid $2.2 million to settle a portion of our Mintera earnout obligations, and settled the remaining $8.6 million obligation in cash in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013.

Our acquisition of Opnext and other acquisitions involve a number of other potential risks to our business, including the following, any of which could harm our business:

 

   

failure to realize the potential financial or strategic benefits of the acquisition;

 

   

increased costs associated with merged or acquired operations;

 

   

increased indebtedness obligations;

 

   

economic dilution to gross and operating profit (loss) and earnings (loss) per share;

 

   

failure to successfully further develop the combined, acquired or remaining technology, which could, among other things, result in the impairment of amounts recorded as goodwill or other intangible assets;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

unanticipated costs and liabilities and unforeseen accounting charges;

 

   

difficulty in integrating product offerings;

 

   

difficulty in coordinating and rationalizing research and development activities to enhance introduction of new products and technologies with reduced cost;

 

   

difficulty in coordinating and integrating the manufacturing activities of our acquired businesses, including with respect to third-party manufacturers, including coordination, integration or transfers of any manufacturing activities associated with our acquisition of Opnext;

 

   

delays and difficulties in delivery of products and services;

 

   

failure to effectively integrate or separate management information systems, personnel, research and development, marketing, sales and support operations;

 

   

difficulty in maintaining internal control procedures and disclosure controls that comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or poor integration of a target’s procedures and controls;

 

   

difficulty in preserving important relationships of our acquired businesses and resolving potential conflicts between business cultures;

 

   

uncertainty on the part of our existing customers, or the customers of an acquired company, about our ability to operate effectively after a transaction, and the potential loss of such customers;

 

   

loss of key employees;

 

   

difficulty in coordinating the international activities of our acquired businesses, including Opnext, which has substantial operations in Japan as well as the United States, and which uses contract manufacturing suppliers in Southeast Asia;

 

   

the effect of tax laws and other legal and regulatory regimes due to increasing complexities of our global operating structure;

 

   

greater exposure to the impact of foreign currency changes on our business;

 

   

the effect of employment law or regulations or other limitations in foreign jurisdictions that could have an impact on timing, amounts or costs of achieving expected synergies; and

 

   

substantial demands on our management as a result of these transactions that may limit their time to attend to other operational, financial, business and strategic issues.

Our integration with acquired businesses has been and will continue to be a complex, time-consuming and expensive process. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate these businesses in a timely manner, or at all, or that any of the anticipated benefits from our acquisition of Opnext or previous acquisitions will be realized. There are inherent challenges in integrating the operations of geographically diverse companies. We may have difficulty, and may incur unanticipated expenses related to, integrating management and personnel from our acquisition of Opnext and previously acquired entities with our management and personnel. Our failure to achieve the strategic objectives of our acquisition of Opnext or previous acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, expenses and our other operating results and cash resources, and could result in us not achieving the anticipated potential benefits of these transactions. In addition, we cannot assure you that the growth rate of the combined company will equal the historical growth rate experienced by any of the companies that we have acquired including Opnext. Comparable risks would accompany any divestiture of businesses or assets we might undertake.

 

17


Table of Contents

In addition, even if we successfully integrate the operations of Opnext and other companies that we acquire in the future, we cannot predict with certainty which strategic, financial or operating synergies or other benefits, if any, will actually be achieved from our acquisition, the timing of any such benefits, or whether those benefits which have been achieved will be sustainable on a long-term basis. Our failure to successfully integrate the operations of Opnext would likely have a material and adverse impact on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We sold the Zurich Business, entered into an exclusive option to sell the Amplifier Business and may pursue other strategic dispositions or reduction in the number of our locations which could be difficult to implement, disrupt our business or further change our business profile significantly.

The sale of the Zurich Business, the potential sale of the Amplifier Business and any future strategic disposition of assets or businesses or reduction in the number of our locations involve numerous risks, including: (i) potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management; (ii) difficulty segregating assets or businesses to be disposed of or consolidated; (iii) exposure to unknown, contingent or other liabilities, including litigation arising in connection with the disposition; (iv) changing our business profile in ways that could have unintended negative consequences; (v) the failure to achieve anticipated benefits, (vi) accounting charges that may affect our financial condition and results of operations; (vii) significant fluctuations in our revenues and operating results; (viii) our ability to support manufacturing services and transition services and the risk to the rest of our business resulting from resources focusing on those services; (ix) our ability to support the buyer’s transition from Shenzhen; and (x) the ability of the buyer to supply us with 980 nm pumps. In addition, a material disposition could require the amendment or refinancing of our outstanding indebtedness or a portion thereof.

Our revenues and operating results are likely to fluctuate significantly as a result of factors that are outside our control and through asset sales.

Our revenues and operating results are likely to fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of factors that are outside our control. The timing of order placement, size of orders and satisfaction of contractual customer acceptance criteria, changes in the pricing of our products due to competitive pressures as well as order or shipment delays or deferrals, with respect to our products, may cause material fluctuations in revenues. Our lengthy sales cycle, which may extend to more than one year, may cause our revenues and operating results to vary from period to period and it may be difficult to predict the timing and amount of any variation. Delays or deferrals in purchasing decisions by our customers may increase as we develop new or enhanced products for new markets, including data communications, industrial, research, consumer and biotechnology markets. Purchase decisions by our customers are also impacted by the capital expenditure plans of the global telecom carriers, which tend to be the primary customers of our customers. Our current and anticipated future dependence on a small number of customers increases the revenue impact of each such customer’s decision to delay or defer purchases from us, or decision not to purchase products from us. For example, during the second half of fiscal 2012, our revenues were adversely impacted by a significant change in demand expectations from a particular major customer. Our expense levels in the future will be based, in large part, on our expectations regarding future revenue sources and, as a result, operating results for any quarterly period in which material orders fail to occur, or are delayed or deferred, could vary significantly. In addition, our revenues will decrease and our operating results will be impacted by the completion of asset sales. We sold the Zurich Business on September 12, 2013. We expect that the loss of revenue from the Zurich Business will cause a decrease in our total revenue and impact our operating results during the 2014 fiscal year. Additional asset sales, including the sale of the Amplifier Business, could reduce our revenue and impact our operating results. Because our business is capital intensive, significant fluctuations in our revenues, without a corresponding decrease in expenses, can have a significant adverse impact on our operating results.

Uncertainties associated with the sale of the Zurich Business and the potential sale of the Amplifier Business or ability to successfully execute such a sale may cause us to lose employees, customers and business partners.

Our current and prospective employees, customers and business partners may be uncertain about their future roles and relationships with us following the completion of the sale of the Zurich Business and the potential sale of the Amplifier Business, whether or not we consummate the sale of the Amplifier Business. This uncertainty may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain key management and employees, customers and business partners.

 

18


Table of Contents

There is risk in executing the transition of our Shenzhen assembly and test operations, and in executing to the corresponding long term supply agreement, with Venture, and we may not realize any anticipated benefits from either.

In March 2012, we entered into a definitive agreement with Venture Corporation Limited (Venture) to transfer our Shenzhen final assembly and test operations to Venture’s Malaysia facility in a phased and gradual transfer of products over a period of three years. In conjunction with this agreement, we entered into a five-year supply agreement with Venture to manufacture and supply us with certain products that were previously manufactured at our Shenzhen facility. There can be no assurance that the transition of our Shenzhen assembly and test operations and the corresponding long term supply agreement with Venture will result in the benefits that we expect, or that revenues will not be adversely impacted during the transition period. There can be no assurance that we will realize our initial estimate of $35 million in lower working capital requirements, net of related costs incurred, due to the outsourcing of these activities.

In addition, there is significant risk in our ability to execute stages of this transfer without negative impacts on production output, delivery to customer requests, quality and customer service in general. Revenues could be adversely impacted if production output falls short of expectations during the transfer or if customer service is perceived to be inadequate.

On March 28, 2012, shortly after announcing this agreement, certain of our employees in Shenzhen initiated a work stoppage up to and including April 4, 2012. Although we negotiated a resolution to this work stoppage, there can be no assurance that work stoppages will not arise in the future having a material adverse impact on our production output and/or the levels and gross margins of the corresponding product revenues supported by the production output, and/or increasing the net costs of executing the transfer to Venture. Any such work stoppage may adversely impact our revenues and our ability to deliver products to our customers. In addition, our recent sale of the Zurich Business, and our commitment to provide manufacturing services for the buyer using our Shenzhen facility and personnel, could potentially have an impact on corresponding employee relations in Shenzhen.

We relocated our operations formerly located in Totsuka, Japan. Our business may experience disruption due to this relocation.

We relocated our manufacturing and research and development facilities, as well as our administrative offices from Totsuka, Japan to a facility we leased from Yokogawa Electric Corporation in Sagamihara-shi, Kanagawa Prefecture, Japan. While we completed this transition, there can be no assurance that the relocation activities will not adversely impact our production capacity or manufacturing yields or divert management’s attention from the day-to-day operations of our business, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers and key contract manufacturers who could disrupt our business if they stopped, decreased, delayed or were unable to meet our demand for shipments of their products or manufacturing of our products.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers of raw materials and equipment used to manufacture our products. We currently also depend on a limited number of contract manufacturers, principally Fabrinet in Thailand, to manufacture certain of our products. We will also increasingly depend on Venture as we transfer our Shenzhen assembly and test operations in a phased and gradual transfer of products to Venture. Some of these suppliers are sole sources. We typically have not entered into long-term agreements with our suppliers other than Fabrinet and Venture, therefore, these suppliers generally may stop supplying us materials and equipment at any time. Our reliance on a sole supplier or limited number of suppliers could result in delivery problems, reduced control over product pricing and quality, and an inability to identify and qualify another supplier in a timely manner. Some of our suppliers that may be small or undercapitalized may experience financial difficulties that could prevent them from supplying us materials and equipment. In addition, our suppliers, including our sole source suppliers, may experience manufacturing delays or shut downs due to circumstances beyond their control such as earthquakes, floods, fires, political unrest or other natural disasters.

Fabrinet’s manufacturing operations are located in Thailand. In October 2011, due to flooding in Thailand, Fabrinet suspended operations at both of their factories that supply us with finished goods. Thailand has also been subject to political unrest in the recent past, including the temporary interruption of service at one of its international airports, and may again experience such political unrest in the future. If Fabrinet is unable to supply us with materials or equipment, or if they are unable to ship our materials or equipment out of Thailand due to future flooding or political unrest, this could materially adversely affect our ability to fulfill customer orders and our results of operations.

 

19


Table of Contents

Any supply deficiencies relating to the quality or quantities of materials or equipment we use to manufacture our products could materially adversely affect our ability to fulfill customer orders and our results of operations. Lead times for the purchase of certain materials and equipment from suppliers have increased and in some cases have limited our ability to rapidly respond to increased demand, and may continue to do so in the future. To the extent we introduce additional contract manufacturing partners, introduce new products with new partners and/or move existing internal or external production lines to new partners, we could experience supply disruptions during the transition process. In addition, due to our customers’ requirements relating to the qualification of our suppliers and contract manufacturing facilities and operations, we cannot quickly enter into alternative supplier relationships, which prevents us from being able to respond immediately to adverse events affecting our suppliers.

Delays, disruptions or quality control problems in manufacturing could result in delays in product shipments to customers and could adversely affect our business.

We may experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in our manufacturing operations or the manufacturing operations of our subcontractors. As a result, we could incur additional costs that would adversely affect our gross margins, and our product shipments to our customers could be delayed beyond the shipment schedules requested by our customers, which would negatively affect our revenues, competitive position and reputation. Furthermore, even if we are able to deliver products to our customers on a timely basis, we may be unable to recognize revenues at the time of delivery based on our revenue recognition policies. Exposures to these risks could increase during the transition of our Shenzhen product lines to Venture Malaysia over what is anticipated to be a two to three year period, and with regards to any product line manufacturing transitions associated with our integration of Opnext.

We may not be able to maintain or improve gross margin levels.

We may not be able to maintain or improve our gross margins, due to slow introductions of new products, failure to effectively cost reduce existing products, the potential for future macroeconomic or market volatility reducing sales volumes, changes in customer demand (including a change in product mix between different areas of our business) and pricing pressure from increased competition or other factors. During the year ended June 29, 2013, our gross margin decreased as compared to the year ended June 30, 2012. We are attempting to reduce our product costs and improve our product mix to offset price competition and erosion expected in most product categories, but there is no assurance that we will be successful. Our gross margins can also be adversely impacted for reasons including, but not limited to, fixed manufacturing costs that would not be expected to decrease in proportion to any decrease in revenues, as occurred due to the flooding in Thailand; unfavorable production yields or variances; increases in costs of input parts and materials; the timing of movements in our inventory balances; warranty costs and related returns; changes in foreign currency exchange rates; possible exposure to inventory valuation reserves; the sale of the Zurich Business, including procuring certain parts that were previously internally sourced; and failure to realize benefits of the transfer to Venture. Any failure to maintain, or improve, our gross margins will adversely affect our financial results, including our goal to achieve sustainable cash flow positive operations.

Our business and results of operations may continue to be negatively impacted by general economic, financial market conditions and market conditions in the industries in which we operate, and such conditions may increase the other risks that affect our business.

Over the past few years, the world’s financial markets have experienced significant turmoil, resulting in reductions in available credit, increased costs of credit, extreme volatility in security prices, potential changes to existing credit terms, and rating downgrades of investments. In light of these economic conditions, many of our customers reduced their spending plans, leading them to draw down their existing inventory and reduce orders for our products. It is possible that economic conditions could result in further setbacks, and that these customers, or others, could as a result significantly reduce their capital expenditures, draw down their inventories, reduce production levels of existing products, defer introduction of new products or place orders and accept delivery for products for which they do not pay us due to their economic difficulties or other reasons. These conditions have contributed materially and adversely affected the market conditions in the industries in which we operate, and have had a material adverse impact on our revenues. In addition, the financial downturn affected the financial strength of certain of our customers, including their ability to obtain credit to finance purchases of our products, and could adversely affect additional customers in the future. Our suppliers may also be adversely affected by economic conditions that may impact their ability to provide important components used in our manufacturing processes on a timely basis, or at all. To a large degree, orders from our customers are dependent on demand from telecom carrier capital expenditures around the world. The capital expenditure plans and execution by telecom carriers can also be adversely impacted, both in terms of total spend and in determination of areas of investment within network infrastructures, by global and regional macroeconomic conditions.

 

20


Table of Contents

These conditions could also result in reduced capital resources because of the potential lack of credit availability, higher costs of credit and the stretching of payables by creditors seeking to preserve their own cash resources. We are unable to predict the likely duration, severity and potential continuation of any disruption in financial markets and adverse economic conditions in the U.S. and other countries, but the longer the duration the greater the risks we face in operating our business.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, which could result in lost sales and lower revenues.

The market for optical components and modules is highly competitive and this competition could result in our existing customers moving their orders to our competitors. We are aware of a number of companies that have developed or are developing optical component products, including tunable lasers, pluggables, wavelength selective switches and thin film filter products, among others, that compete directly with our current and proposed product offerings.

Certain of our competitors may be able to more quickly and effectively:

 

   

develop or respond to new technologies or technical standards;

 

   

react to changing customer requirements and expectations;

 

   

devote needed resources to the development, production, promotion and sale of products; and

 

   

deliver competitive products at lower prices.

Some of our current competitors, as well as some of our potential competitors, have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, broader customer relationships and industry alliances and substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. In addition, market leaders in industries such as semiconductor and data communications, who may also have significantly more resources than we do, may in the future enter our market with competing products. Our competitors and new Chinese companies are establishing manufacturing operations in China to take advantage of comparatively low manufacturing costs. All of these risks may be increased if the market were to further consolidate through mergers or other business combinations between competitors.

Certain of our competitors may not have been impacted by the flooding in Thailand and this may place competitive pressures on our ability to recover our flood-affected revenue losses.

We may not be able to compete successfully with our competitors and aggressive competition in the market may result in lower prices for our products and/or decreased gross margins. Any such development could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have a complex multinational tax structure, and changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income tax returns could adversely affect our results.

We have a complex multinational tax structure with multiple types of intercompany transactions, and our allocation of profits and losses among us and our subsidiaries through our intercompany transfer pricing agreements is subject to review by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in countries where we have higher statutory rates, by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, or by changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles or interpretations thereof. In addition, we are also subject to the continuous examination of our income tax returns and related transfer pricing documentation by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these continuous examinations will not have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our success will depend on our ability to anticipate and respond to evolving technologies and customer requirements.

The market for telecommunications equipment is characterized by substantial capital investment, rapid and unpredictable changes in customer demand and diverse and evolving technologies. For example, the market for optical components is currently characterized by a trend toward the adoption of pluggable components and tunable transmitters that do not require the customized interconnections of traditional fixed wavelength “gold box” devices and the increased integration of components on subsystems. Our ability to anticipate and respond to these and other changes in technology, industry standards, customer requirements and product offerings and to develop and introduce new and enhanced products will be significant factors in our ability to succeed. We expect that new technologies will continue to emerge as competition in the telecommunications industry increases and the need for higher and more cost efficient bandwidth expands. The introduction of new products embodying new technologies or the emergence of new industry standards could render our existing products or products in development uncompetitive from a pricing standpoint, obsolete or unmarketable, which would negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on a limited number of customers for a significant percentage of our revenues.

Historically, we have generated most of our revenues from a limited number of customers. Our dependence on a limited number of customers is due to the fact that the optical telecommunications systems industry is dominated by a small number of large companies. These companies in turn depend primarily on a limited number of major telecommunications carrier customers to purchase their products that incorporate our optical components. For example, during the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, our three largest customers accounted for 31 percent, 29 percent and 36 percent of our revenues, respectively. Because we rely on a limited number of customers for significant percentages of our revenues, a decrease in demand for our products from any of our major customers for any reason (including due to market conditions, catastrophic events or otherwise) could have a materially adverse impact on our financial conditions and results of operations. For example, during the second half of fiscal 2012, our revenues were adversely impacted by a significant change in demand expectations from a particular major customer. Further, the industry in which our customers operate is subject to a trend of consolidation. To the extent this trend continues, we may become dependent on even fewer customers to maintain and grow our revenues.

The majority of our long-term customer contracts do not commit customers to specified buying levels, and our customers may decrease, cancel or delay their buying levels at any time with little or no advance notice to us.

The majority of our customers typically purchase our products pursuant to individual purchase orders or contracts that do not contain purchase commitments. Some customers provide us with their expected forecasts for our products several months in advance, but many of these customers may decrease, cancel or delay purchase orders already in place, and the impact of any such actions may be intensified given our dependence on a small number of large customers. If any of our major customers decrease, stop or delay purchasing our products for any reason, our business and results of operations would be harmed. Cancellation or delays of such orders may cause us to fail to achieve our short-term and long-term financial and operating goals and result in excess and obsolete inventory. For example, in fiscal year 2011, we did experience certain deferrals and cancellation of orders which adversely impacted our quarterly financial results. In addition, during the second half of fiscal 2012, our revenues were adversely impacted by a significant change in demand expectations from a particular major customer.

We have significant manufacturing and research and development operations in China, which exposes us to risks inherent in doing business in China.

A significant portion of our assembly and test operations, chip-on-carrier operations and manufacturing and supply chain management operations are concentrated in our facility in Shenzhen, China. In addition, we have substantial research and development related activities in Shenzhen and Shanghai, China. To be successful in China we will need to:

 

   

qualify our manufacturing lines and the products we produce in Shenzhen, as required by our customers;

 

   

attract and retain qualified personnel to operate our Shenzhen facility, even during the transition period to Venture; and

 

   

attract and retain research and development employees at our Shenzhen and Shanghai facilities.

 

22


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that we will be able to do any of these.

Employee turnover in China is high due to the intensely competitive and fluid market for skilled labor. To operate our Shenzhen facility under these conditions, we need to continue to hire direct manufacturing personnel, administrative personnel and technical personnel; obtain and retain required legal authorization to hire such personnel; and incur the time and expense to hire and train such personnel. On March 28, 2012, shortly after announcing the agreement with Venture, certain of our employees in Shenzhen initiated a work stoppage. The work stoppage impacted our Shenzhen manufacturing capabilities temporarily up to and including April 4, 2012. Revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 were adversely impacted by approximately $4.0 million by the work stoppage.

Inflation rates in China are higher than in most jurisdictions in which we operate. We believe that salary inflation rates for the skilled personnel we hire and seek to retain in Shenzhen and Shanghai are likely to be higher than overall inflation rates.

Operations in China are subject to greater political, legal and economic risks than our operations in other countries. In particular, the political, legal and economic climate in China, both nationally and regionally, is fluid and unpredictable. Our ability to operate in China may be adversely affected by changes in Chinese laws and regulations such as those related to, among other things, taxation, import and export tariffs, environmental regulations, land use rights, intellectual property, currency controls, employee benefits and other matters. In addition, we may not obtain or retain the requisite legal permits to continue to operate in China, and costs or operational limitations may be imposed in connection with obtaining and complying with such permits.

We intend to continue to export the products manufactured at our Shenzhen facility. Under current regulations, upon application and approval by the relevant governmental authorities, we will not be subject to certain Chinese taxes and will be exempt from certain duties on imported materials that are used in the manufacturing process and subsequently exported from China as finished products. However, Chinese trade regulations are in a state of flux, and we may become subject to other forms of taxation and duties in China or may be required to pay export fees in the future. In the event that we become subject to new forms of taxation or export fees in China, our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. We may also be required to expend greater amounts than we currently anticipate in connection with increasing production at our Shenzhen facility. Any one of the factors cited above, or a combination of them, could result in unanticipated costs or interruptions in production, which could materially and adversely affect our business.

Our results of operations may suffer if we do not effectively manage our inventory, and we may continue to incur inventory-related charges.

We need to manage our inventory of component parts and finished goods effectively to meet changing customer requirements. Accurately forecasting customers’ product needs is difficult. Some of our products and supplies have in the past, and may in the future, become obsolete or deemed excess while in inventory due to rapidly changing customer specifications or a decrease in customer demand. We also have exposure to contractual liabilities to our contract manufacturers for inventories purchased by them on our behalf, based on our forecasted requirements, which may become excess or obsolete. Our inventory balances also represent an investment of cash. To the extent our inventory turns are slower than we anticipate based on historical practice, our cash conversion cycle extends and more of our cash remains invested in working capital. If we are not able to manage our inventory effectively, we may need to write down the value of some of our existing inventory or write off non-saleable or obsolete inventory. We have from time to time incurred significant inventory-related charges. Any such charges we incur in future periods could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. As part of the transition of our Shenzhen manufacturing facility to Venture, we may need to invest in additional inventories during the corresponding transition period, and in the future may be exposed to contractual liabilities to Venture for inventories purchased by them on our behalf.

 

23


Table of Contents

Sales of our products could decline if customer and/or supplier relationships are disrupted by our recent acquisition or divestiture activities.

Our existing customers, customers of acquired businesses, and/or of predecessor companies, may not continue their historical buying patterns. Customers may defer purchasing decisions as they evaluate our financial strength, the likelihood of successful integration or divestiture of our products and our future product strategy, or consider purchasing products of our competitors.

Customers may also seek to modify or terminate existing agreements, or prospective customers may delay entering into new agreements or purchasing our products or may decide not to purchase any products from us.

Competitive positions in the market, including relative to suppliers who are also competitors, could change as a result of an acquisition or divestiture, and this could impact supplier relationships, including the terms under which we do business with such suppliers.

As a result of our recent business combinations, we have become a larger and more geographically diverse organization. Our operating results have been poorer since the acquisition of Opnext. While it is not certain that the added complexity of the business has contributed to the decrease in operating results, the added complexity does increase the difficulty of improving the operating results and of focusing our resources more effectively and efficiently.

As of June 29, 2013, we had approximately 2,782 employees in a total of 22 facilities around the world. As a result of the acquisition of Opnext, and our previous merger and acquisition activities, we face challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs. Our inability to manage successfully the geographically more diverse (including from a cultural perspective) and substantially larger combined organization, including managing and executing the planned acquisition synergies and transitions with Opnext, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and, as a result, on the market price of our common stock. The Opnext acquisition and other recent acquisitions have increased our serviceable available markets and scaling the company to address the growth potentially available from addressing these markets, and potentially available within our previously existing markets, creates additional challenges of a similar nature. We also continue to evaluate plans and alternatives to simplify the merged company, and to reduce our profitability break-even levels, which could include additional strategic transactions, such as asset sales or intellectual property transactions and further actions to restructure the merged company. The corresponding activities could distract from normal business operations and adversely impact our ability to execute our operating results.

We have initiated steps to reduce our complexity and to simplify our operating footprint. These actions include the outsourcing of Shenzhen to Venture, the sale of the Zurich Business, the elimination of research and development investment on future WSS products, and the potential sale of the Amplifier Business. We anticipate taking further restructuring actions as well. While these, and other, steps may reduce our complexity in the long term, in the short term the execution of these actions, and the support of transitions associated with these actions, increases the complexity of our operations and creates risk of successfully executing the actions.

Our products are complex and may take longer to develop than anticipated and we may not recognize revenues from new products until after long field testing and customer acceptance periods.

Many of our new products must be tailored to customer specifications. As a result, we are developing new products and using new technologies in those products. For example, while we currently manufacture and sell discrete “gold box” technology, we expect that many of our sales of “gold box” technology will soon be replaced by pluggable modules. New products or modifications to existing products often take many quarters or even years to develop because of their complexity and because customer specifications sometimes change during the development cycle. We often incur substantial costs associated with the research and development, design, sales and marketing activities in connection with products that may be purchased long after we have incurred such costs. In addition, due to the rapid technological changes in our market, a customer may cancel or modify a design project before we begin large-scale manufacture of the product and receive revenues from the customer. It is unlikely that we would be able to recover the expenses for cancelled or unutilized design projects. It is difficult to predict with any certainty, particularly in the present economic climate, the frequency with which customers will cancel or modify their projects, or the effect that any cancellation or modification would have on our results of operations. In some cases, the adoption of our new product offerings can also become a function of the pace of adoption of new technologies or new data rates at the telecom network level.

 

24


Table of Contents

As a result of our global operations, our business is subject to currency fluctuations that have adversely affected our results of operations in recent quarters and may continue to do so in the future.

Our financial results have been and will continue to be materially impacted by foreign currency fluctuations. At certain times in our history, declines in the value of the U.S. dollar versus the U.K. pound sterling have had a major negative effect on our margins and our cash flow. A significant portion of our expenses are denominated in U.K. pounds sterling and Japanese yen and substantially all of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between these currencies and, to a lesser extent, other currencies in which we collect revenues and/or pay expenses could have a material effect on our future operating results. For example during fiscal year 2013, the Swiss franc appreciated approximately 1 percent relative to the U.S. dollar, the U.K. pound sterling depreciated approximately 2 percent relative to the U.S. dollar, and the Japanese yen depreciated approximately 20 percent relative to the U.S. dollar, impacting our manufacturing overhead and operating expenses. If the U.S. dollar stays the same or depreciates relative to the U.K. pound sterling and/or Japanese yen in the future, our future operating results may be materially impacted. Additional exposure could also result should the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the Chinese yuan, the South Korean won, or the Euro vary more significantly than they have to date.

We periodically engage in currency hedging transactions in an effort to cover some of our exposure to U.S. dollar to U.K. pound sterling currency fluctuations, and we may be required to convert currencies to meet our obligations. We may, in the future, enter into similar hedging transactions in an effort to cover some of our exposure to U.S. dollar to Japanese yen currency fluctuations. These transactions may not operate to fully hedge our exposure to currency fluctuations, and under certain circumstances, these transactions could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

We may record additional impairment charges that will adversely impact our results of operations.

As of June 29, 2013, we had $10.2 million in other intangible assets on our consolidated balance sheet. If we make changes in our business strategy or if market or other conditions adversely affect our business operations, we may be forced to record an impairment charge related to these assets, which would adversely impact our results of operations. If impairment has occurred, we will be required to record an impairment charge for the difference between the carrying value of the other intangible assets and the implied fair value of the other intangible assets in the period in which such determination is made. The testing of other intangible assets for impairment requires us to make significant estimates about the future performance and cash flows of our business, as well as other assumptions. These estimates can be affected by numerous factors, including changes in economic, industry, or market conditions, changes in underlying business operations, future reporting unit operating performance, changes in competition, or changes in technologies. Any changes in key assumptions, or actual performance compared with those assumptions, about our business and its future prospects or other assumptions could affect the fair value of one or more reporting units, and result in an impairment charge.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013 we completed our annual analysis for potential impairment of our goodwill, which included examining the impact of current general economic conditions on our future prospects and the current level of our market capitalization. Based on this analysis, we determined that the goodwill related to our Mintera reporting unit was fully impaired. This resulted in a $10.9 million impairment charge in our statement of operations for fiscal year 2013. In addition, during the first quarter of fiscal year 2013, we recorded $0.9 million in impairment charges related to the impairment of certain technology that is now considered redundant following the acquisition of Opnext. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we recorded an additional $14.2 million impairment charge related to the impairment of intangible assets related to certain technologies and we recorded impairment charges of $1.7 million related to other long-lived assets.

During the fiscal year ended July 2, 2011, we determined that the goodwill related to our WSS reporting unit was fully impaired. Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets for fiscal year 2011 amounted to $20.0 million.

 

25


Table of Contents

We will incur significant additional restructuring charges that will adversely affect our results of operations.

We expect to incur significant restructuring expenses for incremental actions going forward, including restructuring actions we intend to announce in the first half of fiscal year 2014 to reduce our complexity and to simplify our operating footprint subsequent to the sale of the Zurich Business.

We have previously enacted a series of restructuring plans and cost reduction plans designed to reduce our manufacturing overhead and our operating expenses that have resulted in significant restructuring charges. Such charges have adversely affected, and will continue to adversely affect, our results of operations for the periods in which such charges have been, or will be, incurred. Additionally, actual costs have in the past, and may in the future, exceed the amounts estimated and provided for in our financial statements. Significant additional charges could materially and adversely affect our results of operations in the periods that they are incurred and recognized. In addition, any restructuring activities will require significant cash commitments and will adversely affect our cash balances.

For instance, during fiscal year 2011, we incurred $0.6 million in restructuring charges related to a restructuring plan specific to our acquisition of Mintera. During fiscal year 2012 and 2013, we incurred $6.0 million and $5.1 million in restructuring charges, respectively, in connection with the transition of our Shenzhen, China assembly and test operations to Venture, and expect to incur an additional $4.0 million to $6.0 million in restructuring charges over the remaining transition period. During the year ended June 29, 2013, we incurred $12.1 million in restructuring charges in connection with the acquisition and integration of Opnext, and expect to incur additional restructuring charges related to this plan over the next few quarters.

If our customers do not qualify our manufacturing lines or the manufacturing lines of our subcontractors for volume shipments, our operating results could suffer.

Most of our customers do not purchase products, other than limited numbers of evaluation units, prior to qualification of the manufacturing line for volume production. Our existing manufacturing lines, as well as each new manufacturing line, must pass through varying levels of qualification with our customers. Our manufacturing lines have passed our qualification standards, as well as our technical standards. However, our customers also require that our manufacturing lines pass their specific qualification standards and that we, and any subcontractors that we may use, be registered under international quality standards. In addition, we have in the past, and may in the future, encounter quality control issues as a result of relocating our manufacturing lines or introducing new products to fill production. We may be unable to obtain customer qualification of our manufacturing lines or we may experience delays in obtaining customer qualification of our manufacturing lines. Such delays or failure to obtain qualifications would harm our operating results and customer relationships. To the extent we introduce new contract manufacturing partners and move any production lines from existing internal or external facilities the new production lines will likely need to be re-qualified with customers. Exposures to these risks could increase materially during the transition of our Shenzhen product lines to Venture Malaysia, and as a result of our acquisition and integration of Opnext, including the relocation of certain operations from Totsuka, Japan to a different leased facility in Sagamihara, Japan.

We may experience low manufacturing yields.

Manufacturing yields depend on a number of factors, including the volume of production due to customer demand and the nature and extent of changes in specifications required by customers for which we perform design-in work. Higher volumes due to demand for a fixed, rather than continually changing, design generally results in higher manufacturing yields, whereas lower volume production generally results in lower yields. In addition, lower yields may result, and have in the past resulted, from commercial shipments of products prior to full manufacturing qualification to the applicable specifications. Changes in manufacturing processes required as a result of changes in product specifications, changing customer needs and the introduction of new product lines have historically caused, and may in the future cause, significantly reduced manufacturing yields, resulting in low or negative margins on those products. Moreover, an increase in the rejection rate of products during the quality control process, before, during or after manufacture, results in lower yields and margins. Finally, manufacturing yields and margins can also be lower if we receive or inadvertently use defective or contaminated materials from our suppliers. Any reduction in our manufacturing yields will adversely affect our gross margins and could have a material impact on our operating results.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our intellectual property rights may not be adequately protected.

Our future success will depend, in large part, upon our intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, design rights, trade secrets, trademarks and know-how. We maintain an active program of identifying technology appropriate for patent protection. Our practice is to require employees and consultants to execute non-disclosure and proprietary rights agreements upon commencement of employment or consulting arrangements. These agreements acknowledge our exclusive ownership of all intellectual property developed by the individuals during their work for us and require that all proprietary information disclosed will remain confidential. Although such agreements may be binding, they may not be enforceable in full or in part in all jurisdictions and any breach of a confidentiality obligation could have a negative effect on our business and our remedy for such breach may be limited.

Our intellectual property portfolio is an important corporate asset. The steps we have taken and may take in the future to protect our intellectual property may not adequately prevent misappropriation or ensure that others will not develop competitive technologies or products. We cannot assure you that our competitors will not successfully challenge the validity of our patents or design products that avoid infringement of our proprietary rights with respect to our technology. There can be no assurance that other companies are not investigating or developing other similar technologies, that any patents will be issued from any application pending or filed by us, or that, if patents are issued, that the claims allowed will be sufficiently broad to deter or prohibit others from marketing similar products. In addition, we cannot assure you that any patents issued to us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or that the rights under those patents will provide a competitive advantage to us or that our products and technology will be adequately covered by our patents and other intellectual property. Further, the laws of certain regions in which our products are or may be developed, manufactured or sold, including Asia-Pacific, Southeast Asia and Latin America, may not be enforceable to protect our products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, the U.K. and continental European countries. This is especially relevant since we have transferred our assembly and test operations and chip-on-carrier operations, including certain engineering-related functions, to Shenzhen, China, and have recently signed an agreement to transition these assembly and test operations to Malaysia.

Opnext has historically relied on Hitachi for assistance with the research and development efforts related to Opnext’s product portfolio. Any failure of Hitachi to continue to provide these services could have a material adverse effect on our business. Opnext’s product expertise is based on the research ability developed within their Hitachi heritage and through joint research and development in lasers and optical technologies. A key factor to Opnext’s business success and strategy is fundamental laser research. Opnext relied on access to Hitachi’s research laboratories pursuant to a research and development agreement with Hitachi, which includes access to Hitachi’s research facilities and engineers, to conduct research and development activities that are important to the establishment of new technologies and products vital to their current and future business. Should access to Hitachi’s research laboratories become unavailable or available at less attractive terms in the future, this may impede development of new technologies and products, and our financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

Our products may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which could result in expensive litigation or require us to obtain a license to use the technology from third parties, or we may be prohibited from selling certain products in the future.

Companies in the industry in which we operate frequently are sued or receive informal claims of patent infringement or infringement of other intellectual property rights. We have, from time to time, received such claims, including from competitors and from companies that have substantially more resources than us.

Third parties may in the future assert claims against us concerning our existing products or with respect to future products under development, or with respect to products that we may acquire through acquisitions. We have entered into and may in the future enter into indemnification obligations in favor of some customers that could be triggered upon an allegation or finding that we are infringing other parties’ proprietary rights. If we do infringe a third party’s rights, we may need to negotiate with holders of those rights in order to obtain a license to those rights or otherwise settle any infringement claim. We have from time to time received notices from third parties alleging infringement of their intellectual property and where appropriate have entered into license agreements with those third parties with respect to that intellectual property. Any license agreements that we wish to enter into the future with respect to intellectual property rights may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. We may not in all cases be able to resolve allegations of infringement through licensing arrangements, settlement, alternative designs or otherwise. We may take legal action to determine the validity and scope of the third-party rights or to defend against any allegations of infringement. Holders of intellectual property rights could become more aggressive in alleging infringement of their intellectual property rights and we may be the subject of such claims asserted by a third party. In the course of pursuing any of these means or defending against any lawsuits filed against us, we could incur significant costs and diversion of our resources and our management’s attention. Due to the competitive nature of our industry, it is unlikely that we could increase our prices to cover such costs. In addition, such claims could result in significant penalties or injunctions that could prevent us from selling some of our products in certain markets or result in settlements or judgments that require payment of significant royalties or damages.

 

27


Table of Contents

If we fail to obtain the right to use the intellectual property rights of others necessary to operate our business, our business and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

Certain companies in the telecommunications and optical components markets in which we sell our products have experienced frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. Numerous patents in these industries are held by others, including academic institutions and our competitors. Optical component suppliers may seek to gain a competitive advantage or other third parties, inside or outside our market, may seek an economic return on their intellectual property portfolios by making infringement claims against us. We currently in-license certain intellectual property of third parties, and in the future, we may need to obtain license rights to patents or other intellectual property held by others to the extent necessary for our business. Unless we are able to obtain such licenses on commercially reasonable terms, patents or other intellectual property held by others could be used to inhibit or prohibit our production and sale of existing products and our development of new products for our markets. Licenses granting us the right to use third-party technology may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Generally, a license, if granted, would include payments of up-front fees, ongoing royalties or both. These payments or other terms could have a significant adverse impact on our operating results. In addition, in the event we are granted such a license, it is likely such license would be non-exclusive and other parties, including competitors, may be able to utilize such technology. Our larger competitors may be able to obtain licenses or cross-license their technology on better terms than we can, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, our larger competitors may be able to buy such technology and preclude us from licensing or using such technology.

Prior to our acquisition of Opnext, Opnext licensed its intellectual property to Hitachi and its wholly owned subsidiaries without restriction. In addition, Hitachi is free to license certain of Hitachi’s intellectual property that Opnext used in its business to any third party, including competitors, which could harm our business and operating results.

Opnext was initially created as a stand-alone entity by acquiring certain assets of Hitachi through various transactions. In connection with these transactions, Opnext acquired a number of patents and know-how from Hitachi, but also granted Hitachi and its wholly owned subsidiaries a perpetual right to continue to use those patents and know-how, as well as other patents and know-how that Opnext developed during a period which ended in July 2011 (or October 2012 in certain cases). This license back to Hitachi is broad and permits Hitachi to use this intellectual property for any products or services anywhere in the world, including licensing this intellectual property to our competitors.

Additionally, while significant intellectual property owned by Hitachi was assigned to Opnext when Opnext was formed, Hitachi retained and only licensed to Opnext the intellectual property rights to underlying technologies used in both Opnext products and the products of Hitachi. Under the agreement, Hitachi remains free to license these intellectual property rights to the underlying technologies to any party, including competitors. The intellectual property that has been retained by Hitachi and that can be licensed in this manner does not relate solely or primarily to one or more of Opnext’s products, or groups of products; rather, the intellectual property that is licensed to Opnext by Hitachi is generally used broadly across Opnext’s entire product portfolio. Competition by third parties using the underlying technologies retained by Hitachi could harm the Opnext business, financial condition and results of operations.

The inability to obtain government licenses and approvals for desired international trading activities or technology transfers may prevent the profitable operation of our business.

Many of our present and future business activities are subject to licensing by the United States government under the Export Administration Act, the Export Administration Regulations and other laws, regulations and requirements governing international trade and technology transfer. We presently manufacture products in China and Thailand that require such licenses. The profitable operations of our business may require the continuity of these licenses and may require further licenses and approvals for future products in these and other countries. However, there is no certainty to the continuity of these licenses, nor that further desired licenses and approvals may be obtained.

 

28


Table of Contents

We generate a significant portion of our revenues internationally and therefore are subject to additional risks associated with the extent of our international operations.

For fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, 13 percent, 18 percent and 17 percent of our revenues, respectively, were derived from sales to customers located in the United States and 87 percent, 82 percent and 83 percent of our revenues, respectively, were derived from sales to customers located outside the United States. We are subject to additional risks related to operating in foreign countries, including:

 

   

currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenues;

 

   

greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection and longer collection periods;

 

   

difficulty in enforcing or adequately protecting our intellectual property;

 

   

ability to hire qualified candidates;

 

   

foreign taxes;

 

   

political, legal and economic instability in foreign markets;

 

   

foreign regulations;

 

   

changes in, or impositions of, legislative or regulatory requirements;

 

   

trade restrictions, including restrictions imposed by the United States government on trading with parties in foreign countries;

 

   

transportation delays;

 

   

epidemics and illnesses;

 

   

terrorism and threats of terrorism;

 

   

work stoppages and infrastructure problems due to adverse weather conditions or natural disasters;

 

   

work stoppages related to employee dissatisfaction;

 

   

changes in import/export regulations, tariffs, and freight rates; and

 

   

the effective protections of, and the ability to enforce, contractual arrangements.

Any of these risks, or any other risks related to our foreign operations, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may face product liability claims.

Despite quality assurance measures, defects may occur in our products. The occurrence of any defects in our products could give rise to liability for damages caused by such defects, including consequential damages. Such defects could, moreover, impair market acceptance of our products. Both could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. In addition, we may assume product warranty liabilities related to companies we acquire, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. In order to mitigate the risk of liability for damages, we carry product liability insurance with a $25.0 million aggregate annual limit and errors and omissions insurance with a $5.0 million annual limit. We cannot assure you that this insurance would adequately cover our costs arising from any defects in our products or otherwise.

 

29


Table of Contents

If we fail to attract and retain key personnel, our business could suffer.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain key personnel. Competition for highly skilled technical personnel is extremely intense and we continue to face difficulty identifying and hiring qualified engineers in many areas of our business. We may not be able to hire and retain such personnel at compensation levels consistent with our existing compensation and salary structure. Our future success also depends on the continued contributions of our executive management team and other key management and technical personnel, each of whom would be difficult to replace. The loss of services of these or other executive officers or key personnel or the inability to continue to attract qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, certain employees of companies we have acquired, including Opnext, that are now employed by us may decide to no longer work for us with little or no notice for a number of reasons, including dissatisfaction with our corporate culture, compensation, and new roles or responsibilities, among others.

Our business and operating results may be adversely affected by natural disasters or other catastrophic events beyond our control.

Our business and operating results are vulnerable to natural disasters, such as earthquakes, fires, tsunami, volcanic activity and floods, as well as other events beyond our control such as power loss, telecommunications failures and uncertainties arising out of terrorist attacks in the United States and armed conflicts overseas. For example, in the latter three quarters of fiscal year 2012, our results of operations were materially and adversely impacted by the flooding in Thailand. Additionally, our corporate headquarters and a portion of our research and development and manufacturing operations are located in Silicon Valley, California, and select manufacturing facilities are located in Japan. These regions in particular have been vulnerable to natural disasters, such as earthquakes and tsunamis. The occurrence of any of these events could pose physical risks to our property and personnel, which may adversely affect our ability to produce and deliver products to our customers. Although we presently maintain insurance against certain of these events, we cannot be certain that our insurance will be adequate to cover any damage sustained by us or by our customers.

Risks Related to Regulatory Compliance and Litigation

We are subject to anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA. Our failure to comply with these laws could result in penalties which could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to the FCPA, which generally prohibits companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business and/or other benefits, along with various other anticorruption laws. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure that we, our employees and other intermediaries comply with the FCPA and other anticorruption laws to which we are subject, there is no assurance that such policies or procedures will work effectively all of the time or protect us against liability under the FCPA or other laws for actions taken by our employees and other intermediaries with respect to our business or any businesses that we may acquire. We have manufacturing operations in China and other jurisdictions, many of which pose elevated risks of anti-corruption violations, and we export our products for sale internationally. This puts us in frequent contact with persons who may be considered “foreign officials” under the FCPA, resulting in an elevated risk of potential FCPA violations. If we are not in compliance with the FCPA and other laws governing the conduct of business with government entities (including local laws), we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties and other remedial measures, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Any investigation of any potential violations of the FCPA or other anticorruption laws by U.S. or foreign authorities could harm our reputation and have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A lack of effective internal control over our financial reporting could result in an inability to report our financial results accurately, which could lead to a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports and have an adverse effect on our stock price.

In connection with establishing the fair values of certain assets and liabilities associated with our acquisition of Opnext, we identified a material weakness over controls related to our recording of the purchase under ASC 805, Business Combinations . In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we made adjustments to the fair value of certain items, including property and equipment, capital leases and intangible assets. As a result of these adjustments, management concluded that we did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 29, 2013 because the potential impact of these adjustments could have been material to our financial position and results of operations.

 

30


Table of Contents

In addition, in April 2012, in connection with the restatement of our previously issued consolidated financial statements as of and for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and October 1, 2011, our management re-evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. As a result of that re-evaluation, our management determined that a material weakness existed in our internal controls over financial reporting such that our disclosure controls and procedures related to accounting for income taxes were not effective as of March 31, 2012 and October 1, 2011. During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, we implemented enhancements to our internal controls over financial reporting, including adding additional monitoring controls over the preparation and filing of foreign income tax returns. Our remediation efforts, including the testing of these controls continued throughout our fiscal year 2012. The material weakness related to the preparation and filing of foreign income taxes was considered remediated in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, once these controls were shown to be operational for a sufficient period of time to allow management to conclude that these controls were operating effectively.

We cannot assure you that similar material weaknesses will not recur. If additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control are discovered or occur in the future, our consolidated financial statements may contain material misstatements and we could be required to restate our financial results.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business and operating results could be harmed. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements or otherwise cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations. This, in turn, could result in a loss of investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and our stock price, and we could be subject to stockholder litigation as a result. Even if we are able to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, the costs of doing business may increase and our management may be required to dedicate greater time and resources to that effort. In addition, we have in the past, and may in the future, acquire companies that have either experienced material weaknesses in their internal controls over financial reporting or have had no previous reporting obligations under Sarbanes-Oxley. Failure to integrate acquired businesses into our internal controls over financial reporting could cause those controls to fail.

Litigation may substantially increase our costs and harm our business.

We are a party to numerous lawsuits and will continue to incur legal fees and other costs related thereto, including potentially expenses for the reimbursement of legal fees of officers and directors under indemnification obligations. The expense of continuing to defend such litigation may be significant. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in any defense. Further, the amount of time that will be required to resolve these lawsuits is unpredictable and these actions may divert management’s attention from the day-to-day operations of our business, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows. Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters that may arise from time to time could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

For a description of our current material litigation, see Part I, Item 3 – Legal Proceedings of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In addition, from time to time, we have been a party to certain intellectual property infringement litigation as more fully described above under “Risks Related to Our Business — Our products may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which could result in expensive litigation or require us to obtain a license to use the technology from third parties, or we may be prohibited from selling certain products in the future .”

 

31


Table of Contents

Our business involves the use of hazardous materials, and we are subject to environmental and import/export laws and regulations that may expose us to liability and increase our costs.

We handle hazardous materials as part of our manufacturing activities. Consequently, our operations are subject to environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, the use and handling of hazardous substances and waste disposal. We may incur costs to comply with current or future environmental laws. As with other companies engaged in manufacturing activities that involve hazardous materials, a risk of environmental liability is inherent in our manufacturing activities, as is the risk that our facilities will be shut down in the event of a release of hazardous waste, or that we would be subject to extensive monetary liabilities. The costs associated with environmental compliance or remediation efforts or other environmental liabilities could adversely affect our business. Under applicable European Union regulations, we, along with other electronics component manufacturers, are prohibited from using lead and certain other hazardous materials in our products. We could lose business or face product returns if we fail to maintain these requirements properly.

In addition, the sale and manufacture of certain of our products require on-going compliance with governmental security and import/export regulations. We may, in the future, be subject to investigation which may result in fines for violations of security and import/export regulations. Furthermore, any disruptions of our product shipments in the future, including disruptions as a result of efforts to comply with governmental regulations, could adversely affect our revenues, gross margins and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

We have a substantial amount of debt and may be unable to service or refinance this debt, which could have a material adverse effect on our business in the future, and may place us at a competitive disadvantage in our industry.

As of June 29, 2013, we had consolidated debt of $107.8 million outstanding, net, all of which was secured, including $40.0 million outstanding under our Credit Agreement, a $24.6 million outstanding related to a Term Loan, $25.0 million outstanding pursuant to the issuance by our wholly-owned subsidiary of the Convertible Notes and $18.2 million related to capital leases. We have used the proceeds from the sale of the Zurich Business on September 12, 2013 to fully repay the entire $40.0 million balance under the credit facility and the $24.6 million Term Loan.

This high level of debt could have negative consequences. For example, it could:

 

   

result in our inability to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our current and future credit facilities;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to adverse industry and general economic conditions;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make scheduled principal payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow for working capital, capital investments and other business activities;

 

   

limit our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital investments and other business activities;

 

   

limit our ability to refinance our indebtedness on terms that are commercially reasonable, or at all;

 

   

expose us to the risk of interest rate fluctuations to the extent we pay interest at variable rates on the debt;

 

   

limit our flexibility to plan for, and react to, changes in our business and industry; or

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to our less leveraged competitors.

Despite existing debt levels, we may have to incur substantially more debt, which would increase the risks associated with our leverage.

Even with our existing debt levels as of June 29, 2013, we may have to incur substantial amounts of additional debt in the future, including debt under the senior secured revolving credit facility and any future credit facilities, some or all of which may be secured. Although the terms of the senior secured revolving credit facility and any future credit facilities will limit our ability to incur additional debt, these terms do not and will not prohibit us from incurring substantial amounts of additional debt. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could intensify and could further exacerbate the risks associated with our leverage.

 

32


Table of Contents

Servicing our debt will require a significant amount of cash and our ability to generate cash may be affected by factors beyond our control.

Our business may not generate cash flow in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay the principal of, or interest on, our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs, including working capital, capital expenditures, product development efforts, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances and other general corporate requirements.

If we cannot fund our liquidity needs, we will have to take actions such as: reducing or delaying capital expenditures, product development efforts, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances; selling assets; restructuring or refinancing our debt; or seeking additional equity capital. We cannot assure you that any of these remedies could, if necessary, be effected on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or that they would permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our Credit Agreement limits the use of the proceeds from any disposition of assets. As a result, we may not be allowed to use the proceeds from such dispositions to satisfy all current debt service obligations. In addition, if we incur additional debt, the risks associated with our substantial leverage, including the risk that we would be unable to service our debt or generate enough cash flow to fund our liquidity needs, could intensify.

Restrictive covenants in our Credit Agreement, the indenture governing our outstanding notes and the agreements governing our other indebtedness restrict our ability to operate our business.

Our Credit Agreement and the indenture governing our outstanding senior secured second lien notes contain, and agreements governing indebtedness we may incur in the future may contain, covenants that restrict our ability to, among other things, incur additional debt, pay dividends, make investments, enter into transactions with affiliates, merge or consolidate with other entities or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

On May 6, 2013, we entered into Amendment Number Two to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the associated guaranties and security agreements, which amended the Credit Agreement in pertinent part by adding an affirmative covenant that Borrower shall have consummated one or more asset sales by July 15, 2013 and with a minimum threshold of net proceeds as set forth in the Amendment. On August 21, 2013, we amended our Credit Agreement to extend the time frame in which we must complete such asset sales to September 2, 2013. We completed the sale of the Zurich Business on September 12, 2013 and applied the net proceeds to repay all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement. The event of default resulting from not completing the sale of the Zurich Business on September 2, 2013 was waived on September 26, 2013. This waiver eliminated the requirement for the Agent and Lenders to make any advances, issue any letters of credit or provide any other extension of credit until the Agent and Lenders agree otherwise and prevents us from exercising any right or action set forth in the applicable loan documents that is conditioned on the absence of any event of default. If the Agent and Lenders do not agree to make amounts under the Credit Agreement available to us within 30 days of the waiver (or such later time as the Agent agrees), then the Agent and Lenders will have the option to immediately terminate the Credit Agreement. As a result of this waiver, we currently cannot access the availability under our Credit Agreement.

Additionally, the Credit Agreement requires us to comply with certain financial covenants. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under these agreements, which could allow the lenders or holders to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder immediately due and payable. If we are unable to repay outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under the Credit Agreement, the second lien collateral agent under the indenture governing these notes and similar agents under other agreements would have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them. We may also be prevented from taking advantage of business opportunities that arise because of the limitations imposed on us by the restrictive covenants under our indebtedness.

At times, the market price of our common stock has fluctuated significantly.

The market price of our common stock has been, and is likely to continue to be, highly volatile. For example, between July 1, 2012 and June 29, 2013, the market price of our common stock ranged from a low of $0.99 per share to a high of $3.19 per share. Many factors could cause the market price of our common stock to rise and fall. In addition to the matters discussed in other risk factors included in our public filings, some of the events that could impact our stock price are:

 

   

fluctuations in our results of operations, including our gross margins;

 

33


Table of Contents
   

changes in our business, operations or prospects;

 

   

hiring or departure of key personnel;

 

   

new contractual relationships with key suppliers or customers by us or our competitors;

 

   

proposed acquisitions and dispositions by us or our competitors;

 

   

financial results or projections that fail to meet public market analysts’ expectations and changes in stock market analysts’ recommendations regarding us, other optical technology companies or the telecommunication industry in general;

 

   

future sales of common stock, or securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for common stock;

 

   

adverse judgments or settlements obligating us to pay damages;

 

   

future issuances of common stock in connection with acquisitions or other transactions;

 

   

acts of war, terrorism, or natural disasters;

 

   

industry, domestic and international market and economic conditions, including the global macroeconomic downturn over the last three years and related sovereign debt issues in certain parts of the world;

 

   

low trading volume in our stock;

 

   

developments relating to patents or property rights; and

 

   

government regulatory changes.

In connection with our acquisition of Xtellus, during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 we issued 0.9 million shares of our common stock to settle our escrow liability. In connection with our acquisition of Mintera, during the second quarter of fiscal year 2012, we issued 0.8 million shares of our common stock to pay portions of the 12 month earnout obligations. In connection with our acquisition of Opnext, during the first quarter of fiscal year 2013, we issued 38.4 million shares of our common stock. In addition, we have $25.0 million of Convertible Notes outstanding, which if converted, would result in us issuing 13.5 million shares of our common stock. In May 2013, we also issued 1.8 million warrants to purchase our common stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share in connection with the Term Loan we received in May 2013 (See Note 7, Credit Line and Notes elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details). These issuances and the subsequent sale of these shares will dilute our existing stockholders and could potentially have a negative impact on our stock price.

Our shares of common stock have experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations, in many cases without any direct relationship to our operating performance. An outgrowth of this market volatility is the significant vulnerability of our stock price to any actual or perceived fluctuation in the strength of the markets we serve, regardless of the actual consequence of such fluctuations. As a result, the market price for our stock is highly volatile. These broad market and industry factors have caused the market price of our common stock to fluctuate, and may in the future cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate, regardless of our actual operating performance.

We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of our common stock, including securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of our common stock. Issuances of shares of our common stock or convertible securities, including outstanding options and warrants, will dilute the ownership interest of our stockholders.

 

34


Table of Contents

We are subject to pending securities class action and shareholder derivative legal proceedings.

When the market price of a stock experiences a sharp decline, as our stock price recently has, holders of that stock have often brought securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. Several securities class action lawsuits have been filed against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors. Other class action lawsuits have been initiated against Opnext, us and certain of our respective current and former officers and directors as purported derivative actions. The securities class action complaints allege violations of section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each purported derivative complaint alleges, among other things, counts for breaches of fiduciary duty, waste, and unjust enrichment. For a description of these lawsuits, see Part I, Item 3 – Legal Proceedings of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These lawsuits will likely divert the time and attention of our management. In addition, if these suits are resolved in a manner adverse to us, the damages we could be required to pay may be substantial and could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and our ability to operate our business.

Fluctuations in our operating results could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Our revenues and other operating results are likely to fluctuate significantly in the future. The timing of order placement, size of orders and satisfaction of contractual customer acceptance criteria, changes in the pricing of our products due to competitive pressures as well as order or shipment delays or deferrals, with respect to our products, acquisitions and asset sales may cause material fluctuations in revenues. Our lengthy sales cycle, which may extend to more than one year, may cause our revenues and operating results to vary from period to period and it may be difficult to predict the timing and amount of any variation. Delays or deferrals in purchasing decisions by our customers may increase as we develop new or enhanced products for new markets, including data communications, industrial, research, consumer and biotechnology markets. Purchase decisions by our customers are also impacted by the capital expenditure plans of the global telecom carriers, which tend to be the primary customers of our customers. Our current and anticipated future dependence on a small number of customers increases the revenue impact of each such customer’s decision to delay or defer purchases from us, or decision not to purchase products from us. Our expense levels in the future will be based, in large part, on our expectations regarding future revenue sources and, as a result, operating results for any quarterly period in which material orders fail to occur, or are delayed or deferred, could vary significantly.

Because of these and other factors, quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our results of operations may not be indicative of our future performance. In future periods, our results of operations may differ, in some cases materially, from the estimates of public market analysts and investors. Such a discrepancy, or our failure to meet published financial projections, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

The failure to maintain a minimum closing share price of $1.00 per share of our common stock could result in the delisting of our shares from the NASDAQ Global Select Market, which would harm the market price of our common stock.

In order to retain our listing on The NASDAQ Global Select Market we are required by NASDAQ to maintain a minimum closing bid price of $1.00 per share. Our stock price is currently trading above $1.00 per share, but closed below $1.00 per share on September 4, 5 and 6, 2013. In the event that our common stock closes below the minimum closing bid price of $1.00 per share for any 30 consecutive business days, our common stock could be delisted from The NASDAQ Global Select Market, transferred to a listing on The NASDAQ Capital Market or delisted from the NASDAQ markets altogether unless we regain compliance by having our common stock close at or above $1.00 per share for 10 consecutive days during the 180 days immediately following failure to maintain the minimum closing bid price. The failure to maintain our listing on The NASDAQ Global Select Market could harm the liquidity of our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Because we do not intend to pay dividends, stockholders will benefit from an investment in our common stock only if it appreciates in value.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We anticipate that we will retain any future earnings to support operations and to finance the development of our business and do not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, the success of an investment in our common stock will depend entirely upon any future appreciation in its value. There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which stockholders have purchased their shares.

 

35


Table of Contents

We can issue shares of preferred stock that may adversely affect your rights as a stockholder of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue up to 1.0 million shares of preferred stock with designations, rights and preferences determined from time-to-time by our board of directors. Accordingly, our board of directors is empowered, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights superior to those of holders of our common stock. For example, an issuance of shares of preferred stock could:

 

   

adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common stock;

 

   

make it more difficult for a third-party to gain control of us;

 

   

discourage bids for our common stock at a premium;

 

   

limit or eliminate any payments that the holders of our common stock could expect to receive upon our liquidation; or

 

   

otherwise adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We may in the future issue shares of authorized preferred stock at any time.

Delaware law and our charter documents contain provisions that could discourage or prevent a potential takeover, even if such a transaction would be beneficial to our stockholders.

Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that a stockholder may consider favorable. These include provisions:

 

   

authorizing the board of directors to issue preferred stock;

 

   

prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

prohibiting stockholder actions by written consent;

 

   

creating a classified board of directors pursuant to which our directors are elected for staggered three-year terms;

 

   

permitting the board of directors to increase the size of the board and to fill vacancies;

 

   

requiring a super-majority vote of our stockholders to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which limit the right of a corporation to engage in a business combination with a holder of 15 percent or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting securities, or certain affiliated persons. We do not currently have a stockholder rights plan in place.

Although we believe that these charter and bylaw provisions, and provisions of Delaware law, provide an opportunity for the board to assure that our stockholders realize full value for their investment, they could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, even under circumstances that some stockholders may consider beneficial.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

36


Table of Contents

Item 2.  Properties

Our principal properties as of June 29, 2013 are set forth below:

 

Location

   Square
Feet
    

Principal Use

   Ownership    Lease
Expiration

Sagamihara-shi, Japan

     342,000       Office space, manufacturing, research and development    Lease    March 2033

Shenzhen, China

     247,000       Office space, manufacturing, research and development    Lease    June 2016

Caswell, United Kingdom

     183,000       Office space, manufacturing, research and development    Lease    March 2026

Zurich, Switzerland

     124,000       Office space, manufacturing, research and development    Lease    June 2014

San Donato, Italy

     66,000       Office space, manufacturing, research and development    Lease    July 2017

San Jose, California

     52,000       Corporate headquarters, office space, manufacturing, research and development    Lease    January 2016

Komoro, Japan

     35,000       Office space, manufacturing, research and development    Lease    March 2016

Acton, Massachusetts

     31,000       Office space, manufacturing, research and development    Lease    January 2016

In addition to the above properties, we also own and/or lease administrative, manufacturing and research and development facilities in San Jose, California (25,000 square feet); Shanghai, China (24,000 square feet); Paignton, United Kingdom (18,000 square feet); Tucson, Arizona (15,000 square feet); Horseheads, New York (15,000 square feet); Santa Clara, California (10,000 square feet); Daejeon, South Korea (7,000 square feet); Jerusalem, Israel (5,000 square feet); Ottawa, Canada (4,000 square feet); Munich, Germany (3,000 square feet); Kanazawa-ku, Japan (3,000 square feet) and Tokyo, Japan (1,000 square feet), with lease expiration dates ranging from September 2013 to December 2017.

On September 12, 2013, we sold our Zurich Business to II-VI, including transferring the leases for our Zurich, Switzerland and Tucson, Arizona facilities.

On June 13, 2012, we completed the sale of our facility located in Shenzhen, China to Shenzhen Fangdao Technology Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen Fangdao). We received proceeds of approximately $18.7 million, net of transfer taxes and transaction costs. Under an agreement with Shenzhen Fangdao, dated May 15, 2012, we agreed to lease back the facility for a four year term, with an option to cancel after either the second or third year.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we relocated our manufacturing and research and development facilities, as well as our administrative offices from Totsuka, Japan to a facility we leased from Yokogawa Electric Corporation in Sagamihara-shi, Kanagawa Prefecture, Japan.

As of June 29, 2013, we owned or leased a total of approximately 1.2 million square feet worldwide, including the locations listed above. We believe that our properties are adequate to meet our business needs.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

On August 29, 2013, the Secured Lender Trustee of the Secured Lender Trust established under the Second Amended Chapter 11 Plan of Liquidation of Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP (the “Trustee”) filed a complaint against Oclaro, Inc. in the United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District of New York. The complaint alleges that we were formerly a client of Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP (“Dewey”) and engaged it to provide services for the period through June 5, 2012. The Trustee claims that there are unpaid invoices outstanding totaling approximately $0.5 million. We intend to defend this litigation vigorously.

 

37


Table of Contents

On December 21, 2012, Labyrinth Optical Technologies LLC filed a complaint against us in United States District Court for the Central District of California alleging that certain coherent transponder modules, coherent receivers and DQPSK transceivers sold by us infringe Labyrinth Optical U.S. patent Nos. 7,599,627 and 8,103,173. The parties executed a settlement agreement on September 13, 2013 and subsequently filed a motion to dismiss the case with prejudice. The settlement amount was not significant.

On May 19, 2011, Curtis and Charlotte Westley filed a purported class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, against us and certain of our officers and directors. The Court subsequently appointed the Connecticut Laborers’ Pension Fund (Pension Fund) as lead plaintiff for the putative class. On April 26, 2012, the Pension Fund filed a second amended complaint, captioned as Westley v. Oclaro, Inc., No. 11 Civ. 2448 EMC, allegedly on behalf of persons who purchased our common stock between May 6 and October 28, 2010, alleging that we and certain of our officers and directors issued materially false and misleading statements during this time period regarding our current business and financial condition, including projections for demand for our products, as well as our revenues, earnings, and gross margins, for the first quarter of fiscal year 2011 as well as the full fiscal year. The complaint alleges violations of section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5, as well as section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act. The complaint seeks damages and costs of an unspecified amount. On September 21, 2012, the Court dismissed the second amended complaint with leave to amend. After the Pension Fund moved for reconsideration, on January 10, 2013, the Court allowed plaintiffs to take discovery regarding statements made in May and June 2010. On March 1, 2013 the Pension Fund filed a third amended complaint, attempting to cure pleading deficiencies with regard to statements allegedly made in July and August 2010. On April 1, 2013, defendants moved to dismiss the third amended complaint with respect to the statements made in July and August 2010. On May 30, 2013, the Court granted Defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint’s claims based on statements made in July and August 2010. Discovery has commenced, and no trial has been scheduled in this action. We intend to defend this litigation vigorously.

On June 10, 2011, a purported shareholder, Stanley Moskal, filed a purported derivative action in the Superior Court for the State of California, County of Santa Clara, against us, as nominal defendant, and certain of our current and former officers and directors, as defendants. The case is styled Moskal v. Couder, No. 1:11 CV 202880 (Santa Clara County Super. Ct. filed June 10, 2011). Four other purported shareholders, Matteo Guindani, Jermaine Coney, Jefferson Braman and Toby Aguilar, separately filed substantially similar lawsuits in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California on June 27, June 28, July 7 and July 26, 2011, respectively. By Order dated September 14, 2011, the Guindani, Coney, and Braman actions were consolidated under In re Oclaro, Inc. Derivative Litigation, Lead Case No. 11 Civ. 3176 EMC. On October 5, 2011, the Aguilar action was voluntarily dismissed. Each remaining purported derivative complaint alleges that Oclaro has been, or will be, damaged by the actions alleged in the Westley complaint, and the litigation of the Westley action, and any damages or settlement paid in the Westley action. Each purported derivative complaint alleges counts for breaches of fiduciary duty, waste, and unjust enrichment. Each purported derivative complaint seeks damages and costs of an unspecified amount, as well as injunctive relief. By Order dated March 6, 2012, the parties in the Moskal action agreed that defendants shall not be required to respond to the original complaint. By Order dated February 27, 2013, the parties in the Moskal action agreed that plaintiff would serve an amended complaint no later than 30 days after the Court in the Westley action rules on defendants’ motion to dismiss the third amended complaint in the Westley action and the stay of discovery would remain in effect until further order of the Court or agreement by the parties, provided, however, that they obtain discovery produced in the Westley Action. By Order dated March 12, 2013, the parties to In re Oclaro, Inc. Derivative Litigation agreed to stay all proceedings until such time as (a) the defendants file an answer to any complaint in the Westley action; or (b) the Westley action is dismissed in its entirety with prejudice, provided, however, that they obtain discovery produced in the Westley Action. No trial has been scheduled in any of these actions.

On September 3, 2013, the parties agreed to settle the Westley, Moskal, and In re Oclaro Derivative matters for a total of $3.95 million, plus certain corporate governance changes. The money will be paid entirely by our directors and officers liability insurance carriers. Any fees awarded to the plaintiffs in these actions, or their respective counsel, will be included in this amount. The settlement is subject to final documentation and court approval.

On May 27, 2011, Opnext Japan filed a complaint against Furukawa in the Tokyo District Court alleging that certain laser diode modules sold by Furukawa infringe Opnext Japan’s Japanese patent No. 3,887,174. Opnext Japan is seeking an injunction as well as damages in the amount of 100.0 million Japanese yen.

On August 5, 2011, Opnext Japan filed a complaint against Furukawa in the Tokyo District Court alleging that certain integratable tunable laser assemblies sold by Furukawa infringe Opnext Japan’s Japanese patent No. 4,124,845. Opnext Japan is seeking an injunction as well as damages in the amount of 200.0 million Japanese yen.

 

38


Table of Contents

On September 2, 2011, Tyco Electronics Subsea Communications, LLC (Tyco) filed a complaint against Opnext, Inc. in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, alleging that Opnext, Inc. failed to meet certain obligations owed to Tyco pursuant to a non-recurring engineering development agreement entered into between Opnext, Inc. and Tyco. The complaint sought contract damages in an amount not less than $1 million, punitive damages, costs and attorneys’ fees and such other relief as such court deemed just and proper. Opnext, Inc. filed a motion to dismiss this complaint on October 14, 2011. By decision and order dated August 13, 2012, the Court dismissed Tyco’s complaint in its entirety. Tyco filed a notice of appeal from the decision and order but has not perfected the appeal and it is uncertain that it will perfect the appeal. Tyco has advised that it does not intend to pursue its appeal. We are unable at this time to estimate the effects of any possible appeal of this lawsuit on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information and Holders

Our common stock is currently quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “OCLR.” The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

     Price Per Share of Common Stock  
     High      Low  

Fiscal year 2013 quarter ended:

     

September 29, 2012

   $ 3.19       $ 2.21   

December 29, 2012

     2.81         1.11   

March 30, 2013

     1.95         1.16   

June 29, 2013

     1.42         0.99   

Fiscal year 2012 quarter ended:

     

October 1, 2011

   $ 7.33       $ 3.23   

December 31, 2011

     4.46         2.68   

March 31, 2012

     5.10         2.88   

June 30, 2012

     4.12         2.11   

On September 9, 2013, the closing sale price of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $1.02 per share. According to the records of our transfer agent, there were 9,873 stockholders of record of our common stock on September 9, 2013. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock are “street name” or beneficial owners, whose shares of record are held by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.

Dividends

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock or ordinary shares. To the extent we generate earnings, we intend to retain them for use in our business and, therefore, do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our Credit Agreement and Convertible Notes contain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock.

 

39


Table of Contents

Comparison of Stockholder Return

The following graph compares the cumulative five-year total return provided shareholders on Oclaro, Inc.’s common stock relative to the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Telecommunications Index.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

Among Oclaro, Inc., the NASDAQ Composite Index, and the NASDAQ Telecommunications Index

 

LOGO

 

     June 28,
2008
     June 27,
2009
     July 3,
2010
     July 2,
2011
     June 30,
2012
     June 29,
2013
 

Oclaro, Inc.

   $ 100.00       $ 30.81       $ 125.58       $ 78.31       $ 35.35       $ 13.72   

NASDAQ Composite Index

   $ 100.00       $ 80.56       $ 93.30       $ 124.28       $ 132.47       $ 155.74   

NASDAQ Telecommunications Index

   $ 100.00       $ 72.78       $ 78.16       $ 83.66       $ 74.73       $ 88.44   

 

* Assumes that $100.00 was invested in Oclaro common stock and in each index at market closing prices on June 28, 2008, and that all dividends were reinvested. No cash dividends have been declared on our common stock. Stockholder returns over the indicated period should not be considered indicative of future stockholder returns.

 

40


Table of Contents

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The selected financial data set forth below at June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, and for the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, are derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected financial data at July 2, 2011, July 3, 2010 and June 27, 2009, and for the fiscal years ended July 3, 2010 and June 27, 2009 are derived from audited financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, after giving effect to the discontinued operations of our New Focus business. On April 29, 2010, we affected a 1-for-5 reverse split of our common stock. All share and per share amounts presented below are reflected on a post-reverse-split basis.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29,
2013
    June 30,
2012
    July 2,
2011
    July 3,
2010
     June 27,
2009
 
     (Thousands, except per share data)  

Revenues

   $ 586,028      $ 385,458      $ 466,505      $ 392,545       $ 210,923   

Operating income (loss)

     (124,756     (63,752     (33,610     4,834         (34,811

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (122,745     (66,503     (46,425     10,961         (25,769

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     —          —          —          1,420         (6,387

Net income (loss)

     (122,745     (66,503     (46,425     12,381         (32,156

Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share:

           

Basic

   $ (1.40   $ (1.32   $ (0.96   $ 0.27       $ (1.12

Diluted

   $ (1.40   $ (1.32   $ (0.96   $ 0.26       $ (1.12

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding:

           

Basic

     87,770        50,396        48,444        40,322         22,969   

Diluted

     87,770        50,396        48,444        42,262         22,969   

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

     June 29,
2013
     June 30,
2012
     July 2,
2011
     July 3,
2010
     June 27,
2009
 
     (Thousands)  

Total assets

   $ 449,894       $ 328,306       $ 375,174       $ 360,795       $ 233,388   

Total stockholders’ equity

     154,132         167,651         229,095         252,534         140,390   

Long-term obligations

     57,123         12,391         6,277         9,785         4,923   

The following items affect the comparability of our financial data for the periods shown in the consolidated statements of operations data above:

Revenues, operating income (loss), income (loss) from continuing operations and net income (loss) in fiscal year 2013 includes the revenues, costs of revenues and operating expenses of Opnext from July 23, 2012, the date of the Opnext merger. Revenues, operating income (loss), income (loss) from continuing operations and net income (loss) in fiscal years 2010 through 2013 include the revenues, costs of revenues and operating expenses of Avanex Corporation from April 27, 2009, the date of the Avanex merger.

 

41


Table of Contents

Operating losses for fiscal years ended June 29, 2013 and July 2, 2011 include $26.0 million and $20.0 million, respectively, in recognition of impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets as more fully discussed in Note 4, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Operating losses for fiscal year 2013 include approximately $29.5 million in flood-related income related to settlement payments from our insurers and contract manufacturer relating to losses we incurred during the flooding. Operating losses for fiscal year 2012 include a significant decline in product sales and impairment charges related to the same flooding in Thailand, as more fully discussed in Note 6, Flood-Related (Income) Expense, Net, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Income (loss) from continuing operations for fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 includes a gain on bargain purchase of $24.9 million related to our acquisition of Opnext on July 23, 2012, which is more fully discussed in Note 3, Business Combinations and Asset Dispositions, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the Annual Report of Form 10-K.

Income (loss) from discontinued operations corresponds to the net operating results of our New Focus business, which was sold to Newport in the exchange of assets that closed in July 2009, as more fully discussed in Note 3, Business Combinations , to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in our 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors” appearing in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, “Selected Financial Data” appearing in Item 6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Note 1, Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , to such consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern. Our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an opinion on our consolidated financial statements that states that our recurring operating losses and negative cash flows from operations raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated by the forward-looking statements due to, among other things, our critical accounting estimates discussed below and important other factors set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Please see “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

During our fiscal year 2013, we were one of the largest providers of optical components, modules and subsystems for the optical communications market. We offer a differentiated solution that is designed to make it easier for our customers to do business by combining optical technology innovation, photonic integration and a vertically integrated approach to manufacturing and product development.

Our customers include ADVA Optical Networking; Alcatel-Lucent; Ciena; Cisco; Coriant; Ericsson; Fiberhome Technologies Group; Fujitsu; Huawei; and Tellabs, Inc.

Recent Developments

On September 12, 2013, we sold our Oclaro Switzerland GmbH subsidiary and associated laser diodes and pump business (the “Zurich Business”) to II-VI Incorporated (II-VI). We received proceeds of $92.3 million in cash on September 12, 2013. We will also receive $6.0 million subject to hold-back by II-VI until December 31, 2014 to address any post-closing adjustments or claims, and $2.0 million subject to a potential post-closing working capital adjustment. In addition, we retained approximately $14.7 million in accounts receivable related to the Zurich Business and approximately $9.6 million of supplier and employee related payables related to the Zurich Business which were not included in the Oclaro Switzerland GmbH subsidiary.

As part of the agreement, II-VI has purchased our Switzerland subsidiary, which includes its GaAs fabrication facility, and also the corresponding high power laser diodes, VCSEL and 980 nm pump laser product lines, including intellectual property, inventory, equipment and a related research and development facility in Tucson, Arizona, all of which are associated with this business.

 

42


Table of Contents

We will continue the back-end manufacturing of the 980 nm pump and certain high power laser diode products at our Shenzhen, China manufacturing facility and supply them to II-VI under a manufacturing services agreement. The employees of Shenzhen, China will continue to be employed by us. In addition, various supply and transition service agreements have been established between the companies to ensure a smooth transition.

In addition, II-VI acquired an exclusive option to purchase our optical amplifier and micro-optics business (the “Amplifier Business”) for $88.0 million in cash. The option to purchase our Amplifier Business, for which II-VI separately paid $5.0 million in cash, will expire if not exercised within 30 days. If this option is exercised and II-VI purchases the Amplifier Business, the option price will be applied to the purchase price. If II-VI does not exercise this option, we expect the $5.0 million payment would be retained by us. We received the $5.0 million in cash proceeds on September 12, 2013.

We have used a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Zurich Business to repay our term loan of $24.6 million and will use a portion of the remaining proceeds to begin restructuring the Company for the future. We intend to further simplify our operating footprint, reduce our cost structure and focus our research and development investment in the optical communications market where we can leverage our core competencies.

Oclaro, Inc. (the “Parent”) is a party to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2012 (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Parent, Oclaro Technology Limited (the “Borrower”), each lender party thereto (the “Lenders”) and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., as administrative agent for the Lenders (the “Agent”). On August 21, 2013, the Parent, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent entered into Waiver and Amendment Number Three to the Credit Agreement (the “Third Amendment”), which amended the Credit Agreement in pertinent part by: (i) extending the date by which the Borrower shall have consummated one or more asset sales with a minimum threshold of net; (ii) eliminating the mandatory reduction of the revolving credit facility upon the consummation of the asset sales described in (i) above; and (iii) adding a covenant that the Borrower is required to maintain liquidity of at least $45 million at all times (liquidity being the sum of the Borrower’s excess availability under the revolving credit facility plus the lesser of $25 million and qualified cash balances. The Borrower paid the lenders an amendment fee of $650,000.

Under the Credit Agreement, as amended, we were required to complete certain asset sales on or by September 2, 2013. We completed the sale of the Zurich Business on September 12, 2013 and applied the net proceeds to repay all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement. The event of default resulting from not completing the transaction on September 2, 2013 was waived on September 26, 2013. This waiver eliminated the requirement for the Agent and Lenders to make any advances, issue any letters of credit or provide any other extension of credit until the Agent and Lenders agree otherwise and prevents us from exercising any right or action set forth in the applicable loan documents that is conditioned on the absence of any event of default. If the Agent and Lenders do not agree to make under the Credit Agreement available to us within 30 days of the waiver (or such later time as the Agent agrees), then the Agent and Lenders will have the option to immediately terminate the Credit Agreement.

During a continuing event of default, the Agent or Lenders can declare any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement immediately due and payable. Such an acceleration can constitute

See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a discussion of our Credit Agreement and amendments to our Credit Agreement during fiscal year 2013.

 

43


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Fiscal Years Ended June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, and the year-over-year increase (decrease) in our results, expressed both in dollar amounts (thousands) and as a percentage of revenues, except where indicated:

 

     Year Ended           Increase
(Decrease)
 
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012     Change    
     (Thousands)     %     (Thousands)     %     (Thousands)     %  

Revenues

   $ 586,028        100.0      $ 385,458        100.0      $ 200,570        52.0   

Cost of revenues

     521,626        89.0        315,413        81.8        206,213        65.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

     64,402        11.0        70,045        18.2        (5,643     (8.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

     100,820        17.2        67,003        17.4        33,817        50.5   

Selling, general and administrative

     91,363        15.6        62,541        16.2        28,822        46.1   

Amortization of intangible assets

     5,305        0.9        3,000        0.8        2,305        76.8   

Restructuring, acquisition and related (income) expense, net

     (6,301     (1.1     10,361        2.7        (16,662     n/m (1)  

Flood-related (income) expense, net

     (29,510     (5.0     2,458        0.6        (31,968     n/m (1)  

Impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets

     27,561        4.7        —          —          27,561        n/m (1)  

Gain on sale of property and equipment

     (80     —          (11,566     (3.0     11,486        (99.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     189,158        32.3        133,797        34.7        55,361        41.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating loss

     (124,756     (21.3     (63,752     (16.5     (61,004     95.7   

Other income (expense):

            

Interest income (expense), net

     (4,499     (0.8     (1,121     (0.3     (3,378     301.3   

Gain (loss) on foreign currency translation

     (14,310     (2.4     3,116        0.8        (17,426     n/m (1)  

Other income (expense), net

     (2,527     (0.4     2,238        0.6        (4,765     n/m (1)  

Gain on bargain purchase

     24,866        4.2        —          —          24,866        n/m (1)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense)

     3,530        0.6        4,233        1.1        (703     (16.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss before income taxes

     (121,226     (20.7     (59,519     (15.4     (61,707     103.7   

Income tax provision

     1,519        0.3        6,984        1.9        (5,465     (78.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (122,745     (20.9   $ (66,503     (17.3   $ (56,242     84.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) Not meaningful

Revenues

Revenues for the year ended June 29, 2013 increased by $200.6 million, or 52 percent, compared to the year ended June 30, 2012. The increase was primarily due to the inclusion of revenues in fiscal year 2013 generated through the acquisition of Opnext on July 23, 2012. Compared to the year ended June 30, 2012, revenues from sales of our 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s transmission modules increased by $73.7 million, or 120 percent; revenues from sales of our 10 Gb/s transmission modules increased by $126.3 million, or 267 percent; revenues from sales of our transmission components decreased by $5.5 million, or 6 percent; revenues from sales of our amplification, filtering and optical switching products decreased by $11.0 million, or 9 percent; and revenues from sales of our industrial and consumer products increased by $17.0 million, or 30 percent. The increase in revenue for these respective product groups was mainly attributable to our acquisition of Opnext and also our recovery from the flooding in Thailand. However, we believe that market demand for our optical components was weaker during the year ended June 29, 2013 than the year ended June 30, 2012. Our pro forma combined revenues including Oclaro and Opnext were approximately 10% lower for the year ended June 30, 2013 than for the comparable period of the prior year.

 

44


Table of Contents

For the year ended June 29, 2013, Cisco accounted for $72.2 million, or 12 percent, of our revenues and Huawei accounted for $63.5 million, or 11 percent, of our revenues. For the year ended June 30, 2012, Huawei accounted for $39.7 million, or 10 percent, and Fujitsu accounted for $39.3 million, or 10 percent, of our revenues.

In fiscal year 2014, we expect our revenues to decrease significantly as a result of the sale of our Zurich Business in September 2013 and our revenues could decrease further if we sell our Amplifier Business, in regards to which II-VI has an option to buy, in fiscal year 2014. The Zurich Business accounted for approximately 15 percent of our fiscal year 2013 revenue.

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues consists of the costs associated with manufacturing our products, and includes the purchase of raw materials, labor costs and related overhead, including stock-based compensation charges and the costs charged by our contract manufacturers for the products they manufacture for us. Charges for excess and obsolete inventory are also included in cost of revenues. Costs and expenses related to our manufacturing resources incurred in connection with the development of new products are included in research and development expenses.

Our cost of revenues for the year ended June 29, 2013 increased by $206.2 million, or 65 percent, compared to the year ended June 30, 2012. The increase was primarily related to higher costs associated with the inclusion of cost of revenues in fiscal year 2013 generated through the acquisition of Opnext on July 23, 2012. In addition, we believe we experienced price erosion on our sales in excess of cost improvements in our products, we reassigned personnel from the flood in fiscal year 2012, and we incurred higher excess and obsolete charges.

In fiscal year 2014, we expect cost of revenues to decrease significantly as a result of the sale of our Zurich Business in September 2013 and the potential sale of our Amplifier Business, in regards to which II-VI has an option to buy, in fiscal year 2014.

Gross Profit

Gross profit is calculated as revenues less cost of revenues. Gross margin rate is gross profit reflected as a percentage of revenues.

Our gross margin rate decreased to 11 percent for the year ended June 29, 2013, compared to 18 percent for the year ended June 30, 2012. Of the 7 percentage points decline in gross margin rate, a decline of approximately 4 percentage points was mainly attributable to product mix of our sales, with a higher mix of lower margin fixed wavelength 10 Gb/s transmission products, and a decline of approximately 3 percentage points was attributable to higher excess and obsolete inventory valuation charges. The decrease in our gross margin rate was partially offset by the re-assignment of certain of our manufacturing employees to efforts to restore our production capacity following the flood in Thailand, which resulted in a $1.9 million higher gross profit than would have otherwise been recorded for the year ended June 30, 2012, as these costs were included in flood-related (income) expense during that period rather than being recorded in cost of revenues. On a pro forma combined revenue basis, we experienced an approximately 10 percent decline in sales of our products year over year, while many of our costs remained fixed and did not decline with our revenue, significantly impacting our gross margin rate.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs of employees engaged in research and design activities, including stock-based compensation charges related to those employees, costs of design tools and computer hardware, costs related to prototyping and facilities costs for certain research and development focused sites.

 

45


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses increased by $33.8 million, or 51 percent, for the year ended June 29, 2013, compared to the year ended June 30, 2012. The increase was primarily related to the inclusion of research and development expenses in fiscal year 2013 to fund research and development associated with products acquired through the acquisition of Opnext on July 23, 2012, partially offset by a reduction in research and development expenses related to synergies from aligning and reducing combined research and development resources of Oclaro and Opnext in association with the merger, and other cost reduction efforts in response to softening market conditions and lower post-flood revenues. Personnel-related costs increased to $58.0 million for the year ended June 29, 2013, compared with $41.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2012, primarily as a result of an increase in personnel numbers following our acquisition of Opnext. In addition, for the year ended June 30, 2012, research and development expenses were $1.2 million lower than they would have been otherwise as the redeployment of certain research and development personnel to flood recovery efforts, on a temporary basis during the recovery time period, have been included in flood-related (income) expense in fiscal year 2012. Other costs, including engineering materials, the costs of design tools and facilities-related costs increased to $42.8 million for the year ended June 29, 2013, compared with $25.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2012.

Research and development expenses were favorably impacted by approximately $0.6 million as a result of the fluctuations of the U.K. pound sterling, Japanese yen and Swiss franc relative to the U.S. dollar.

In fiscal year 2014, we expect research and development expenses to decrease approximately 25 percent to 40 percent compared with fiscal year 2013 as a result of the sale of our Zurich Business in September 2013, the potential sale of our Amplifier Business, in regards to which II-VI has an option to buy, and restructuring actions we intend to announce in the first half of fiscal year 2014 to reduce our complexity and to simplify our operating footprint.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including stock-based compensation charges related to employees engaged in sales, general and administrative functions, and other costs, including costs for audit, professional fees and insurance costs; information technology; insurance; sales and marketing; human resources and legal and other corporate costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include facilities expenses for sites which are not primarily focused on manufacturing or research and development.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $28.8 million, or 46 percent, for the year ended June 29, 2013, compared to the year ended June 30, 2012. The increase was primarily related to the inclusion of selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal year 2013 attributable to the operations of Opnext, partially offset by a reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses related to synergies from aligning and reducing combined selling, general and administrative resources of Oclaro and Opnext in association with the merger, and other cost reduction efforts in response to softening market conditions and lower post-flood revenues. Personnel-related costs increased to $52.9 million for the year ended June 29, 2013, compared with $37.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2012, primarily as a result of an increase in personnel numbers following our acquisition of Opnext. For the year ended June 29, 2013, selling, general and administrative expenses were $0.4 million lower than they would have been otherwise, as the redeployment of certain selling, general and administrative personnel to flood recovery efforts, on a temporary basis during the recovery time period, have been included in flood-related (income) expense in fiscal year 2012. Other costs, including legal and professional fees, facilities expenses and other miscellaneous expenses, increased to $38.5 million for the year ended June 29, 2013, compared with $25.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2012. Of the $38.5 million in other costs incurred during the year ended June 29, 2013, $12.6 million related to audit, professional fees and insurance costs, $10.8 million related to sales and marketing costs, $7.7 million related to information technology costs, $5.0 million related to legal and executive costs, and $2.4 million related to human resources costs.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were favorably impacted by approximately $0.9 million as a result of the fluctuations in the U.K. pound sterling, Japanese yen and Swiss franc relative to the U.S. dollar.

In fiscal year 2014, we expect selling, general and administrative expenses to decrease approximately 20 percent to 35 percent compared with fiscal year 2013 as a result of the sale of our Zurich Business in September 2013, the potential sale of our Amplifier Business, in regards to which II-VI has an option to buy, and restructuring actions we intend to announce in the first half of fiscal year 2014 to reduce our complexity and to simplify our operating footprint.

 

46


Table of Contents

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization of intangible assets increased to $5.3 million for the year ended June 29, 2013 from $3.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2012. The increase in our amortization is a result of our acquisition of Opnext, for which we recorded $16.4 million in intangible assets during the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 as our estimate of the fair value of acquired intangible assets.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we completed our impairment analysis and concluded that based on the decline in our forecast, our decision to sell or abandon certain product lines and other factors, certain of our other intangible assets were impaired as of June 29, 2013. We recorded impairment losses of $6.4 million related to intangibles acquired in connection with our acquisition of Mintera, $2.6 million related to intangibles acquired in connection with our acquisition of Opnext, and $5.2 million related to intangibles acquired in connection with other earlier acquisitions. As a result of these impairments, we expect the amortization of intangible assets to decrease from $5.3 million in fiscal year 2013 to $1.7 million for fiscal years 2014 through 2018 based on the current level of our intangible assets.

Restructuring, Acquisition and Related (Income) Expense, Net

In connection with the acquisition of Opnext, during the year ended June 29, 2013, we recorded $3.1 million in legal and professional fees, and initiated a restructuring plan to integrate the businesses. Under this restructuring plan, during the year ended June 29, 2013, we recorded $11.5 million related to workforce reductions, $0.2 million related to lease cancellation and commitments and $0.4 million related to the write-off of net book value of inventory that supported certain technology that was considered redundant following the acquisition, which are included in restructuring, acquisition and related (income) expense, net in our consolidated statement of operations.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we recorded $2.2 million in charges related to the separation agreement with our former Chief Executive Officer.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2013, we sold our thin film filter business and interleaver product line in exchange for $27.0 million in cash. During the year ended June 29, 2013, we recorded a gain of $24.8 million related to this sale in the restructuring, acquisition and related (income) expense, net in our consolidated statement of operations.

During fiscal year 2012, we initiated a restructuring plan in connection with the transfer of our Shenzhen, China manufacturing operations to Venture. We expect this transition to occur in a phased and gradual transfer of products over a three year period ending in 2015 and we expect it will result in approximately $35.0 million in lower working capital requirements, net of related costs incurred. In connection with this transition, we recorded restructuring charges of $5.1 million and $6.0 million for employee separation charges in fiscal years 2013 and 2012, respectively. Separation charges under the restructuring plan were accrued and charged to restructuring, acquisition and related (income) expense, net. We expect to incur between $4.0 million and $6.0 million in additional restructuring costs in connection with the ongoing activities related to the transition of our manufacturing operations to Venture over the remaining transition period.

We also incurred $1.4 million in fiscal year 2012 in employee separation costs in connection with previously announced restructuring plans. We do not expect to incur significant additional restructuring costs in connection with previously announced restructuring plans.

In addition, we incurred $3.9 million of expenses during the year ended June 30, 2012, in external consulting charges associated with the optimization of past acquisitions as we focused on the associated infrastructure and processes required to support sustainable growth, including external costs associated with potential transactions to outsource our Shenzhen manufacturing operations, which culminated in our transaction with Venture.

We expect to incur significant restructuring expenses for incremental actions going forward, including restructuring actions we intend to announce in the first half of fiscal year 2014 to reduce our complexity and to simplify our operating footprint subsequent to the sale of the Zurich Business.

 

47


Table of Contents

Flood-Related (Income) Expense, Net

In October 2011, certain areas in Thailand suffered major flooding as a result of monsoons. This flooding had a material and adverse impact on our business and results of operations. Our primary contract manufacturer, Fabrinet, suspended operations at two factories located in Chokchai, Thailand and Pinehurst, Thailand. The Chokchai factory suffered extensive flood damage and became inaccessible due to high water levels inside and surrounding the manufacturing facility. As a result of this flooding, we experienced a significant decline in products sales due to our inability or limited ability to manufacture certain Oclaro products and we incurred significant damage to our inventory and property and equipment located at the Chokchai facility.

During the year ended June 29, 2013, we recorded flood-related income of $29.5 million comprised of $30.8 million in settlement payments, offset in part by $1.3 million in professional fees and related expenses incurred in connection with our recovery efforts. As there were no contingencies associated with these payments, we recorded the payments within flood-related (income) expense, net in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended June 29, 2013.

During the year ended June 30, 2012, we recorded flood-related expenses of $2.5 million, including $8.2 million in impairment charges related to the write-off of the net book value of damaged inventory and property and equipment based on estimates of the damage caused by the flooding; $5.3 million in personnel-related costs, professional fees and related expenses incurred in connection with our recovery efforts; partially offset by $11.0 million in payments received from one of our insurers relating to losses we incurred due to the flooding in Thailand.

Although we do not anticipate receiving material amounts in additional insurance proceeds or incurring material additional expenses, we will continue to evaluate our estimates of flood-related (income) expense.

Flood-related (income) expense, net for the years ended June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012 include the following:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012  
     (Thousands)  

Adjustment to net book value for damaged inventory

   $ —        $ 4,246   

Write-off of net book value of damaged property and equipment

     —          3,927   

Personnel-related costs, professional fees and related expenses

     1,287        5,274   

Settlement payments

     (30,797     (10,989
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (29,510   $ 2,458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impairment of Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2013, we recorded $0.9 million related to the impairment of certain technology that was considered redundant following the acquisition of Opnext.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we completed our annual first step analysis for potential impairment of our goodwill, which included examining the impact of current general economic conditions on our future prospects, the decline in our market capitalization, and the anticipated resizing of our operations with the recent sale of certain of our products and/or businesses, and we concluded that goodwill related to our Mintera reporting unit was impaired. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we also completed our second step analysis of goodwill impairment, determining that the $10.9 million of goodwill related to our Mintera reporting unit was fully impaired. Based upon this evaluation, we recorded $10.9 million for the goodwill impairment loss in our consolidated statement of operations for fiscal year 2013.

In connection with our second step goodwill impairment analysis, we also evaluated the fair value of our other intangible assets of this reporting unit, and our other reporting units, and concluded that based on the decline in our forecast, our decision to sell or abandon certain product lines and other factors, certain of these other intangible assets were also impaired as of June 29, 2013. We recorded impairment losses of $6.4 million related to intangibles acquired in connection with our acquisition of Mintera, $2.6 million related to intangibles acquired in connection with our acquisition of Opnext, and $5.2 million related to intangibles acquired in connection with other earlier acquisitions.

 

48


Table of Contents

Gain (Loss) on Sale of Property and Equipment

During fiscal year 2012, we sold our Shenzhen, China manufacturing facility for 136.0 million Chinese yuan (approximately $21.5 million on the date of the transaction). We received approximately $18.7 million in net proceeds after transfer taxes of approximately $2.5 million and transaction costs of approximately $0.4 million. For the year ended June 30, 2012, we recorded a $13.6 million gain on the sale of this facility, recognizing $11.3 million of this amount in gain (loss) on sale of property and equipment in our consolidated statement of operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, and deferring $2.3 million of the gain, which is being amortized ratably against rent expense as part of our lease back of the facility.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) decreased to $3.5 million in income for the year ended June 29, 2013 from $4.2 million in income for the year ended June 30, 2012. This decrease was primarily due to (i) recording a $14.3 million loss on foreign currency translation during the year ended June 29, 2013 due to the significant weakening of the Japanese yen relative to the U.S. dollar and its impact on the revaluation of our Japanese yen-denominated intercompany receivables, as compared to recording a $3.1 million gain on foreign currency translation during the year ended June 30, 2012; (ii) an increase of $3.4 million in interest expense during the current fiscal year as a result of higher average borrowings under our Credit Agreement, entering into a new Term Loan and issuing Convertible Notes during fiscal year 2013; (iii) a $3.6 million impairment charge related to the revaluation and sale of an investment in a privately-held company in fiscal year 2013, as compared to a $2.2 million gain on the sale of a minority equity investment in a private company in fiscal year 2012; partially offset by (iv) a $24.9 million gain on bargain purchase in connection with our acquisition of Opnext in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013.

Income Tax Provision

For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013, our income tax provision of $1.5 million primarily related to certain of our foreign operations.

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, our income tax provision of $7.0 million primarily related to certain of our foreign operations, which operate on a cost-plus basis for services primarily associated with manufacturing and research and development, including a $4.1 million charge due to the impairment of certain net operating loss carryforwards in our Swiss jurisdiction.

 

49


Table of Contents

Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, and the year-over-year increase (decrease) in our results, expressed both in dollar amounts (thousands) and as a percentage of revenues, except where indicated:

 

     Year Ended           Increase  
     June 30, 2012     July 2, 2011     Change     (Decrease)  
     (Thousands)     %     (Thousands)     %     (Thousands)     %  

Revenues

   $ 385,458        100.0      $ 466,505        100.0      $ (81,047     (17.4

Cost of revenues

     315,413        81.8        342,869        73.5        (27,456     (8.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

     70,045        18.2        123,636        26.5        (53,591     (43.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

     67,003        17.4        65,492        14.0        1,511        2.3   

Selling, general and administrative

     62,541        16.2        62,767        13.4        (226     (0.4

Amortization of intangible assets

     3,000        0.8        2,805        0.6        195        7.0   

Restructuring, acquisition and related (income) expense, net

     10,361        2.7        4,469        1.0        5,892        131.8   

Flood-related expense, net

     2,458        0.6        —          —          2,458        n/m (1)  

Legal settlements

     —          —          1,678        0.4        (1,678     (100.0

Impairment of goodwill

     —          —          20,000        4.3        (20,000     (100.0

(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment

     (11,566     (3.0     35        —          (11,601     n/m (1)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     133,797        34.7        157,246        33.7        (23,449     (14.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating income (loss)

     (63,752     (16.5     (33,610     (7.2     (30,142     89.7   

Other income (expense):

            

Interest income (expense), net

     (1,121     (0.3     (1,995     (0.4     874        (43.8

Gain (loss) on foreign currency translation

     3,116        0.8        (9,174     (2.0     12,290        n/m (1)  

Other income (expense), net

     2,238        0.6        —          —          2,238        n/m (1)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense)

     4,233        1.1        (11,169     (2.4     15,402        n/m (1)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (59,519     (15.4     (44,779     (9.6     (14,740     32.9   

Income tax provision

     6,984        1.9        1,646        0.4        5,338        324.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (66,503     (17.3   $ (46,425     (10.0   $ (20,078     43.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1) Not meaningful

Revenues

Revenues for the year ended June 30, 2012 decreased by $81.0 million, or 17 percent, compared to the year ended July 2, 2011. Compared to the year ended July 2, 2011, revenues from sales of our 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s transmission modules increased by $28.1 million, or 84 percent, mainly due to ramping demand for our 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s transmission products; revenues from sales of our 10 Gb/s transmission modules decreased by $12.4 million, or 21 percent; revenues from sales of our transmission components decreased by $38.0 million, or 28 percent; revenues from sales of our amplification, filtering and optical switching products decreased by $63.5 million, or 35 percent; and revenues from sales of our industrial and consumer products increased by $4.7 million, or 9 percent due to favorable market conditions for these products. The decrease for these product groups was largely due to reduced product sales attributable to the disruption in our business caused by the flooding of our contract manufacturer in Thailand which resulted in the suspension of the manufacturing of a significant number of our products; and due to a decrease in demand in our telecommunications related markets, largely associated with uncertain global macroeconomic conditions.

 

50


Table of Contents

For the year ended June 30, 2012, Huawei accounted for $39.7 million, or 10 percent, and Fujitsu accounted for $39.3 million, or 10 percent, of our revenues. For the year ended July 2, 2011, Huawei accounted for $71.7 million, or 15 percent, of our revenues and Alcatel-Lucent accounted for $50.0 million, or 11 percent, of our revenues.

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues for the year ended June 30, 2012 decreased by $27.5 million, or 8 percent, compared to the year ended July 2, 2011. The decrease was primarily related to reduced costs associated with lower volumes of revenue attributable to a decrease in product sales. As part of our Thailand flood recovery efforts, certain of our manufacturing employees were redirected to efforts to restore our production capacity. For the year ended June 30, 2012, costs of revenues were $1.9 million lower than they would have been otherwise as these flood recovery costs have been included in flood-related expense and not cost of revenues.

Gross Profit

Our gross margin rate decreased to 18 percent for the year ended June 29, 2013, compared to 27 percent for the year ended July 2, 2011. Of the 9 percentage points decline in gross margin rate, a decline of approximately 5 percentage points was mainly attributable to product mix of our sales, with a lower mix of relatively higher margin 10 Gb/s transmission products and a higher mix of less mature, currently lower margin 40 Gb/s transmission products that are not yet margin optimized, and a decline of approximately 4 percentage points was attributable to an increase in other costs of sales because of unfavorable manufacturing variances resulting from lower product volumes and fixed costs and did not decline with our revenue.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased by $1.5 million, or 2 percent, for the year ended June 30, 2012, compared to the year ended July 2, 2011. The increase was primarily due to increased investment in research and development resources, primarily personnel-related. Personnel-related costs increased to $41.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2012, compared with $37.7 million for the year ended July 2, 2011. Other costs, including engineering materials, the costs of design tools and facilities-related costs decreased to $25.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2012, compared with $27.8 million for the year ended July 2, 2011. Research and development expenses were unfavorably impacted by approximately $0.4 million as a result of the fluctuations of the U.K. pound sterling and Swiss franc relative to the U.S. dollar. For the year ended June 30, 2012, research and development expenses were $1.2 million lower than they would have been otherwise as the redeployment of certain research and development personnel to flood recovery efforts, on a temporary basis during the recovery time period, have been included in flood-related expense.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $0.2 million, or less than one percent, for the year ended June 30, 2012, compared to the year ended July 2, 2011. Personnel-related costs increased to $37.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2012, compared with $34.9 million for the year ended July 2, 2011. Other costs, including legal and professional fees, facilities expenses and other miscellaneous expenses, decreased to $25.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2012, compared with $27.9 million for the year ended July 2, 2011. Of the $25.5 million in other costs incurred during fiscal year 2012, $7.9 million related to audit, professional fees and insurance costs, $5.5 million related to sales and marketing costs, $6.9 million related to information technology costs, $3.5 million related to legal and executive costs, and $1.6 million related to human resources costs.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were unfavorably impacted by approximately $0.1 million as a result of the fluctuations in the U.K. pound sterling and Swiss franc relative to the U.S. dollar. For the year ended June 30, 2012, selling, general and administrative expenses were $0.4 million lower than they would have been otherwise, as the redeployment of certain selling, general and administrative personnel to flood recovery efforts, on a temporary basis during the recovery time period, have been included in flood-related expense.

 

51


Table of Contents

Restructuring, Acquisition and Related (Income) Expense, Net

During fiscal year 2012, we initiated a restructuring plan in connection with the transfer of our Shenzhen, China manufacturing operations to Venture. We expect this transition to occur in a phased and gradual transfer of products over a three year period. In connection with this transition, we recorded restructuring charges of $6.0 million for employee separation charges. Separation charges under the restructuring plan were accrued and charged to restructuring, acquisition and related (income) expense, net.

We incurred $1.4 million in employee separation costs during the year ended June 30, 2012 in connection with previously announced restructuring plans.

We incurred $3.9 million of expenses during the year ended June 30, 2012, in external consulting charges associated with reorganizing the infrastructure associated with past acquisitions, including external costs associated with potential transactions to outsource our Shenzhen manufacturing operations, which culminated in our transaction with Venture. We also recorded $1.7 million in acquisition-related professional fees during this same period.

During fiscal year 2011, we incurred $1.5 million in employee separation costs in connection with previously announced restructuring plans, offset by reductions to our restructuring reserve of $0.8 million from revised estimates for employee separation costs, lease cancellation and commitments and other charges. We also incurred $3.6 million during the year ended July 2, 2011 in external consulting charges associated with the optimization of past acquisitions. In addition, we recorded $0.1 million in acquisition-related professional fees during this same period.

Flood-Related Expense, Net

During the year ended June 30, 2012, we recorded impairment charges related to the write-off of the net book value of damaged inventory and property and equipment based on our current estimates of the damage caused by the flooding. Flood-related (income) expense, net for the year ended June 30, 2012 also includes personnel-related costs, professional fees and related expenses incurred in connection with our recovery efforts.

In fiscal year 2012, we received $11.0 million in advance payments from one of our insurers relating to losses we incurred due to the flooding in Thailand. This payment was a general advance from our insurer against all Thailand flood-related claims and was not specifically identified as reimbursement for any particular loss or claim.

Flood-related (income) expense, net for the year ended June 30, 2012 included the following:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 30, 2012  
     (Thousands)  

Adjustment to net book value for damaged inventory

   $ 4,246   

Write-off of net book value of damaged property and equipment

     3,927   

Personnel-related costs, professional fees and related expenses

     5,274   

Settlement payments

     (10,989
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,458   
  

 

 

 

Legal Settlements

Legal settlements expense of $1.7 million during the year ended July 2, 2011 includes amounts recorded in connection with a confidential settlement agreement with QinetiQ Limited and for other legal settlements and related legal costs.

Impairment of Goodwill

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011, we completed our annual first step analysis for potential impairment of our goodwill, as a result of which we concluded that goodwill related to our WSS reporting unit was impaired. Our WSS reporting unit’s goodwill was originally recorded in connection with our acquisition of Xtellus. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011, we also completed our second step analysis of goodwill impairment, determining that the $20.0 million of goodwill related to our WSS reporting unit was fully impaired. Based upon this evaluation, we recorded $20.0 million for the goodwill impairment loss in our consolidated statement of operations for fiscal year 2011.

 

52


Table of Contents

Gain (Loss) on Sale of Property and Equipment

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, we sold our Shenzhen, China manufacturing facility for 136.0 million Chinese yuan (approximately $21.5 million on the date of the transaction). We received approximately $18.7 million in net proceeds after transfer taxes of approximately $2.5 million and transaction costs of approximately $0.4 million. For the year ended June 30, 2012, we recorded a $13.6 million gain on the sale of this facility, recognizing $11.3 million of this amount in gain (loss) on sale of property and equipment in our consolidated statement of operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, and deferring $2.3 million of the gain, which is being amortized ratably against rent expense as part of our lease back of the facility.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) for the year ended June 30, 2012 increased by $15.4 million compared to the year ended July 2, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a $12.3 million increase in foreign exchange gains from the non-cash re-measurement of short-term receivables and payables among certain of our wholly-owned international subsidiaries for fluctuations in the U.S. dollar relative to our other local functional currencies during the corresponding periods. This increase was also due to a $2.2 million gain on the sale of a minority equity investment in a private company in the second quarter of 2012.

Income Tax Provision

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, our income tax provision of $7.0 million primarily related to certain of our foreign operations, which operate on a cost-plus basis for services primarily associated with manufacturing and research and development, including a $4.1 million charge due to the impairment of certain net operating loss carryforwards in our Swiss jurisdiction.

For the fiscal year ended July 2, 2011, our income tax provision of $1.6 million primarily related to certain of our foreign operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash flows from Operating Activities

Net cash used by operating activities for the year ended June 29, 2013 was $87.5 million, primarily resulting from a net loss of $122.7 million, partially offset by $28.4 million of non-cash adjustments and a $6.9 million increase in cash due to changes in operating assets and liabilities. The $28.4 million of non-cash adjustments was primarily comprised of a $42.2 million of expense related to depreciation and amortization, $26.0 million related to the impairment of goodwill and other intangibles, $7.2 million of expense related to stock-based compensation, $3.6 million related to the impairment of an investment in a privately-held company, and $1.1 million charge related to other non-cash transactions, partially offset by $24.9 million for the bargain purchase gain related to our acquisition of Opnext, $24.8 million related to the gain on the sale of the thin film filter business and interleaver product line, and $2.1 million from the amortization of the deferred gain from two sales-leaseback transactions. The $6.9 million increase in cash due to changes in operating assets and liabilities was primarily comprised of a $33.9 decrease in accounts receivable, net, and a $14.4 million decrease in inventory, partially offset by a $23.4 million decrease in accounts payable, a $15.0 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and a $2.9 million decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

Net cash used by operating activities for the year ended June 30, 2012 was $26.7 million, primarily resulting from a net loss of $66.5 million, partially offset by $18.2 million of non-cash adjustments and a $21.7 million increase in cash due to changes in operating assets and liabilities. The $18.2 million of non-cash adjustments was primarily comprised of $22.3 million of expense related to depreciation and amortization, $8.2 million of expense related to our non-cash flood-related impairments and $6.6 million of expense related to stock-based compensation, partially offset by a $11.3 million gain on the sale of our building in Shenzhen, China, $2.2 million due to the revaluation of the Mintera earnout liability, $2.2 million gain on the sale of an investment, $1.9 million gain from the sale of certain assets related to a legacy product and $1.0 million from the amortization of deferred gain from two sales-leaseback transactions. The $21.7 million increase in cash due to changes in operating assets and liabilities was primarily comprised of a $14.9 million decrease in inventory, a $6.7 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities and a $6.3 million decrease in accounts receivable, partially offset by a $5.1 million decrease in accounts payable, a $0.6 million increase in other non-current assets and a $0.5 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

 

53


Table of Contents

Net cash used by operating activities for the year ended July 2, 2011 was $4.6 million, primarily resulting from a net loss of $46.4 million and by a $1.7 million decrease in cash due to changes in operating assets and liabilities, largely offset by $43.5 million in non-cash adjustments to our net loss. The $1.7 million decrease in cash due to changes in operating assets and liabilities was comprised of a $30.9 million increase in inventory, a $1.9 million decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities, a $0.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets and a $0.2 million increase in other non-current assets, offset in part by cash generated from a $20.7 million decrease in accounts receivable and a $10.8 million increase in accounts payable. The $43.5 million in non-cash adjustments consisted of a $20.0 million charge for impairment of goodwill, $18.1 million of expense related to depreciation and amortization and $6.3 million of expense related to stock-based compensation, offset in part by $0.9 million from the amortization of deferred gain from a sales-leaseback transaction.

Cash flows from Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended June 29, 2013 was $66.8 million, primarily consisting of $36.1 million cash acquired in the acquisition of Opnext, $26.0 million in proceeds from the sale of the thin film filter business and interleaver product line, a $17.9 million reduction in restricted cash and $3.9 million in proceeds from the sale of an investment in a privately-held company, which were partially offset by $17.2 million used in capital expenditures.

Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended June 30, 2012 was $6.1 million, primarily consisting of $18.7 million in net proceeds from the sale of the manufacturing facility in Shenzhen, China, $3.9 million in proceeds from the sale of certain assets related to a legacy product, $3.4 million in proceeds from the sale of a minority investment and $0.4 million in proceeds from the sale of other property and equipment, partially offset by $20.3 million used in capital expenditures.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended July 2, 2011 was $47.9 million, primarily consisting of $41.6 million used in capital expenditures to support new product introductions and our anticipated revenue growth and $10.5 million used in the acquisition of Mintera, partially offset by a reduction of $4.0 million in restricted cash related to facility leases from which we exited during fiscal year 2011 and $0.2 million in proceeds from the sale of certain fixed assets.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended June 29, 2013 was $30.8 million, primarily consisting of $22.8 million in proceeds from the sale of convertible notes, $22.5 million from borrowings under a term loan, $15.3 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility and $1.6 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock through stock option exercises and our employee stock purchase plan, partially offset by $16.0 million in repayments on a note payable and our revolving credit facility, $6.7 million in payments on capital lease obligations and $8.6 million in payments in connection with the remaining earnout obligations related to our acquisition of Mintera.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended June 30, 2012 was $22.8 million, primarily consisting of $25.5 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility and $0.1 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock through stock option exercises, partially offset by $2.8 million in payments in connection with earnout obligations related to our acquisition of Mintera.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended July 2, 2011 was $2.7 million, primarily consisting of $2.4 million received from the issuance of common stock, mainly through stock option exercises, and from $0.3 million in additional proceeds related to our May 2010 follow-on stock offering due to finalization of our previous estimates of offering-related expenses.

 

54


Table of Contents

Effect of Exchange Rates on Cash and Cash Equivalents for the Years Ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011

The effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents for the year ended June 29, 2013 was an increase of $12.8 million, primarily consisting of a gain of approximately $5.1 million due to the revaluation of foreign currency cash balances to the functional currency of the respective subsidiaries and a gain of $7.7 million related to the revaluation of U.S. dollar denominated operating intercompany payables and receivables of our foreign subsidiaries.

The effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents for the year ended June 30, 2012 was a decrease of $3.3 million, primarily consisting of a loss of approximately $4.0 million related to the revaluation of U.S. dollar denominated operating intercompany payables and receivables of our foreign subsidiaries, partially offset by a $0.7 million gain due to the revaluation of foreign currency cash balances to the functional currency of the respective subsidiaries.

The effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents for the year ended July 2, 2011 was an increase of $5.4 million, which included $1.5 million in net gain due to the revaluation of foreign currency cash balances to the functional currency of the respective subsidiaries and from gains of approximately $2.2 million related to the revaluation of U.S. dollar denominated operating intercompany payables of our subsidiaries.

Credit Line and Notes

As of June 29, 2013, we had a $50.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc. and other lenders with an expiration date of November 2, 2017. See Note 7, Credit Line and Notes , for additional information regarding this credit facility.

As of June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, there was $40.0 million and $25.5 million, respectively, outstanding under the Credit Agreement and we were in compliance with all covenants. At June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, there were $30,000 and $0.1 million, respectively, in outstanding standby letters of credit secured under the Credit Agreement. These letters of credit expire at various intervals through June 2015.

On May 6, 2013, Parent, Borrower, the Lenders, the Agent and PECM Strategic Funding LP and Providence TMT Debt Opportunity Fund II LP (the “Term Lenders”) entered into Amendment Number Two to the Credit Agreement and the associated guaranties and security agreements (the “Amendment”), which amended the Credit Agreement in pertinent part by: (i) adding a $25 million term loan (the “Term Loan”) to be provided by the Term Lenders; (ii) reducing the revolving credit facility from $80 million to $50 million (to be further reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by an amount equal to the net proceeds of certain asset sale transactions that the Parent may undertake in the future), eliminating the Borrower’s option to increase the revolving credit facility to $100 million and implementing an availability block under the revolving credit facility of at least $10 million; (iii) removing the financial covenants so that Borrower is not required to maintain a minimum of $15 million of availability under the revolving credit facility or $15 million in qualified cash balances; (iv) adding an affirmative covenant that Borrower shall have consummated one or more asset sales by July 15, 2013 and with a minimum threshold of net proceeds, and (v) providing for payments and proceeds of asset sales to be applied to repay the credit facility and the Term Loan (with the first $20.0 million of such proceeds being applied to repay Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank and the next $25.0 being applied to repay Providence and the remaining proceeds being used to repay Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank all amounts outstanding under the credit facility).

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2014, we used the proceeds from the sale of our Zurich Business to fully repay our outstanding balance under our credit facility and the Term Loan.

In connection with the Amendment, and as further consideration for the Term Lenders providing the term loan, Parent issued the Term Lenders, or an affiliate thereof, warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase shares of the Parent’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”). The holders of the Warrants are entitled to exercise the Warrants for 1,836,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price equal to $1.50 per share (as adjusted from time to time, as provided in the Warrant Certificate representing the Warrants) for a period of one (1) year starting on the date of issuance.

 

55


Table of Contents

The Borrower paid the revolving lenders an amendment fee of $0.5 million and the Term Lenders a closing fee of $2.1 million. These costs were capitalized and are being amortized straight-line to expense over the one year term of the loan.

Interest on the Term Loan obligations accrues at a per annum rate equal to the sum of: (A) the PIK Term Loan Interest Rate, with such accrued interest to be capitalized quarterly and added to the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan, and (B) the Cash Term Loan Interest Rate. The PIK Term Loan Interest Rate is 2.0 percent beginning on the effective date of the Term Loan (the “Effective Date”) up to but excluding the date six months thereafter, then it is 4.0 percent until the date twelve months after the Effective Date and then it is 5.0 percent. The Cash Term Loan Interest Rate is 7.0 percent beginning on the Effective Date up to but excluding the date six months thereafter, then it is 8.5 percent until the date twelve months after the Effective Date and then it is 10.0 percent.

This Amendment did not make changes to the interest rates or commitment fees payable under the revolving credit facility.

The obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Parent and all significant subsidiaries of the Parent and the Borrower (collectively, the “Guarantors”), and are secured, pursuant to two security agreements by substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors, including a pledge of the capital stock holdings of the Borrower and certain Guarantors in their direct subsidiaries.

On August 21, 2013, Parent, Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent entered into Waiver and Amendment Number Three to the Credit Agreement, which amended the Credit Agreement in pertinent part by: (i) extending the date by which the Borrower shall have consummated one or more asset sales with a minimum threshold of net proceeds to September 2, 2013; (ii) eliminating the mandatory reduction of the revolving credit facility upon the consummation of the asset sales described in (i) above; and (iii) adding a covenant that the Borrower is required to maintain a minimum liquidity of at least $45 million at all times (liquidity being the sum of the Borrower’s excess availability under the revolving credit facility plus the lesser of $25 million and qualified cash balances). The Borrower paid the lenders an amendment fee of $650,000.

Under the Credit Agreement, as amended, we were required to complete certain asset sales on or by September 2, 2013. We completed the sale of the Zurich Business on September 12, 2013 and applied the net proceeds to repay all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement. The event of default resulting from not completing the transaction on September 2, 2013 was waived on September 26, 2013. This waiver eliminated the requirement for the Agent and Lenders to make any advances, issue any letters of credit or provide any other extension of credit until the Agent and Lenders agree otherwise and prevents us from exercising any right or action set forth in the applicable loan documents that is conditioned on the absence of any event of default. If the Agent and Lenders do not agree to make under the Credit Agreement available to us within 30 days of the waiver (or such later time as the Agent agrees), then the Agent and Lenders will have the option to immediately terminate the Credit Agreement.

During a continuing event of default, the Agent or Lenders can declare any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement immediately due and payable. Such an acceleration can constitute

In connection with the acquisition of Opnext, we assumed a 1.5 billion Japanese yen note payable to The Sumitomo Trust Bank (Sumitomo). The note was due monthly unless renewed by Sumitomo. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we repaid the remaining outstanding loan balance, and reduced our restricted cash balance by a similar amount. Interest on the Sumitomo note payable accrued interest at the Tokyo Interbank Offered Rate plus a premium, which for our year ended June 29, 2013, was 1.7 percent per annum.

On December 14, 2012, we closed a private placement of $25.0 million aggregate principal amount 7.50% Exchangeable Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018. The sale of the Convertible Notes resulted in net proceeds of approximately $22.8 million. As of June 29, 2013, the net carrying value of the liability component was $22.8 million and the estimated fair value of the contingent obligation for the make-whole premium was valued at $0.1 million. Interest on the Convertible Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2013. During the year ended June 29, 2013, we recorded $1.2 million in interest expense related to these Convertible Notes. See Note 7, Credit Line and Notes, for additional information regarding the Convertible Notes.

 

56


Table of Contents

Future Cash Requirements

As of June 29, 2013, we held $87.6 million in cash and short-term investments, comprised of $84.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, $2.7 million in restricted cash and $0.2 million of short-term investments; and we had working capital of $113.4 million. On September 12, 2013, we completed the sale of our Zurich Business. We received proceeds of $92.3 million in cash on September 12, 2013. We will also receive $6.0 million subject to hold-back by II-VI until December 31, 2014 to address any post-closing adjustments or claims, and $2.0 million subject to a potential post-closing working capital adjustment. On May 6, 2013 we secured a short term bridge loan from Providence Equity of $25.0 million. In order to obtain this loan, we amended our Credit Agreement (as defined in Note 7) to add Providence as a term lender under that agreement. In connection with this amendment, we agreed to complete certain asset sales and use the proceeds to repay amounts we have borrowed under the Credit Agreement. We used a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Zurich Business to fully repay all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement. On September 12, 2013, we also sold an exclusive option to purchase the Amplifier Business for $88.0 million. We were separately paid $5.0 million for the option, which will be applied to the purchase price if the option is exercised. We can make no assurances that we will be successful concluding the sale of our Amplifier Business. We have incurred significant operating losses and generated negative cash flows for fiscal year 2013. We currently anticipate that our net loss for the fiscal year 2014 will be substantial, further reducing the amount of cash available to us to fund our continued operations.

Recoverability of a major portion of the recorded asset amounts shown in the accompanying balance sheet is dependent upon us having sufficient resources to operate our business. In addition to the availability of our cash resources as of June 29, 2013, and the net proceeds from the sale of our Zurich business, the continued operation of our business is dependent upon our achieving cash flows expected to be generated from the execution of our current operating plan, including anticipated restructuring plans together with (i) amounts expected to be available under our Credit Agreement after we conclude negotiations on new terms, and (ii) amounts anticipated to be received from the sale of the Amplifier Business, which we currently anticipate being completed by December 2013. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the company be unable to continue in existence.

In the event that any of the sources of liquidity described in the preceding paragraphs are, for any reason, not available to us in a timely manner or in the event that we need additional liquidity beyond our current expectations, such as to fund future growth or strengthen our balance sheet or to fund the cost of restructuring activities, we may find it necessary to lower our operating income break-even level and undertake additional cost cutting measures. We will continue to explore other sources of additional liquidity. These additional sources of liquidity could include one, or a combination, of the following: (i) issuing equity securities, (ii) incurring indebtedness secured by our assets, (iii) issuing debt and/or convertible debt securities, or (iv) selling product lines, other assets and/or portions of our business. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to raise additional funds on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If we fail to raise the additional cash required to fund our operations, we may not be able to continue as a going concern. For additional information on the risks we face related to future cash requirements, see Item 1A. Risk Factors under “— Risks Related to Our Business — We have a history of large operating losses and we may not be able to achieve profitability in the future and maintain sufficient levels of liquidity,” Note 1, Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Basis of Presentation, and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

As of June 29, 2013, $58.5 million of the $84.6 million of our cash and cash equivalents was held by our foreign subsidiaries. If these funds are needed for our operations in the United States, we could be required to accrue and pay U.S. taxes to repatriate these funds. However, our intent is to permanently reinvest these funds outside of the U.S. and our current plans do not include repatriation of these funds.

Risk Management — Foreign Currency Risk

As our business is multinational in scope, we are subject to fluctuations based upon changes in the exchange rates between the currencies in which we collect revenues and pay expenses. We expect that a majority of our revenues will continue to be denominated in U.S. dollars, while a significant portion of our expenses will continue to be denominated in U.K. pounds sterling and the Japanese yen. Our expenses denominated in the Swiss franc will decrease significantly as a result of our sale of Oclaro Switzerland GmbH and the laser diodes and pump business in the first quarter of fiscal year 2014. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar, the U.K. pound sterling, the Japanese yen and, to a lesser extent, other currencies in which we collect revenues and pay expenses could affect our operating results. This includes the Chinese yuan, the Korean won and the Euro in which we pay expenses in connection with operating our facilities in Shenzhen and Shanghai, China; Daejeon, South Korea and San Donato, Italy. To the extent the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and these currencies were to fluctuate more significantly than experienced to date, our exposure would increase.

From time to time, we enter into foreign currency forward exchange contracts in an effort to mitigate a portion of our exposure to such fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the U.K. pound sterling, and we may be required to convert currencies to meet our obligations. Under certain circumstances, foreign currency forward exchange contracts can have an adverse effect on our financial condition. As of June 29, 2013, we no longer had any outstanding foreign currency forward exchange contracts. As of June 30, 2012, we held three foreign currency forward exchange contracts with a notional value of $1.5 million. As of June 30, 2012, we recorded minimal unrealized gains in accumulated other comprehensive income in connection with marking these contracts to fair value.

 

57


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations at June 29, 2013, by nature of the obligation and amount due over identified periods of time, are set out in the table below:

 

     Convertible
Notes(1)
     Capital
Lease
Obligations(1)
     Operating
Lease
Obligations
     Sublease
Income
    Purchase
Obligations
 
                   (Thousands)        

Fiscal Year:

             

2014

   $ 1,875       $ 8,508       $  12,845       $ (173   $  65,846   

2015

     1,875         5,383         12,128         (35     —     

2016

     1,875         3,649         9,705         —          —     

2017

     1,875         2,069         7,092         —          —     

2018

     26,797         55         5,930         —          —     

Thereafter

     —           80         18,150         —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 34,297       $ 19,744       $ 65,850       $ (208   $ 65,846   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts include interest.

The purchase obligations consist of our total outstanding purchase order commitments at June 29, 2013. Any capital purchases to which we are committed are included in these outstanding purchase order commitments, with the exception of capital purchases made under capital leases, which are shown separately. Operating leases are future annual commitments under non-cancelable operating leases, including rents payable for land and buildings.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We indemnify our directors and certain employees as permitted by law, and have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. We have not recorded a liability associated with these indemnification arrangements as we historically have not incurred any material costs associated with such indemnification obligations. Costs associated with such indemnification obligations may be mitigated by insurance coverage that we maintain, however, such insurance may not cover any, or may cover only a portion of, the amounts we may be required to pay. In addition, we may not be able to maintain such insurance coverage in the future.

We also have indemnification clauses in various contracts that we enter into in connection with acquisitions and during the normal course of business, such as indemnifications in favor of customers in respect of liabilities they may incur as a result of purchasing our products should such products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party. We have not historically paid out any material amounts related to these indemnifications; therefore, no accrual has been made for these indemnifications.

Other than as set forth above, we are not currently party to any material off-balance sheet arrangements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1, Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information regarding the effect of new accounting pronouncements on our consolidated financial statements.

Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and other financial information. Actual results may differ significantly from those based on our estimates and judgments or could have been materially different if we had used different assumptions, estimates or conditions. In addition, our financial condition and results of operations could vary due to a change in the application of a particular accounting standard.

 

58


Table of Contents

We regard an accounting estimate or assumption underlying our financial statements as a “critical accounting estimate” where:

 

   

the nature of the estimate or assumption is material due to the level of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change; and

 

   

the impact of such estimates and assumptions on our financial condition or operating performance is material.

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1, Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Not all of these significant accounting policies, however, require that we make estimates and assumptions that we believe are “critical accounting estimates.” We have discussed our accounting policies with the audit committee of our board of directors, and we believe that the policies described below involve critical accounting estimates.

Revenue Recognition and Sales Returns

Revenue represents the amounts, excluding sales taxes, derived from the sale of goods and services to third-party customers during a given period. Specifically, we recognize product revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been shipped, title has transferred, collectability is reasonably assured, fees are fixed or determinable and there are no uncertainties with respect to customer acceptance. For certain sales, we are required to determine, in particular, whether the delivery has occurred, whether items will be returned and whether we will be paid under normal commercial terms. For certain products sold to customers, we specify delivery terms in the agreement under which the sale was made and assess each shipment against those terms, and only recognize revenue when we are certain that the delivery terms have been met. We record a provision for estimated sales returns in the same period as the related revenues are recorded, which is netted against revenue. These estimates for sales returns are based on historical sales return rates, other known factors and our return policy. Before accepting a new customer, we review publicly available information and credit rating databases to provide ourselves with reasonable assurance that the new customer will pay all outstanding amounts in accordance with our standard terms. For existing customers, we monitor historic payment patterns and we perform ongoing credit evaluations to assess whether we can expect payment in accordance with the terms set forth in the agreement under which the sale was made.

Inventory Valuation

In general, our inventories are valued at the lower of cost to acquire or manufacture our products or market value, less write-offs of inventory we believe could prove to be unsalable. Manufacturing costs include the cost of the components purchased to produce our products and related labor and overhead. We review our inventory on a quarterly basis to determine if it is saleable. Products may be unsalable because they are technically obsolete due to substitute products, specification changes or excess inventory relative to customer forecasts. We currently reduce the cost basis for inventory using methods that take these factors into account. If we find that the cost of inventory is greater than the current market price, we will write the inventory down to the estimated selling price, less the estimated cost to complete and sell the product.

Business Combinations

Our acquisitions are accounted for pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 805, Business Combinations . Under ASC Topic 805, there are significant management estimates that impact our financial position and operating results, including:

 

   

Tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date are recorded at the acquisition date fair value. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to the identifiable intangible assets.

 

   

Goodwill is recognized for any excess of purchase price over the net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. A bargain purchase gain results if the fair value of the purchase price is less than the net fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. We recorded a $24.9 million bargain purchase gain related to our acquisition of Opnext during fiscal year 2013.

 

59


Table of Contents

For tangible assets acquired in any acquisition, such as plant and equipment, we estimate useful lives by considering comparable lives of similar assets, past history, the intended use of the assets and their condition. In estimating the useful life of acquired intangible assets with definite lives, we consider the industry environment and specific factors relating to each product relative to our business strategy and the likelihood of technological obsolescence. Acquired intangible assets primarily include core and current technology, patents, supply agreements, capitalized licenses and customer contracts. We amortize our acquired intangible assets with definite lives over periods generally ranging from 1 to 11 years and, in the case of one specific customer contract, 16 years.

Management makes estimates of fair value based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable and that of a market participant. For instance, in our Mintera acquisition, we agreed to pay additional revenue-based consideration whereby former security holders of Mintera were entitled to receive up to $20.0 million, determined based on a set of sliding scale formulas, to the extent revenue from Mintera products is more than $29.0 million in the 12 months following the acquisition and/or more than $40.0 million in the 18 months following the acquisition. The estimated fair value of these obligations were determined using management estimates of the total amounts expected to be paid based on estimated operating results, discounted to their present value using our incremental borrowing cost.

Our preliminary estimates of fair value are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period for a business combination, which may be up to one year, we may record adjustments to the values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. After the conclusion of the measurement period or our final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, subsequent adjustments affecting earnings are recorded within our consolidated statements of operations. For example, in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we made significant adjustments to the preliminary purchase price allocation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in our acquisition of Opnext upon the completion of our valuation. See Note 3, Business Combinations and Asset Dispositions , included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for additional information.

Insurance Recoveries

Insurance recoveries related to impairment losses previously recorded and other recoverable expenses will be recognized up to the amount of the related loss or expense in the period that recoveries become realizable. Insurance recoveries under business interruption coverage and insurance recovery gains in excess of amounts previously written off related to impaired inventory and equipment or in excess of other recoverable expenses previously recognized will be recognized when they become realizable and all contingencies have been resolved.

During the year ended June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, we received $30.8 million and $11.0 million in settlement payments, respectively, relating to losses we incurred due to the flooding in Thailand. As there were no contingencies associated with these payments, we recorded the payments within flood related income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations.

The evaluation of insurance recoveries requires estimates and judgments about future results which affect reported amounts and certain disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Insurance recoveries we receive in future periods will be recorded net of the related expense in the consolidated statement of operations. As of June 29, 2013, we have not recorded any estimated amounts relating to potential future insurance recoveries in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

60


Table of Contents

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, in our case during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more often if an event or circumstance suggests impairment has occurred. In addition, we review identifiable intangibles, excluding goodwill, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013 we completed our annual first step analysis for potential impairment of our goodwill, which included examining the impact of current general economic conditions on our future prospects, the decline in our market capitalization, and the anticipated resizing of our operations with the recent sale of certain of our products and/or businesses.

Circumstances which could trigger an impairment test include, but are not limited to, significant decreases in the market price of the asset, significant adverse changes to the business climate or legal factors, current period cash flow or operating losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of the asset and a current expectation that the asset will more likely than not be sold or disposed of significantly below carrying value before the end of its estimated useful life.

The first step of testing goodwill for impairment is based on a reporting unit’s “fair value,” which is generally determined through market prices. In certain cases, due to the absence of market prices for a particular element of our business, we have elected to base our testing on discounted future expected cash flows. Although the discount rates and other input variables may differ, the model we use in this process is the same model we use to evaluate the fair value of acquisition candidates and the fairness of offers to purchase businesses that we are considering for divestiture. The forecasted cash flows we use are derived from the annual long-range planning process that we perform and present to our board of directors. In this process, each reporting unit is required to develop reasonable sales, earnings and cash flow forecasts for the next three to seven years based on current and forecasted economic conditions. For purposes of testing for impairment, the cash flow forecasts are adjusted as needed to reflect information that becomes available concerning changes in business levels and general economic trends. The discount rates used for determining discounted future cash flows are generally based on our weighted-average cost of capital and are then adjusted for “plan risk” (the risk that a business will fail to achieve its forecasted results) and “country risk” (the risk that economic or political instability in the countries in which we operate will cause a business unit’s projections to be inaccurate). Finally, a growth factor beyond the three to seven-year period for which cash flows are planned is selected based on expectations of future economic conditions. Virtually all of the assumptions used in our models are susceptible to change due to global and regional economic conditions as well as competitive factors in the industry in which we operate. Unanticipated changes in discount rates from one year to the next can also have a significant effect on the results of the calculations. While we believe the estimates and assumptions we use are reasonable, various economic factors could cause the results of our goodwill testing to vary significantly.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we completed our annual first step analysis for potential impairment of our goodwill, which included examining the impact of current general economic conditions on our future prospects, the decline in our market capitalization, and the anticipated resizing of our operations with the recent sale of certain of our products and/or businesses, and we concluded that the goodwill related to our Mintera reporting unit was impaired. We completed our full evaluation of the second step impairment analysis, which indicated that the goodwill was fully impaired and we recorded $10.9 million for impairment losses in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended June 29, 2013. In connection with our second step goodwill impairment analysis, we also evaluated the fair value of our other intangible assets of this reporting unit, and our other reporting units, and concluded that based on the decline in our forecast, our decision to sell or abandon certain product lines and other factors, certain of these other intangible assets were also impaired as of June 29, 2013. We recorded impairment losses in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013 of $6.4 million related to intangibles acquired in connection with our acquisition of Mintera, $2.6 million related to intangibles acquired in connection with our acquisition of Opnext, and $5.2 million related to intangibles acquired in connection with other earlier acquisitions.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize in our statement of operations all stock-based compensation, including grants of employee stock options, grants of restricted stock and purchase rights under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, based on their fair values on the grant dates. Estimating the grant date fair value of employee stock options and purchase rights requires us to make judgments in the determination of inputs into the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model which we use to arrive at an estimate of the fair value for such awards. These inputs are based upon highly subjective assumptions as to the volatility of the underlying stock, risk free interest rates and the expected life of the options. Judgment is also required in estimating the number of share-based awards that are expected to be forfeited during any given period. As required under the accounting standards, we review our valuation assumptions at each grant date, and, as a result, our valuation assumptions used to value employee stock options granted and purchase rights in future periods may change. If actual results or future changes in estimates differ significantly from our current estimates, stock-based compensation expense and our consolidated results of operations could be materially impacted. During the years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, we recognized $7.2 million, $6.6 million and $6.3 million of stock-based compensation expense, respectively. See Note 12, Stock-based Compensation , to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

 

61


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using an asset and liability based approach. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates. Valuation allowances are provided against deferred income tax assets which are not likely to be realized.

Recognition of deferred tax assets is appropriate when realization of these assets is more likely than not. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes our historical operating performance and the recorded cumulative net losses in all prior fiscal periods, we have provided a full valuation allowance against most of our U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets with the exception of certain deferred tax assets in China and Switzerland. Our valuation allowance increased by $177.4 million and $3.5 million in fiscal years 2013 and 2012, respectively. Of the $177.4 million increase, $161.7 million relates to acquired Opnext deferred tax assets upon which a full valuation allowance was recorded.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Our principal market risks are our exposure to changes in interest rates and certain exchange rates. We do not use risk sensitive instruments for trading purposes.

Interest rates

We finance our operations through a mixture of issuances of equity and debt securities, capital leases, working capital and by drawing on our credit facility. We have exposure to interest rate fluctuations on our cash deposits and for amounts borrowed under our Credit Agreement, Convertible Notes, Term Loan and through our capital leases. At June 29, 2013, there was $40.0 million outstanding under our Credit Agreement at an average interest rate of 2.9 percent per annum, $25.0 million of Convertible Notes outstanding with an interest rate of 7.5 percent, $25.0 million Term Loan outstanding with an interest rate of 9.0 percent, and $18.2 million outstanding under capital leases. An increase in our average interest rate by 1.0 percent would increase our annual interest expense by $1.1 million.

We monitor our interest rate risk on cash balances primarily through cash flow forecasting. Cash that is surplus to immediate requirements is invested in short-term deposits with banks accessible with one day’s notice and invested in overnight money market accounts.

Foreign currency

As our business is multinational in scope, we are subject to fluctuations based upon changes in the exchange rates between the currencies in which we collect revenues and pay expenses. In the future, we expect that a majority of our revenues will continue to be denominated in U.S. dollars, while a significant portion of our expenses will continue to be denominated in U.K. pounds sterling and Japanese yen. Our expenses denominated in the Swiss franc will decrease significantly as a result of our sale of the Zurich Business in the first quarter of fiscal year 2014. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar, the U.K. pound sterling, and the Japanese yen and, to a lesser extent, other currencies in which we collect revenues and pay expenses, could affect our operating results. This includes the Chinese yuan, the Korean won, the Israeli shekel and the Euro in which we pay expenses in connection with operating our facilities in Shenzhen and Shanghai, China; Daejeon, South Korea; Jerusalem, Israel and San Donato, Italy. To the extent the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and these currencies were to fluctuate more significantly than experienced to date, our exposure would increase.

 

62


Table of Contents

As of June 29, 2013, our U.K. subsidiary had $53.7 million, net, in U.S. dollar denominated operating intercompany payables, $49.9 million in U.S. dollar denominated accounts receivable and payable, net, related to sales to external customers and purchases from suppliers, and $30.0 million in U.S. dollar denominated cash accounts. It is estimated that a 10 percent fluctuation in the U.S. dollar relative to the U.K. pound sterling would lead to a profit of $2.6 million (U.S. dollar strengthening), or loss of $2.6 million (U.S. dollar weakening) on the translation of these receivables and other cash balances, which would be recorded as gain (loss) on foreign exchange in our condensed consolidated statement of operations.

As of June 29, 2013, our Japan subsidiary had $45.3 million, net, in U.S. dollar denominated operating intercompany payables, $14.7 million in U.S. dollar denominated accounts payable, net of accounts receivable, related to sales to external customers and purchases from suppliers, and $4.6 million in U.S. dollar denominated cash and restricted cash accounts. It is estimated that a 10 percent fluctuation in the U.S. dollar relative to the Japanese yen would lead to a profit of $5.5 million (U.S. dollar weakening), or loss of $5.5 million (U.S. dollar strengthening) on the translation of these balances, which would be recorded as gain (loss) on foreign exchange in our consolidated statement of operations.

Hedging Program

From time to time, we enter into foreign currency forward exchange contracts in an effort to mitigate a portion of our exposure to such fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the U.K. pound sterling. We do not currently hedge our exposure to the Chinese yuan, Korean won, Israeli shekel, Japanese yen or the Euro, but we may in the future if conditions warrant. We also do not currently hedge our exposure related to our U.S. dollar denominated intercompany payables and receivables. We may be required to convert currencies to meet our obligations. Under certain circumstances, foreign currency forward exchange contracts can have an adverse effect on our financial condition. As of June 29, 2013, we did not have any outstanding foreign currency forward exchange contracts.

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The financial statements required by this item may be found beginning on pages F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 29, 2013. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as the principal executive and financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 29, 2013, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Notwithstanding the ineffectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 29, 2013 and the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that existed as of that date as described below, management believes that (i) this Form 10-K does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading with respect to the periods covered by this Report and (ii) the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information, included in this Report fairly present in all material respects in accordance with U.S. GAAP our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows as of, and for, the dates and periods presented.

 

63


Table of Contents

Management’s report on our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) is included immediately below and is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements, fraud or the results of fraud. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 29, 2013. In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework in 1992 . Based on our assessment, management concluded that, as of June 29, 2013, our internal control over financial reporting is not effective based on these criteria.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

In connection with establishing the fair values of certain assets and liabilities associated with our acquisition of Opnext, we identified a material weakness over controls related to our recording of the purchase under ASC 805, Business Combinations . In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we made adjustments to the fair value of certain items, including property and equipment, capital leases and intangible assets. As a result of these adjustments, management concluded that we did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 29, 2013 because the potential impact of these adjustments could have been material to our financial position and results of operations.

Our management has worked, and continues to work, to strengthen our internal control over financial reporting. We are committed to ensuring that such controls are operating effectively. Since identifying the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we are working to enhance the design and operation of our controls related to establishing the fair values of assets and liabilities associated with purchase accounting transactions by improving our controls and documentation related to our accounting policies and practices to identify, document and periodically assess whether all key judgments, conventions and estimates used in computing the purchase accounting conform to U.S. GAAP.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This report appears under Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Except as noted above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter ended June 29, 2013 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.  Other Information

None.

 

64


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information contained in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Proposal 1 — Election of Class III Directors,” “Corporate Governance,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” and “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.”

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information contained in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Committee Report,” and “Employment, Change of Control and Severance Arrangements.”

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information contained in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information contained in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions,” “Board Determination of Independence,” “Employment, Change of Control and Severance Arrangements,” “Proposal 1 — Election of Class III Directors,” and “Corporate Governance.”

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information contained in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Principal Accounting Fees and Services” and “Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures.”

PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of or are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

1. Financial Statements

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

2. Financial Statement Schedules

The Financial Statement Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts that follows the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements is filed as part of this Annual Report Form 10-K. Other financial statement schedules have been omitted since they are either not required or the information is otherwise included.

3. List of Exhibits

The Exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or incorporated by reference, are listed on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such Exhibits, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

 

65


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

   

OCLARO, INC.

(Registrant)

September 26, 2013   By:  

/s/ Greg Dougherty

    Greg Dougherty
    Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Greg Dougherty and Jerry Turin, jointly and severally, as their attorneys-in-fact, with full power of each to act alone and full powers of substitution, for them in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Greg Dougherty

Greg Dougherty

  

Director and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

   September 26, 2013

/s/ Jerry Turin

Jerry Turin

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   September 26, 2013

/s/ Marissa Peterson

Marissa Peterson

   Chairman of the Board    September 26, 2013

/s/ Harry Bosco

Harry Bosco

   Director    September 26, 2013

/s/ Edward B. Collins

Edward B. Collins

   Director    September 26, 2013

/s/ Kendall W. Cowan

Kendall W. Cowan

   Director    September 26, 2013

/s/ Lori Holland

Lori Holland

   Director    September 26, 2013

/s/ David Lee

David Lee

   Director    September 26, 2013

/s/ Joel Smith III

Joel Smith III

   Director    September 26, 2013

/s/ William L. Smith

William L. Smith

   Director    September 26, 2013

 

66


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-8   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Oclaro, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oclaro, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 29, 2013. Our audits of the basic consolidated financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15 (a) (2). These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Oclaro, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 29, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring operating losses and negative cash flows from operations. These conditions, along with other matters as set forth in Note 1, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 29, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 1992, and our report dated September 26, 2013 expressed an adverse opinion thereon.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

San Francisco, California

September 26, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Oclaro, Inc.

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Oclaro, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 29, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 1992. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment. The Company identified a material weakness over controls related to the establishment and recording of the fair values of certain assets and liabilities associated with its acquisition of Opnext, Inc.

In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 29, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO in 1992.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended June 29, 2013. The material weakness identified above was considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2013 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated September 26, 2013, which expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

We do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s statements referring to corrective actions to be taken after June 29, 2013 relative to the aforementioned material weakness in internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

San Francisco, California

September 26, 2013

 

F-3


Table of Contents

OCLARO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012  
     (Thousands, except par value)  
ASSETS   

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 84,635      $ 61,760   

Restricted cash

     2,719        614   

Short-term investments

     200        —     

Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $2,993 and $3,206 in 2013 and $1,317 and $153 in 2012, and including $2,975 due from related parties at June 29, 2013

     100,853        74,666   

Inventories

     118,099        78,444   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     35,095        12,582   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     341,601        228,066   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     91,332        59,616   

Other intangible assets, net

     10,233        16,645   

Goodwill

     —          10,904   

Other non-current assets

     6,728        13,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 449,894      $ 328,306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable, including $2,246 due to related parties at June 29, 2013

   $ 96,472      $ 60,098   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     58,798        49,944   

Capital lease obligations, current

     8,281        —     

Term loan payable

     24,647        —     

Credit line payable

     39,964        25,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     228,162        135,542   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred gain on sale-leasebacks

     10,477        12,722   

Convertible notes payable

     22,990        —     

Capital lease obligations, non-current

     9,914        —     

Other non-current liabilities

     24,219        12,391   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     295,762        160,655   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock: 1,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock: $0.01 par value per share; 175,000 shares authorized and 92,766 shares issued and outstanding as of June 29, 2013; and 90,000 shares authorized and 51,511 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2012

     928        515   

Additional paid-in capital

     1,429,155        1,330,172   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     39,368        29,538   

Accumulated deficit

     (1,315,319     (1,192,574
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     154,132        167,651   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 449,894      $ 328,306   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

OCLARO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012     July 2, 2011  
     (Thousands, except per share amounts)  

Revenues, including $9,311 from related parties for the year ended June 29, 2013

   $ 586,028      $ 385,458      $ 466,505   

Cost of revenues

     521,626        315,413        342,869   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     64,402        70,045        123,636   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     100,820        67,003        65,492   

Selling, general and administrative

     91,363        62,541        62,767   

Amortization of intangible assets

     5,305        3,000        2,805   

Restructuring, acquisition and related (income) expense, net

     (6,301     10,361        4,469   

Flood-related (income) expense, net

     (29,510     2,458        —     

Legal settlements

     —          —          1,678   

Impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets

     27,561        —          20,000   

(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment

     (80     (11,566     35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     189,158        133,797        157,246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (124,756     (63,752     (33,610

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income (expense), net

     (4,499     (1,121     (1,995

Gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions

     (14,310     3,116        (9,174

Other income (expense), net

     (2,527     2,238        —     

Gain on bargain purchase

     24,866        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     3,530        4,233        (11,169
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (121,226     (59,519     (44,779

Income tax provision

     1,519        6,984        1,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (122,745   $ (66,503   $ (46,425
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

      

Basic

   $ (1.40   $ (1.32   $ (0.96

Diluted

     (1.40     (1.32     (0.96

Shares used in computing net loss per share:

      

Basic

     87,770        50,396        48,444   

Diluted

     87,770        50,396        48,444   

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

OCLARO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

       Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012     July 2, 2011  
     (Thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (122,745   $ (66,503   $ (46,425

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Unrealized gain (loss) on hedging transactions

     (7     (47     5   

Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

     86        (52     (139

Currency translation adjustments

     9,193        (6,980     15,525   

Pension adjustment, net of tax benefits of $639 in 2013 and $1,630 in 2012

     558        (4,113     (1,568
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (112,915   $ (77,695   $ (32,602
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

OCLARO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012     July 2, 2011  
     (Thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

  

Net loss

   $ (122,745   $ (66,503   $ (46,425

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

  

 

Adjustment in fair value of earn-out obligation

     —          (2,158     —     

Amortization of deferred gain on sale-leasebacks

     (2,059     (985     (942

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

     524        —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

     42,177        22,289        18,125   

Flood-related non-cash losses

     —          8,173        —     

Gain on bargain purchase

     (24,866     —          —     

Gain on sale of assets

     (24,846     —          —     

(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment

     (80     (11,566     35   

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

     26,015        —          20,000   

Stock-based compensation expense

     7,212        6,592        6,304   

Other adjustments

     4,306        (4,185     —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquired businesses:

      

Accounts receivable, net

     33,862        6,255        20,706   

Inventories

     14,449        14,898        (30,921

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (15,008     (469     (263

Other non-current assets

     (151     (641     (159

Accounts payable

     (23,393     (5,111     10,831   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (2,895     6,738        (1,929
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (87,498     (26,673     (4,638
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Purchases of property and equipment

     (17,202     (20,292     (41,631

Proceeds from sale of building

     —          18,664        —     

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

     80        446        209   

Proceeds from sale of assets

     26,000        3,900        —     

Proceeds from sale of investments

     3,861        3,438        —     

Transfer (to) from restricted cash, net of acquired businesses

     17,893        (71     4,002   

Cash acquired from (paid for) business combinations

     36,123        —          (10,482
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     66,755        6,085        (47,902
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net

     1,646        97        2,704   

Proceeds from borrowings under credit line

     15,256        25,500        —     

Proceeds from the sale of convertible notes, net

     22,768        —          —     

Proceeds from term loan, net

     22,455        —          —     

Payments on capital lease obligations

     (6,676     —          —     

Repayments on borrowings under credit line and note payables

     (16,040     —          —     

Cash paid under earnout obligations

     (8,628     (2,762     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     30,781        22,835        2,704   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents

     12,837        (3,270     5,443   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     22,875        (1,023     (44,393

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of fiscal year

     61,760        62,783        107,176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of fiscal year

   $ 84,635      $ 61,760      $ 62,783   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 2,496      $ 743      $ 163   

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 3,589      $ 2,688      $ 1,325   

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash transactions:

      

Issuance of common stock, stock options and stock appreciation rights related to the acquisition of Opnext

   $ 89,842      $ —        $ —     

Capital lease obligations incurred for purchases of property and equipment

   $ (658   $ —        $ —     

Warrants issued in connection with term loans

   $ 667      $ —        $ —     

Issuance of common stock to settle Xtellus escrow liability

   $ —        $ 7,000      $ —     

Incurrence of earnout liability related to the acquisition of Mintera

   $ —        $ —        $ 15,148   

Issuance of common stock to settle Mintera earnout liability

   $ —        $ 2,758      $ —     

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

OCLARO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

                       Accumulated              
                 Additional     Other           Total  
     Common Stock     Paid-In     Comprehensive     Accumulated     Stockholders’  
     Shares     Amount     Capital     Income     Deficit     Equity  
     (Thousands)  

Balance at July 3, 2010

     49,396      $ 494      $ 1,304,779      $ 26,907      $ (1,079,646   $ 252,534   

Issuance of shares related to share awards and restricted stock units

     565        6        (6     —          —          —     

Issuance of shares upon the exercise of common stock options

     515        5        2,699        —          —          2,704   

Stock-based compensation

     —          —          6,459        —          —          6,459   

Other comprehensive gain

           13,823          13,823   

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          (46,425     (46,425
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at July 2, 2011

     50,476      $ 505      $ 1,313,931      $ 40,730      $ (1,126,071   $ 229,095   

Issuance of shares related to share awards and restricted stock units

     343        3        (182     —          —          (179

Issuance of shares upon the exercise of common stock options

     45        —          96        —          —          96   

Transfer of escrow shares to former Xtellus stockholders

     —          —          7,000        —          —          7,000   

Shares returned from escrow account

     (122     (1     1        —          —          —     

Shares issued in connection with acquisitions

     769        8        2,750            2,758   

Stock-based compensation

     —          —          6,576        —          —          6,576   

Other comprehensive loss

           (11,192       (11,192

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          (66,503     (66,503
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

     51,511      $ 515      $ 1,330,172      $ 29,538      $ (1,192,574   $ 167,651   

Issuance of shares related to share awards and restricted stock units

     1,697        17        (83     —          —          (66

Issuance of shares upon the exercise of common stock options

     6        —          3        —          —          3   

Issuance of shares in connection with the employee stock purchase plan

     1,135        11        1,699            1,710   

Shares issued in connection with acquisitions

     38,416        385        89,457        —          —          89,842   

Stock-based compensation

     —          —          7,240        —          —          7,240   

Warrants issued in connection with notes

     —          —          667        —          —          667   

Other comprehensive loss

     —          —          —          9,830        —          9,830   

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          (122,745     (122,745
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 29, 2013

     92,765      $ 928      $ 1,429,155      $ 39,368      $ (1,315,319   $ 154,132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

OCLARO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1. BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business

Oclaro, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is sometimes referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as “Oclaro,” “we,” “us,” or “our.”

During our fiscal year 2013, we have been one of the largest providers of lasers and optical components, modules and subsystems for the optical communications, industrial and consumer laser markets. In all markets, our approach is to offer a differentiated solution that is designed to make it easier for our customers to do business by combining optical technology innovation, photonic integration and a vertically integrated approach to manufacturing and product development.

On September 12, 2013, we sold our Oclaro Switzerland GmbH subsidiary and associated laser diodes and pump business (the “Zurich Business”) to II-VI Incorporated (II-VI). The sale is more fully discussed in Note 17, Subsequent Events .

On July 23, 2012, we completed a merger by and among Opnext, Inc. (Opnext), Tahoe Acquisition Sub, Inc., a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary of Oclaro (Merger Sub), and Oclaro, pursuant to which we acquired Opnext through a merger of Merger Sub with and into Opnext. The acquisition is more fully discussed in Note 3, Business Combinations and Asset Dispositions .

The consolidated balance sheet as of June 29, 2013 includes the assets and liabilities assumed in the Opnext acquisition. The consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows for the year ended June 29, 2013 include the results of operations of the combined entities from July 23, 2012, the date of the acquisition. Our consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2012 and our statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011 do not include any assets or liabilities assumed in the acquisition or any results of operations from Opnext.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP), which contemplate continuation of the company as a going concern. As of June 29, 2013, we held $87.6 million in cash and short-term investments, comprised of $84.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, $2.7 million in restricted cash and $0.2 million of short-term investments; and we had working capital of $113.4 million. On September 12, 2013, we sold our Oclaro Switzerland GmbH subsidiary and associated laser diodes and pump business (the “Zurich Business”) to II-VI Incorporated (“II-VI”). We received proceeds of $92.3 million in cash on September 12, 2013. We will also receive $6.0 million subject to hold-back by II-VI until December 31, 2014 to address any post-closing adjustments or claims, and $2.0 million subject to a potential post-closing working capital adjustment. On May 6, 2013 we secured a short term bridge loan from Providence Equity of $25.0 million. In order to obtain this loan, we amended our Credit Agreement (as defined in Note 7.) to add Providence as a term lender under that agreement. In connection with this amendment, we agreed to complete certain asset sales and use the proceeds to repay amounts we have borrowed under the Credit Agreement. We used a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Zurich Business to fully repay all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement. On September 12, 2013, we also sold an exclusive option to purchase our optical amplifier and micro-optics business (the “Amplifier Business”) for $88.0 million. We were separately paid $5.0 million for the option, which will be applied to the purchase price if the option is exercised. We can make no assurances that we will be successful concluding the sale of our Amplifier Business. We have incurred significant operating losses and generated negative cash flows for fiscal year 2013. We currently anticipate that our net loss for the fiscal year 2014 will be substantial, further reducing the amount of cash available to us to fund our continued operations.

Recoverability of a major portion of the recorded asset amounts shown in the accompanying balance sheet is dependent upon us having sufficient resources to operate our business. In addition to the availability of our cash resources as of June 29, 2013, and the net proceeds from the sale of our Zurich business, the continued operation of our business is dependent upon our achieving cash flows expected to be generated from the execution of our current operating plan, including anticipated restructuring plans, together with (i) amounts expected to be available under our Credit Agreement after we conclude negotiations on new terms, and (ii) amounts anticipated to be received from the sale of the Amplifier Business, which we currently anticipate being completed by December 2013. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the company be unable to continue in existence.

In the event that any of the sources of liquidity described in the preceding paragraphs are, for any reason, not available to us in a timely manner or in the event that we need additional liquidity beyond our current expectations, such as to fund future growth or strengthen our balance sheet or to fund the cost of restructuring activities, we may find it necessary to lower our operating income break-even level and undertake additional cost cutting measures. We will continue to explore other sources of additional liquidity. These additional sources of liquidity could include one, or a combination, of the following: (i) issuing equity securities, (ii) incurring indebtedness secured by our assets, (iii) issuing debt and/or convertible debt securities, or (iv) selling product lines, other assets and/or portions of our business. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to raise additional funds on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Oclaro and our subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. For presentation purposes, we have reclassified certain prior period amounts to conform to the current period financial statement presentation. These reclassifications did not affect our consolidated net loss, cash flows, cash and cash equivalents or stockholders’ equity as previously reported.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported periods. Examples of significant estimates and assumptions made by management involve the fair value of goodwill and long-lived assets, the fair value of purchase consideration paid, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, valuation allowances for deferred tax assets, the fair value of stock-based compensation, estimates for allowances for doubtful accounts, the evaluation of insurance recoveries, and valuation of excess and obsolete inventories. These judgments can be subjective and complex and consequently actual results could differ materially from those estimates and assumptions.

Fiscal Years

We operate on a 52/53 week year ending on the Saturday closest to June 30. Our fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011 were each 52 week years.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are carried at market value. We consider all liquid investment securities with an original maturity date of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Any realized gains and losses on liquid investment securities are included in other income (expense) in our consolidated statements of operations.

The following table provides details regarding our cash and cash equivalents at the dates indicated:

 

     June 29, 2013      June 30, 2012  
     (Thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents:

  

Cash-in-bank

   $ 82,634       $ 59,759   

Money market funds

     2,001         2,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 84,635       $ 61,760   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 29, 2013, we had restricted cash of $2.7 million, consisting of collateral for the performance of our obligations under certain facility lease agreements. As of June 29, 2013, $58.5 million of the $84.6 million of our cash and cash equivalents was held by our foreign subsidiaries. If these funds are needed for our operations in the United States, we could be required to accrue and pay U.S. taxes to repatriate these funds. However, our intent is to permanently reinvest these funds outside of the U.S. and our current plans do not include repatriation of these funds.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Concentration of Credit Risks

We place our cash and cash equivalents with and in the custody of financial institutions, which at times, are in excess of amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Management monitors the ongoing creditworthiness of these institutions. Our investment policy limits the amounts invested with any one institution, type of security and issuer. To date, we have not experienced significant losses on these investments.

Our trade accounts receivable are concentrated with companies in the telecom industry. At June 29, 2013, three customers accounted for a total of 33 percent of our gross accounts receivable. At June 30, 2012, four customers accounted for a total of 45 percent of our gross accounts receivable.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Sales Return Allowance

We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and record specific allowances for doubtful accounts when a customer is unable to meet its financial obligations, as in the case of bankruptcy filings or deteriorated financial position. Estimates are used in determining allowances for customers based on factors such as current trends, the length of time the receivables are past due and historical collection experience. We write-off a receivable account when all rights, remedies and recourses against the account and its principals are exhausted and record a benefit when previously reserved accounts are collected. We recorded provisions of $0.7 million, $0.1 million and $0.6 million as allowances for doubtful accounts in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We record a provision for estimated sales returns, which is netted against revenues, in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales returns, other known factors and our return policy. In fiscal year 2013 and 2011, we recorded a provision of $3.1 million and a provision of $0.6 million as sales return allowances, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories, consisting of raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods are stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out basis) or market. We plan production based on orders received and forecasted demand and maintain stock of certain items. These production estimates are dependent on assessment of current and expected orders from our customers, including consideration that orders are subject to cancellation with limited advance notice prior to shipment. We assess the valuation of our inventory, including significant inventories held by contract manufacturers on our behalf, on a quarterly basis. Products may be unsalable because they are technically obsolete due to substitute products, specification changes or excess inventory relative to customer forecasts. We adjust the carrying value of inventory using methods that take these factors into account. If we find that the cost basis of our inventory is greater than the current market value, we write the inventory down to the estimated selling price, less the estimated costs to complete and sell the product.

The following table provides details regarding our inventories at the dates indicated:

 

     June 29, 2013      June 30, 2012  
     (Thousands)  

Inventories:

  

Raw materials

   $ 42,099       $ 26,392   

Work-in-process

     37,860         35,415   

Finished goods

     38,140         16,637   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 118,099       $ 78,444   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based upon the estimated useful lives of the assets, which generally range from three to seven years, except for buildings which are generally depreciated over twenty years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives or the term of the related lease, whichever is shorter. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the assets and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts. Gains or losses resulting from asset dispositions are included in (gain) loss on sale of property and equipment in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The following table provides details regarding our property and equipment, net at the dates indicated:

 

     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012  
     (Thousands)  

Property and equipment, net:

  

Buildings and improvements

   $ 10,530      $ 9,465   

Plant and machinery

     126,647        138,924   

Fixtures, fittings and equipment

     4,342        1,854   

Computer equipment

     15,155        13,722   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     156,674        163,965   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (65,342     (104,349
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 91,332      $ 59,616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $36.9 million, $19.3 million and $15.3 million for the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, respectively.

Property and equipment includes assets under capital leases of $18.2 million at June 29, 2013, the majority of which were assumed in connection with the Opnext acquisition. Amortization associated with assets under capital leases is recorded in depreciation expense.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

We review our goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable and also review goodwill annually. The values assigned to goodwill and other intangible assets are based on estimates and judgments regarding expectations for the success and life cycle of products and technologies acquired.

Goodwill is tested for impairment using a two-step process. In the first step, the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, a second step of the impairment test is performed whereby we hypothetically apply purchase accounting to the reporting unit using the fair value from the first step in order to determine the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill. We estimate the fair value of the reporting unit using the expected present value of future cash flows and also compare our market capitalization plus a control premium for reasonableness. See Note 4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

In the second quarter of fiscal year 2013, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2012-02, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)—Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment , which established an optional two-step analysis for impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangibles other than goodwill. The two-step analysis establishes an optional qualitative assessment to precede our quantitative assessment, if necessary. In the qualitative assessment, we must evaluate the totality of qualitative factors, including any recent fair value measurements, that impact whether our indefinite-lived intangibles other than goodwill have a carrying amount that more likely than not exceeds their fair value.

Non-Marketable Cost Method Investments

As of June 29, 2013, we no longer held any investments in privately-held companies. As of June 30, 2012, we had $7.5 million of investments in privately-held companies. These investments consist of less than 20 percent equity ownership interests of common stock and/or preferred stock in these companies and are accounted for under the cost method of accounting. These investments are included in other non-current assets in our consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2012.

In fiscal year 2013, we sold our investment in ClariPhy Communications, Inc., a privately-held company, for $3.9 million of cash proceeds. We had previously acquired this investment in fiscal year 2010 for a purchase price of $7.5 million. During fiscal year 2013, we recorded a $3.6 million impairment charge in other income (expense) in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended June 29, 2013.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

In fiscal year 2012, we sold our investment in a privately-held company, for $3.4 million of cash proceeds that we had previously acquired for a purchase price of $1.2 million. We recorded a $2.2 million gain on the sale of the investment in other income (expense) in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended June 30, 2012.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Our operating results are subject to fluctuations based upon changes in the exchange rates between the currencies in which we collect revenues and pay expenses. A majority of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars, while a significant portion of our expenses are denominated in United Kingdom (U.K.) pounds sterling, Japanese yen, Chinese yuan, Swiss francs and euros, in which we pay expenses in connection with operating our facilities in the U.K., Japan, China, Switzerland and Italy. Historically, we have entered into foreign currency forward exchange contracts in an effort to mitigate a portion of our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the U.K. pound sterling.

We recognize all derivatives, such as foreign currency forward exchange contracts, on our consolidated balance sheets at fair value regardless of the purpose for holding the instrument. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative will either be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through operating results or recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in operating results in our consolidated statements of operations.

At June 29, 2013 we had no outstanding foreign currency forward exchange contracts. At June 30, 2012, we had three foreign currency forward exchange contracts with an unrealized gain of $7,000 in accumulated other comprehensive income related to recording the fair value of these contracts.

Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

The following table provides details for our accrued expenses and other liabilities at the dates indicated:

 

     June 29, 2013      June 30, 2012  
     (Thousands)  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities:

     

Trade payables

   $ 10,391       $ 14,518   

Compensation and benefits related accruals

     14,834         9,701   

Earnout liabilities for Mintera acquisition

     —           8,628   

Warranty accrual

     5,887         2,599   

Income tax payable

     2,779         5,883   

Accrued restructuring, current

     5,363         1,286   

Other accruals

     19,544         7,329   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 58,798       $ 49,944   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warranty

We generally provide a warranty for our products ranging from 12 months to 36 months from the date of sale. We accrue for the estimated costs to provide warranty services at the time revenue is recognized. Our estimate of costs to service our warranty obligations is based on historical experience and expectation of future conditions. To the extent we experience increased warranty claim activity or increased costs associated with servicing those claims, our warranty costs would increase, resulting in a decrease in gross profit.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize product revenue when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the product has been shipped and title has transferred, (iii) collectability is reasonably assured, (iv) the fees are fixed or determinable and (v) there are no uncertainties with respect to customer acceptance. We record a provision for estimated sales returns in the same period as the related revenues are recorded, which is netted against revenue. These estimates are based on historical sales returns, other known factors and our return policy. We recognize revenues from financially distressed customers when collectability becomes reasonably assured, assuming all other above criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Our advertising costs for the years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011 were not significant.

Restructuring Expenses

We record costs associated with employee terminations and other exit activities when the liability is incurred. Employee termination benefits are recorded when the benefit arrangement is communicated to the employee and no significant future services are required. If employees are required to render service until they are terminated in order to receive the termination benefits, the fair value of the termination date liability is recognized ratably over the future service period. Lease cancellation and commitment costs are recorded when we cease using the facility. Lease cancellation and commitment costs are calculated using estimated future lease commitments less estimated sublease income, based on current market conditions. See Note 5., Restructuring Activities .

Insurance Recoveries

Insurance recoveries related to impairment losses previously recorded and other recoverable expenses will be recognized up to the amount of our related loss or expense in the period that recoveries become realizable. Insurance recoveries under business interruption coverage and insurance recovery gains in excess of amounts previously written off related to impaired inventory and equipment or in excess of other recoverable expenses previously recognized will be recognized when they become realizable and all contingencies have been resolved.

During the year ended June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, we received $30.8 million and $11.0 million in settlement payments, respectively, relating to losses we incurred due to flooding at our contract manufacturer in Thailand. As there were no contingencies associated with these payments, we recorded these payments within flood-related income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively.

The evaluation of insurance recoveries requires estimates and judgments about future results which affect reported amounts and certain disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Insurance recoveries we receive in future periods will be recorded net of flood-related expenses in our consolidated statements of operations. As of June 29, 2013, we have not recorded any estimated amounts relating to potential future insurance recoveries in our consolidated statement of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review property and equipment and certain identifiable intangibles, excluding goodwill, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparing their carrying amounts to market prices or the future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate. If property and equipment or certain identifiable intangibles are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized would equal the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value based on market prices or future discounted cash flows.

Our goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually or sooner, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the goodwill may be impaired.

Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which is generally from 1 to 11.5 years and 15 years as to one specific customer contract.

Stock-Based Compensation

We use the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to value the fair value of stock options, purchase rights under our employee stock purchase program and stock appreciation rights. We use grant date fair value to value restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and performance shares. We record compensation expense using the straight-line method and estimate forfeitures when recognizing compensation expense, and we adjust our estimate of forfeitures over the requisite service period based on the extent to which actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period of change and will also impact the amount of compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Stock options have a term of seven to ten years and generally vest over a two to four year service period, and restricted stock awards generally vest over a one to four year period, and in certain cases each may vest earlier based upon the achievement of specific performance-based objectives as set by our board of directors or may be subject to additional vesting conditions based upon achievement of such performance-based objectives.

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation Gains and Losses

The assets and liabilities of our foreign operations are translated from their respective functional (local) currencies into U.S. dollars at the rates in effect at the consolidated balance sheet dates, and revenue and expense amounts are translated at the average rate during the applicable periods reflected on the consolidated statements of operations. Foreign currency translation adjustments are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income, except for the translation adjustment of short-term intercompany loans or payables which are recorded as gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions in our consolidated statements of operations. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions, realized and unrealized in the event of foreign currency transactions not designated as hedges, and those transactions denominated in currencies other than our functional currency, are recorded as gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions in our consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using an asset and liability based approach. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates. Valuation allowances are provided against deferred income tax assets which are not likely to be realized.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed using only the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the applicable period, while diluted net income (loss) per share is computed assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive securities, such as stock options, unvested restricted stock awards, warrants and obligations under escrow agreements during such period. For the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, there were no stock options, unvested restricted stock awards, warrants, shares issuable under convertible notes or obligations under escrow agreements factored into the computation of diluted shares outstanding since we incurred a net loss in these periods and their inclusion would have an anti-dilutive effect.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05, Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830): Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity. This guidance amends a parent company’s accounting for the cumulative translation adjustment recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income associated with a foreign entity. The amendment requires a parent to release into net income the cumulative translation adjustment related to its investment in a foreign entity when it either sells a part or all of its investment, or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets within a foreign entity. This accounting guidance is effective for us beginning in the third quarter of fiscal year 2014, with early adoption permitted. Subsequent to adoption, this amended guidance would impact our financial position and results of operations prospectively in the instance of an event or transaction described above.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, which requires us to disclose gross information and net information about instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position. In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, which clarifies the scope of the disclosures required under U.S. GAAP to derivatives and securities borrowing and lending transactions. ASU No. 2011-11 and ASU No. 2013-01 will be effective for our fiscal year beginning on June 30, 2013. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this update.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

NOTE 2. FAIR VALUE

We define fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining fair value measurements for assets and liabilities which are required to be recorded at fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions and credit risk. We apply the following fair value hierarchy, which ranks the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices of identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets), or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Our cash equivalents and marketable securities are generally classified within Level 1 or Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. The types of instruments valued based on quoted market prices in active markets include most marketable securities and money market securities. Such instruments are generally classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

We have a defined benefit pension plan in Switzerland whose assets are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy for plan assets of cash, equity investments and fixed income investments, and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for plan assets of real estate and alternative investments. See Note 8, Post-Retirement Benefits .

The contingent obligation related to the make-whole premium on our convertible notes was valued using a valuation model which estimates the value based on the probability and timing of conversion. We have classified the contingent obligation within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

At June 30, 2012, we classified the earnout obligations arising from our acquisition of Mintera Corporation (Mintera) within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as the amounts to be paid were fixed based on sales of Mintera products through the 18-month period ending January 20, 2012. See Note 3, Business Combinations and Asset Dispositions , for additional details regarding these liabilities.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are shown in the table below by their corresponding balance sheet captions and consisted of the following types of instruments at June 29, 2013:

 

     Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using  
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
     Total  
     (Thousands)  

Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents: (1)

           

Money market funds

   $ 2,001       $ —         $ —         $ 2,001   

Short-term investments:

           

Equity securities

     200         —           —           200   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 2,201       $ —         $ —         $ 2,201   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Other non-current liabilities:

           

Contingent obligation for make-whole premium

   $ —         $ —         $ 99       $ 99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 99       $ 99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes $82.6 million in cash held in our bank accounts at June 29, 2013.

The following table provides details regarding the changes in assets and liabilities classified within Level 3 from July 2, 2011 to June 29, 2013:

 

     Accrued Expenses
and Other
Liabilities
    Other
Non-Current
Liabilities
 
     (Thousands)  

Balance at July 2, 2011

   $ 16,140      $ —     

Payouts and fair value adjustments related to Mintera earnout obligations

     (7,679     —     

Interest expense on Mintera 18 month earnout obligation

     167        —     

Transfer of Mintera 18 month earnout obligation to Level 2

     (8,628     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

     —          —     

Initial calculation for the contingent obligation for make-whole premium

     —          136   

Current period adjustments to the contingent obligation for make-whole premium

     —          (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 29, 2013

   $ —        $ 99   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND ASSET DISPOSITIONS

During the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, we recorded $3.7 million, $2.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in legal and other direct acquisition-related costs in connection with business combinations and asset dispositions. These costs are recorded within restructuring, acquisition and related (income) expense, net in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Sale of Oclaro Switzerland GmbH Subsidiary and Associated Laser Diodes and Pump Business

On September 12, 2013, we completed a share and asset purchase agreement with II-VI Incorporated (II-VI), pursuant to which we sold our Oclaro Switzerland GmbH subsidiary and associated laser diodes and pump business to II-VI. The sale is more fully discussed in Note 17. Subsequent Events.

Sale of Thin Film Filter Business and Interleaver Product Line

On November 19, 2012, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with II-VI Incorporated, Photop Technologies, Inc. and Photop Koncent, Inc. (FuZhou), both wholly owned subsidiaries of II-VI Incorporated, pursuant to which we sold substantially all of the assets of our thin film filter business and our interleaver product line. The transactions closed on December 3, 2012.

The total purchase price under the asset purchase agreement was $27.0 million in cash. In the second quarter of fiscal 2013, we received $26.0 million in cash proceeds, while the remaining $1.0 million is being held in escrow (recorded within prepaid expenses and other current assets) until December 31, 2013 to satisfy any indemnification claims related to these transactions. Under the asset purchase agreement, we made certain customary representations and warranties regarding our thin film filter business and interleaver product line, and we are subject to customary indemnification obligations related to pre-closing liabilities and breaches of representations, warranties and covenants. Also pursuant to the asset purchase agreement, we have agreed not to compete in the thin film filter or interleaver business for a period of five years, subject to certain limitations and exceptions.

In connection with these transactions, we transferred $0.9 million of property, plant and equipment at net book value, $0.7 million of inventory and $0.2 million of other net assets. We also incurred approximately $0.4 million in legal fees, commissions and other administrative costs related to the transactions. We recognized a gain of $24.8 million under the asset purchase agreement within restructuring, acquisition and related (income) expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended June 29, 2013.

Acquisition of Opnext

On March 26, 2012, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, by and among Opnext, Tahoe Acquisition Sub, Inc., a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary of Oclaro (Merger Sub), and Oclaro, pursuant to which we acquired Opnext through a merger of Merger Sub with and into Opnext. On July 23, 2012, we consummated the acquisition following approval by the stockholders of both companies.

Our primary reasons for the acquisition of Opnext were to create an industry leader in telecom optical components and to strengthen the combined position of the companies in datacom optical components. The acquisition is also consistent with our strategy of extending optical communications technology into industrial and consumer markets, and is expected to create the opportunity for significant cost savings in the combined company.

As a result of the acquisition, we converted each issued and outstanding share of Opnext common stock into the right to receive 0.42 of a share of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share (and cash in lieu of fractional shares). In addition, each Opnext stock option that was outstanding and unexercised immediately prior to the acquisition was converted into an option to purchase our common stock (adjusted to give effect to the exchange ratio); and each Opnext stock appreciation right that was outstanding and that remained unsettled immediately prior to the acquisition was converted into either a stock appreciation right with respect to our common stock (adjusted to give effect to the exchange ratio) or a stock appreciation right subject to cash settlement and remained subject to the same terms and conditions of the Opnext equity plan and the applicable stock appreciation right agreement as in effect immediately prior to the acquisition.

In connection with the acquisition: (i) 91,467,739 shares of Opnext common stock were converted into the right to receive 38,416,355 shares of our common stock; (ii) outstanding options to purchase 10,119,340 shares of Opnext common stock were converted into options to purchase 4,250,011 shares of our common stock; and (iii) stock appreciation rights (SARs) with respect to 412,123 shares of Opnext common stock were converted into SARs with respect to 172,970 shares of our common stock.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Immediately following the effective time of the merger, Oclaro stockholders immediately prior to the merger owned approximately 57 percent and Opnext’s stockholders owned approximately 43 percent of the combined company. The combination is intended to qualify as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes. We accounted for this acquisition under the purchase method of accounting. The estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the results of operations of Opnext from the closing date of the acquisition, July 23, 2012, are included in our consolidated financial statements at June 29, 2013 and for the year then ended.

For accounting purposes, the fair value of the consideration paid to Opnext stockholders in the acquisition was $89.8 million; which includes the fair value of $88.7 million in common stock, based on the 38.4 million shares of common stock issued at a price of $2.31 per share, which was the closing market price of our common stock on the day the acquisition was consummated; and $1.1 million representing the fair value of vested stock options and SARs to purchase our common stock that we assumed.

 

     Total Consideration  
     (Thousands)  

Common shares issued to Opnext stockholders

   $ 88,742   

Estimated fair value of vested stock options assumed

     1,095   

Estimated fair value of vested stock appreciation rights assumed

     5   
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 89,842   
  

 

 

 

The total consideration given to former stockholders of Opnext has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated relative fair values as of the date of the acquisition. Because of the complexities involved with performing our valuation, we initially recorded the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon preliminary management estimates of their fair values as of July 23, 2012. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we completed our fair value assessment of the Opnext acquisition, which resulted in changes to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the amounts we previously reported in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q during fiscal year 2013.

Our final purchase price allocation, as adjusted, is as follows:

 

     Purchase
Price
Allocation
 
     (Thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 36,123   

Restricted cash

     20,000   

Accounts receivable

     55,572   

Inventories

     68,011   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     14,432   

Property and equipment

     58,701   

Intangible assets

     16,420   

Other non-current assets

     212   

Accounts payable

     (68,503

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (27,081

Note payable

     (19,133

Capital lease obligations

     (29,003

Deferred tax liabilities

     (2,131

Other non-current liabilities

     (8,912
  

 

 

 

Estimate of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed

     114,708   

Gain on bargain purchase

     (24,866
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 89,842   
  

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The fair value of raw materials inventories were based on historical cost on a first-in first-out basis, reduced to reflect amounts related to inventory we believe will prove to be unsalable. Products may be unsalable because they are technically obsolete due to substitute products, specification changes or excess inventory relative to customer forecasts. Work in process, finished goods and spare parts were valued using the comparative sales method, which estimates the expected sales price of the subject inventory, reduced for all costs expected to be incurred in its completion (for work in process), disposition and a profit on those efforts. Work in process, finished goods and spare parts were also reduced to reflect amounts related to inventory we believe will prove to be unsalable.

The preliminary fair value of property and equipment was determined using management estimates based on currently available information and a high-level review of similar historical transactions completed by us during the previous three fiscal years. In the third and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2013, we adjusted our initial estimates by reducing the fair value of property and equipment by a total of $4.0 million based on completing our valuation. We recorded a corresponding reduction in our gain on bargain purchase as of the acquisition date and adjusted depreciation expense for all interim periods to reflect the revised fair value estimate as of the acquisition date.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we reduced the preliminary fair value of the capital lease obligations by $1.0 million upon completion of our valuation.

The fair value of intangible assets was based on internal assessments using the “income approach,” which requires an estimate or forecast of all the expected future cash flows through the application of the multi-period excess earnings method, relief-from-royalty method or other acceptable methods. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we completed our valuation and identified the following significant intangible assets: $8.7 million of developed technology with an estimated weighted average useful life of 6 years, $0.2 million of contract backlog with an estimated weighted average useful life of 1 year, $4.9 million of customer relationships with an estimated weighted average useful life of 11 years, and $2.7 million of trademarks and other with an estimated weighted average useful life of 6 years.

Any excess of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed over the aggregate consideration given for such acquisition results in a gain on bargain purchase. In the first quarter of fiscal year 2013, we initially recorded a gain on bargain purchase of $39.5 million in connection with the acquisition of Opnext, which was subsequently adjusted to $24.9 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, upon completing our purchase price allocation and finalizing our fair value estimates of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

The bargain purchase gain of $24.9 million results from the difference between the fair value of consideration given and our estimate of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The consideration given for Opnext consisted of a fixed number of our shares for each Opnext Share (0.42 for one), which was agreed upon on March 26, 2012. On that date, the closing price of our common stock was $4.66. At the consummation of the merger on July 23, 2012, the closing price of our common stock was $2.31. This share price, multiplied by the fixed number of our shares outstanding at the merger, and including the fair value of vested stock awards assumed by us, resulted in the fair value of consideration given being $89.8 million, less than the estimate of the fair market value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed of $114.7 million.

Upon the close of the acquisition, the combined company implemented significant workforce restructuring actions. Among other things, we combined our global sales, finance, legal and human resources operations. We also realigned our global operations and business units under a single management structure. Our newly combined global organizations provide services for both the pre-acquisition Oclaro and former Opnext products. We have also reduced redundant product offerings by eliminating selected products from each predecessor company and transitioned existing customers for such products to the other company’s current offering. In addition, we have merged our research and development efforts along product families, so many of our new product introductions going forward will benefit from both Oclaro and Opnext technology. For these reasons, we believe it would be impracticable to allocate revenues going forward to one predecessor entity or the other and to separately disclose revenues and earnings of Opnext since the acquisition date.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations have been prepared as if the merger with Opnext had occurred as of July 3, 2011, the first day of our fiscal year 2012:

 

     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012  
     (Unaudited)  
     (Thousands, except per share amounts)  

Revenues

   $ 597,321      $ 663,402   

Loss before income taxes

   $ (134,418   $ (156,728

Net loss

   $ (151,348   $ (156,937

Net loss per share—Basic

   $ (1.68   $ (1.77

Net loss per share—Diluted

   $ (1.68   $ (1.77

Shares used in computing net loss per share—Basic

     90,085        88,812   

Shares used in computing net loss per share—Diluted

     90,085        88,812   

We made certain adjustments to the combined results of operations in arriving at these unaudited pro forma financial results; namely we eliminated revenues and cost of revenues related to product sales between the companies; eliminated depreciation of property and equipment based on historical acquisition cost and reflected depreciation based on the estimated fair values and useful lives of property and equipment acquired; reversed amortization of intangible assets based on the historical amortization related to Opnext’s existing intangible assets and reflected amortization of identified intangible assets based on the estimated fair values and useful lives of identified intangible assets recorded as a result of the acquisition; and eliminated acquisition-related transaction costs and our bargain purchase gain, which were directly attributable to the merger but which are not expected to have a continuing impact on the combined entity’s results. This unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that actually would have been achieved had the acquisition been consummated as of that time, nor is it intended to be a projection of future results.

Asset Sale

In December 2011, we entered into an asset sale agreement to sell certain assets related to a legacy product, including inventory, equipment and intangibles, in exchange for $3.9 million of initial consideration plus potential earnout consideration based on the purchaser’s revenues from the legacy product over a 15 month period following the closing date. As of June 30, 2012, we received the full $3.9 million of the initial consideration.

During the year ended June 30, 2012, we completed the asset transfer and recognized a gain of $1.9 million within restructuring, acquisition and related (income) expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. Earnout consideration related to this agreement is recognized in the period it is reported to us as due, provided we believe cash collections are reasonably assured.

Acquisition of Mintera

On July 21, 2010, we acquired Mintera, a privately-held company providing high-performance optical transport sub-systems solutions. We accounted for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from this acquisition using the purchase method of accounting. Under the terms of this agreement, we paid $10.5 million in cash to the former security holders and creditors of Mintera at the time of close and assumed $1.5 million in liabilities due by the security holders of Mintera, which we paid during fiscal year 2011.

We also agreed to pay additional revenue-based consideration whereby former security holders of Mintera were entitled to receive up to $20.0 million. The earnout consideration was payable in cash or, at our option, newly issued shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and stock. During the year ended June 30, 2012, we recorded a $2.2 million decrease in the fair value of these earnout obligations within restructuring, acquisition and related (income) expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations. During fiscal year 2012, we settled the 12 month earnout obligation with the former security holders by paying them $0.5 million in cash and issuing 0.8 million shares of our common stock valued at $2.8 million. During fiscal year 2012, we also settled a portion of the 18 month earnout obligation with the former security holders by paying them $2.2 million in cash. The remaining 18 month earnout obligation of $8.6 million was settled in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

For accounting purposes, the total fair value of consideration given in connection with the acquisition of Mintera was $25.6 million, consisting of the following:

 

     Total Consideration  
     (Thousands)  

Consideration to security holders and creditors of Mintera

   $ 12,000   

Less: Unpaid liabilities of Mintera security holders assumed by Oclaro

     (1,518
  

 

 

 

Net cash paid to security holders and creditors of Mintera

     10,482   

Estimated fair value for the 12-month earnout liability

     4,338   

Estimated fair value for the 18-month earnout liability

     10,810   
  

 

 

 

Total estimated fair value for the earnout liabilities

     15,148   
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 25,630   
  

 

 

 

Our allocation of the purchase price of Mintera, based on the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date, is as follows:

 

     Purchase Price  
     (Thousands)  

Restricted cash

   $ 41   

Accounts receivable, net

     3,053   

Inventories

     2,592   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     130   

Property and equipment

     3,202   

Other intangible assets

     11,740   

Accounts payable

     (1,947

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (4,085
  

 

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed

     14,726   

Goodwill

     10,904   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 25,630   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 4. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Additions

In connection with our acquisition of Opnext on July 23, 2012, we recorded $16.4 million in other intangible assets as our estimate of the fair value of acquired intangible assets. The intangible assets acquired from Opnext consist of $8.7 million of developed technology with an estimated weighted average useful life of 6 years, $0.2 million of contract backlog with an estimated weighted average useful life of 1 year, $4.9 million of customer relationships with an estimated weighted average useful life of 11 years, and $2.7 million of trademarks and other with an estimated weighted average useful life of 6 years.

In connection with our acquisition of Mintera on July 21, 2010, we recorded $10.9 million in goodwill and $11.7 million in other intangible assets. The other intangible assets acquired from Mintera consist of core and current technology assets of $6.0 million with a weighted-average life of 6 years, a development agreement of $3.4 million with a weighted-average life of 7 years, customer relationships of $1.4 million with a weighted-average life of 8.5 years, manufacturing software of $0.7 million with a weighted-average life of 6 years, patents of $0.1 million with a weighted-average life of 5.5 years, trade names of $0.1 million with a weighted-average life of 1.5 years and backlog of $30,000 with a weighted-average life of 1.5 years.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Impairment Assessments

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013 we completed our annual first step analysis for potential impairment of our goodwill, which included examining the impact of current general economic conditions on our future prospects, the decline in our market capitalization, and the anticipated resizing of our operations with the recent sale of certain of our products and/or businesses. The first step of testing goodwill for impairment is based on a reporting unit’s “fair value,” which is generally determined through market prices. In certain cases, due to the absence of market prices for a particular element of our business, we have elected to base our analysis on discounted future expected cash flows. Based on this analysis, we concluded that our remaining goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet, which relates to our acquisition of Mintera, was impaired. We performed a second step impairment analysis, which indicated that the goodwill in connection with the Mintera reporting unit was fully impaired. Based upon this evaluation, we recorded $10.9 million for the goodwill impairment loss in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended June 29, 2013. The impairment will not result in any current or future cash expenditures. In connection with our second step goodwill impairment analysis, we also evaluated the fair value of our other intangible assets in this reporting unit, and our other reporting units, and concluded that based on declines in our forecasts, our decision to sell or abandon certain product lines and other factors, certain of these other intangible assets were also impaired as of June 29, 2013. We recorded impairment losses of $6.4 million related to intangibles acquired in connection with our acquisition of Mintera, $2.6 million related to intangibles acquired in connection with our acquisition of Opnext, and $5.2 million related to intangibles acquired in connection with other earlier acquisitions.

In addition, during the first quarter of fiscal year 2013, we determined that a portion of the technology we acquired in connection with our acquisition of Mintera in July 2010 was considered redundant, following the acquisition of Opnext and its product lines. We recorded $0.9 million for the impairment loss related to these intangibles in goodwill and other intangible assets in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended June 29, 2013.

In fiscal year 2011, we performed a similar goodwill impairment analysis and determined that our wavelength selective switches (WSS) reporting unit was impaired. We determined that the $20.0 million of goodwill related to our WSS reporting unit was fully impaired. We recorded $20.0 million for the goodwill impairment loss in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended July 2, 2011. This impairment did not result in any cash expenditures.

Amortization

Amortization of other intangible assets for the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, was $5.3 million, $3.0 million and $2.8 million, respectively. Amortization is recorded as an operating expense within the consolidated statements of operations.

Estimated future amortization expense of other intangible assets is as follows:

 

     Estimated Future
Amortization
 
     (Thousands)  

Fiscal Year:

  

2014

   $ 1,694   

2015

     1,694   

2016

     1,694   

2017

     1,694   

2018

     1,681   

Thereafter

     1,776   
  

 

 

 
   $ 10,233   
  

 

 

 

The following table provides details regarding the changes in our goodwill for each of the three years then ended:

 

     Total  
     (Thousands)  

Balance at July 3, 2010

   $ 20,000   

Addition arising from Mintera acquisition

     10,904   

Impairment

     (20,000
  

 

 

 

Balance at July 2, 2011 and June 30, 2012

     10,904   

Impairment

     (10,904
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 29, 2013

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the activity related to our other intangible assets for fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011:

 

     Core and
Current
Technology
    Development
and Supply
Agreements
    Customer
Relationships
    Patent
Portfolio
    Other
Intangibles
    Amortization     Total  
     (Thousands)  

Balance at July 3, 2010

   $ 4,909      $ 3,056      $ 1,760      $ 2,780      $ 310      $ (2,205   $ 10,610   

Additions

     6,030        3,350        1,440        130        790        —          11,740   

Amortization

     —          —          —          —          —          (2,805     (2,805

Translations and adjustments

     —          153        —          —          —          —          153   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at July 2, 2011

     10,939        6,559        3,200        2,910        1,100        (5,010     19,698   

Amortization

     —          —          —          —          —          (3,000     (3,000

Translations and adjustments

     (14     (39     —          —          —          —          (53
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

     10,925        6,520        3,200        2,910        1,100        (8,010     16,645   

Additions

     8,700        —          4,860        —          2,860        —          16,420   

Amortization

     —          —          —          —          —          (5,305     (5,305

Impairment

     (9,119     (1,954     (1,568     (1,995     (475     —          (15,111

Translations and adjustments

     (1,486     (10     (901     —          (12     (7     (2,416
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 29, 2013

   $ 9,020      $ 4,556      $ 5,591      $ 915      $ 3,473      $ (13,322   $ 10,233   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During fiscal year 2013, the Japanese yen declined in value relative to the U.S. dollar by approximately 20 percent, thus reducing the value of our Japanese yen denominated intangible assets, acquired in connection with our acquisition of Opnext, by approximately $2.4 million at June 29, 2013.

NOTE 5. RESTRUCTURING LIABILITIES

Opnext Restructuring

In connection with the acquisition of Opnext, we initiated a restructuring plan to integrate the businesses in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013. In connection with the integration, we recorded $12.1 million in restructuring charges during the year ended June 29, 2013. The restructuring charges included $10.5 million related to workforce reductions, $0.9 million related to the impairment of certain technology that is now considered redundant following the acquisition, $0.4 million related to the write-off of net book value inventory that supported this technology, and $0.3 million related to revised estimates for lease cancellations and commitments.

During the year ended June 29, 2013, we made scheduled payments of $8.0 million to settle a portion of these restructuring liabilities. As of June 29, 2013, we had $3.1 million in accrued restructuring liabilities related to this restructuring plan. We expect to settle the remaining restructuring liabilities in fiscal year 2014.

Restructuring Plan related to our Manufacturing Operations in Shenzhen, China

During fiscal year 2012, we initiated a restructuring plan in connection with the transfer of our Shenzhen, China manufacturing operations to Venture Corporation Limited (Venture). This transition is scheduled to occur in a phased and gradual transfer of products over three years. In connection with this transition, we recorded restructuring charges of $5.1 million and $6.0 million during the year ended June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively. The restructuring charges included $5.1 million and $6.0 million in employee separation charges in fiscal year 2013 and 2012, respectively.

During fiscal year 2013 and 2012, we made scheduled payments of $2.7 million and $3.9 million, respectively, to settle a portion of these restructuring liabilities. As of June 29, 2013, we had $4.2 million in accrued restructuring liabilities related to this restructuring plan. As of June 29, 2013, we expect to incur an additional $4.0 million to $6.0 million in restructuring costs as we continue to transfer our manufacturing operations to Venture over the next two years.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Mintera Restructuring

In connection with the acquisition of Mintera, we initiated a restricting plan and incurred $0.6 million related to employee separation costs during fiscal year 2011. We have settled these obligations and do not expect to incur additional restructuring costs in connection with the Mintera restructuring plan.

Earlier Restructuring Plans

During fiscal year 2012 and 2011, we incurred $1.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively, in restructuring charges related to earlier plans of restructuring. During fiscal year 2012 and 2011, we made scheduled payments and/or recorded reductions to our restructuring reserves of $1.2 million and $0.7 million, respectively, reducing the related lease liabilities and employee severance and retention obligations. We do not expect to incur additional restructuring costs in connection with these previously announced restructuring plans.

For all periods presented, separation payments under the restructuring and cost reduction efforts were accrued and charged to restructuring in the period that the amounts were both determined and communicated to the affected employees.

The following table summarizes the activity related to our restructuring liability for the years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011:

 

     Lease     Termination        
     Cancellations,     Payments to     Total  
     Commitments     Employees     Accrued  
     and Other     and Related     Restructuring  
     Charges     Costs     Charges  
     (Thousands)  

Balance at July 3, 2010

   $ 4,107      $ 231      $ 4,338   

Charged to restructuring costs

     14        1,465        1,479   

Paid or written off

     (3,365     (1,453     (4,818

Adjustments

     (541     (243     (784
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at July 2, 2011

     215        —          215   

Charged to restructuring costs

     —          7,418        7,418   

Paid or written off

     —          (5,112     (5,112

Adjustments

     (215     —          (215
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

     —          2,306        2,306   

Charged to restructuring costs

     1,555        15,619        17,174   

Paid or written off

     (1,325     (10,612     (11,937

Adjustments

     —          (277     (277
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 29, 2013

   $ 230      $ 7,036      $ 7,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current portion

     230        5,133        5,363   

Non-current portion

     —          1,903        1,903   

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we recorded $2.2 million in charges related to the separation agreement with our former Chief Executive Officer. These costs are recorded in restructuring, acquisition and related (income) expense, net in our consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013.

During fiscal year 2012 we also incurred $3.9 million of expenses in external consulting charges associated with reorganizing the infrastructure associated with our past acquisitions. These costs are recorded in restructuring, acquisition and related (income) expense, net in our consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTE 6. FLOOD-RELATED (INCOME) EXPENSE, NET

In October 2011, certain areas in Thailand suffered major flooding as a result of monsoons. This flooding had a material impact on our business and results of operations. Our primary contract manufacturer, Fabrinet, suspended operations at two factories located in Chokchai, Thailand and Pinehurst, Thailand. The Chokchai factory suffered extensive flood damage and became inaccessible due to high water levels inside and surrounding the manufacturing facility. As a result of this flooding, we experienced a significant decline in product sales due to our inability or limited ability to manufacture certain of our products and we incurred significant damage to our inventory and property and equipment located at the Chokchai facility.

During the year ended June 29, 2013, we recorded net flood-related benefits of $29.5 million comprised of $30.8 million in settlement payments, offset in part by $1.3 million in professional fees and related expenses incurred in connection with our recovery efforts. During the year ended June 30, 2012, we recorded flood-related charges of $2.5 million, including impairment charges of $8.2 million related to the write-off of the net book value of damaged inventory and property and equipment based on estimates of the damage caused by the flooding and $5.3 million of personnel-related costs, professional fees and related expenses incurred in connection with our recovery efforts. These flood-related benefits and charges are recorded within the operating expense caption flood-related (income) expense, net in our consolidated statements of operations. We continue to update our estimates of flood-related losses, and in future quarters we may record additional expenses.

During fiscal year 2013 and 2012, we received $30.8 million and $11.0 million, respectively, in settlement payments relating to losses we incurred due to the flooding in Thailand. As there were no contingencies associated with these payments, we recorded these payments within flood-related income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations. Approximately $14.0 million of the $30.8 million received in fiscal year 2013 represents payments against insurance claims filed under the former Opnext entity.

Flood-related (income) expense, net for the year ended June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012 included the following:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012  
     (Thousands)  

Adjustment to net book value for damaged inventory

   $ —        $ 4,246   

Write-off of net book value of damaged property and equipment

     —          3,927   

Personnel-related costs, professional fees and related expenses

     1,287        5,274   

Settlement payments

     (30,797     (10,989
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (29,510   $ 2,458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

While we maintain both property and business interruption insurance coverage, there can be no assurance as to the amount or timing of future insurance recoveries. Insurance recoveries related to impairment losses previously recorded and other recoverable expenses will be recognized to the extent of the related loss or expense in the period that recoveries become probable and realizable. Insurance recoveries under business interruption coverage and insurance recovery gains in excess of amounts previously written-off related to impaired inventory and equipment or in excess of other recoverable expenses previously recognized will be recognized when they become realizable and all contingencies have been resolved. The evaluation of insurance recoveries requires estimates and judgments about future results which affect reported amounts and certain disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Insurance recoveries we receive in future periods will be recorded net of flood-related expense in the consolidated statement of operations. As of June 29, 2013, we have not recorded any estimated amounts relating to potential future insurance recoveries in the consolidated statement of operations.

NOTE 7. CREDIT LINE AND NOTES

Credit Line and Term Loan

On August 2, 2006, Oclaro, Inc., as the (“Parent”), along with Oclaro Technology Limited, (“Borrower”), Oclaro Photonics, Inc. and Oclaro Technology, Inc., each a wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into a credit agreement, or the “Original Credit Agreement”, with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc. (Wells Fargo) and certain other lenders.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

On November 2, 2012, Borrower and the Parent entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with Wells Fargo and the other lenders regarding the senior secured revolving credit facility, increasing the facility size from $45 million to $50 million and extending the term thereof to November 2, 2017.

On January 23, 2013, Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) and Wells Fargo (Agent), collectively the Lenders, entered into a Joinder Agreement (the Joinder Agreement) pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among Parent, Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent, as administrative agent for the Lenders. Pursuant to the Joinder Agreement, SVB agreed to become an additional Lender under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and the Lenders agreed to increase the revolving credit facility under the Credit Agreement from $50 million to $80 million.

Also on January 23, 2013, Parent, Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent entered into Amendment Number One to the Credit Agreement and the associated security agreements (the Amendment), pursuant to which the parties agreed that (i) the senior secured second lien notes due 2018 issued by Oclaro Luxembourg S.A. in the original principal amount of $25.0 million shall be applied against the maximum dollar limit of senior unsecured convertible notes that Parent may issue without the consent of Agent, and (ii) the cash balances of Opnext, Pine Photonics Communications, Inc., and Opnext Subsystems Inc. would be subject to a required sweep to the Agent’s account upon the occurrence of certain triggering events. Under the Credit Agreement advances are available based on up to 85 percent of “eligible accounts receivable,” as defined in the Credit Agreement.

On May 6, 2013, Parent, Borrower, the Lenders, the Agent and PECM Strategic Funding LP and Providence TMT Debt Opportunity Fund II LP (the “Term Lenders”) entered into Amendment Number Two to the Credit Agreement and the associated guaranties and security agreements (“Amendment Number Two”), which amended the Credit Agreement in pertinent part by: (i) adding a $25 million one year term loan (the “Term Loan”) to be provided by the Term Lenders; (ii) reducing the revolving credit facility from $80 million to $50 million (to be further reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by an amount equal to the net proceeds of certain asset sale transactions that the Parent may undertake in the future), eliminating the Borrower’s option to increase the revolving credit facility to $100 million and implementing an availability block under the revolving credit facility of at least $10 million; (iii) removing the financial covenants so that Borrower is not required to maintain a minimum of $15 million of availability under the revolving credit facility or $15 million in qualified cash balances; (iv) adding an affirmative covenant that Borrower shall have consummated one or more asset sales by July 15, 2013 and with a minimum threshold of net proceeds as set forth in the Amendment, and (v) providing for payments and proceeds of asset sales to be applied to repay the credit facility and the Term Loan (with the first $20.0 million of such proceeds being applied to repay Wells Fargo and SVB, the next $25.0 million being applied to repay the Term Lenders and the remaining proceeds being used to repay Wells Fargo and SVB all amounts outstanding under the credit facility), and events of default relating thereto.

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2014, we further amended the Credit Agreement by entering into Amendment Number Three. We also used the proceeds from the sale of our Zurich Business to fully repay our outstanding balance under our credit facility and the Term Loan. See Note 17, Subsequent Events , for additional information on these events.

Under the Credit Agreement, as amended, we were required to complete certain asset sales on or by September 2, 2013. We completed the sale of the Zurich Business on September 12, 2013 and applied the net proceeds to repay all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement. The event of default resulting from not completing the transaction on September 2, 2013 was waived on September 26, 2013. This waiver eliminated the requirement for the Agent and Lenders to make any advances, issue any letters of credit or provide any other extension of credit until the Agent and Lenders agree otherwise and prevents us from exercising any right or action set forth in the applicable loan documents that is conditioned on the absence of any event of default. If the Agent and Lenders do not agree to make under the Credit Agreement available to us within 30 days of the waiver (or such later time as the Agent agrees), then the Agent and Lenders will have the option to immediately terminate the Credit Agreement.

During a continuing event of default, the Agent or Lenders can declare any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement immediately due and payable.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

In connection with Amendment Number Two, the Borrower paid the revolving lenders an amendment fee of $0.5 million and the Term Lenders a closing fee of $2.1 million. These costs were capitalized and are being amortized straight-line to expense over the one year term of the loan. The Borrower may only prepay the principal amount of the Term Loan, in whole or in part, with the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (as defined in the Amendment). Any prepayments made on the Term Loan obligations after six months following the effective date of the Term Loan will be at 105 percent of the related obligations.

Interest on the Term Loan obligations accrues at a per annum rate equal to the sum of: (i) the PIK Term Loan Interest Rate, with such accrued interest to be capitalized quarterly and added to the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan, and (b) the Cash Term Loan Interest Rate. The PIK Term Loan Interest Rate is 2.0 percent beginning on the effective date of the Term Loan (the “Effective Date”) up to but excluding the date six months thereafter, then it is 4.0 percent until the date twelve months after the Effective Date and then it is 5.0 percent. The Cash Term Loan Interest Rate is 7.0 percent beginning on the Effective Date up to but excluding the date six months thereafter, then it is 8.5 percent until the date twelve months after the Effective Date and then it is 10.0 percent. At June 29, 2013, there was $24.6 million outstanding related to the Term Loan at an average interest rate of 9 percent per annum. The $24.6 million carrying value of the Term Loan is recorded within Notes Payable in the consolidated balance sheet as of June 29, 2013. In connection with the Term Loan, we also issued certain warrants. Refer to Note 10, Stockholders’ Equity for additional information related to the warrants.

Borrowings made under the Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate based on either the London Interbank Offered Rate plus 2.50 percentage points or the bank’s prime rate plus 1.25 percentage points. Commencing March 31, 2013, the interest rate margins may decrease or increase by 0.25 percentage points based on the average quarterly availability under the revolving credit facility. Any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement may be repaid at any time until maturity, which is November 2, 2017. In accordance with the Waiver, the Borrower cannot borrow any amounts under the Credit Agreement until the Agent and Lenders agree, in their sole discretion.

In connection with the Credit Agreement, the Company paid an arrangement fee of approximately $0.2 million, a closing fee of approximately $0.3 million and agreed to pay a monthly servicing fee of $4,000 and an unused line fee equal to 0.375 percentage points per annum, payable monthly on the unused amount of revolving credit commitments. In connection with the Joinder Agreement, the Parent also paid SVB a lender fee of approximately $0.2 million. To the extent there are letters of credit outstanding under the Credit Agreement, the Borrower is obligated to pay the administrative agent a letter of credit fee at a rate equal to 3.3 percentage points per annum. Commencing March 31, 2013, the letter of credit fee may also decrease or increase by 0.25 percentage points based on the average quarterly availability under the revolving credit facility.

During the year ended June 29, 2013, we repaid $0.8 million under the Credit Agreement. At June 29, 2013, there was $40.0 million outstanding under the Credit Agreement at an average interest rate of 2.9 percent per annum. At June 30, 2012, there was $25.5 million outstanding under the Credit Agreement at an average interest rate of 4.75 percent per annum. At June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, there were $30,000 and $0.1 million, respectively, in outstanding standby letters of credit secured under the Credit Agreement. These letters of credit expire at various intervals through April 2014. During fiscal year 2013, we made interest payments of $1.2 million in connection with the Credit Agreement.

The obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Parent and all significant subsidiaries of the Parent and the Borrower (collectively, the “Guarantors”), and are secured, pursuant to two security agreements by substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and the Guarantors, including a pledge of the capital stock holdings of the Borrower and certain Guarantors in their direct subsidiaries.

7.50 % Exchangeable Senior Secured Second Lien Notes (Convertible Notes)

On December 14, 2012, we and our indirect, wholly owned subsidiary, Oclaro Luxembourg S.A., closed the private placement of $25.0 million aggregate principal amount 7.50% Exchangeable Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 (Convertible Notes). The sale of the Convertible Notes resulted in net proceeds of approximately $22.8 million. The private placement was completed pursuant to a purchase agreement, dated December 14, 2012 entered into by us, certain of our domestic and foreign subsidiaries (the Guarantors) and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The Convertible Notes are governed by an Indenture, entered into by us and the Guarantors with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and second lien collateral agent (the Trustee). The Indenture contains affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of us and the Guarantors to incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness; make restricted payments including, without limitation, paying dividends, repurchasing capital stock and redeeming debt that is junior in right of payment to the Convertible Notes; create liens; sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; and enter into mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also contains customary events of default. Upon the occurrence of certain events of default, the Trustee or the holders of the Convertible Notes may declare all outstanding Convertible Notes to be due and payable immediately. The Convertible Notes are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured basis by us and all of the Guarantors.

On or after December 15, 2013, in the event that the last reported sale price of our common stock for 20 or more trading days (whether or not consecutive) in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending within five trading days immediately prior to the date that we receive a notice of exchange exceeds the exchange price in effect on each such trading day, we will, in addition to delivering shares upon exchange by the holder of Convertible Notes, together with cash in lieu of fractional shares, make a “make-whole premium” payment in cash equal to the sum of the present value of the remaining scheduled payments of interest on the Convertible Notes to be exchanged through the maturity date computed using a discount rate equal to 0.50%. The initial exchange price is $1.846 per share of common stock. Any holder that exchanges its Convertible Notes in connection with a fundamental change, as defined in the Indenture, will not receive the “make-whole premium” but will instead receive the additional shares set forth in the Indenture. Any holder that exchanges its Convertible Notes after such holder’s Convertible Notes have been called for redemption by us will, in addition to receiving shares of common stock deliverable upon such exchange and cash in lieu of fractional shares, receive a payment (the “redemption exchange make-whole payment”) in cash equal to the sum of the remaining scheduled payments of interest that would have been made on the Convertible Notes to be exchanged had such Convertible Notes remained outstanding from the applicable exchange date to the maturity date. If the redemption exchange make-whole payment is payable upon exchange of a holder’s Convertible Notes, then such holder will not receive the “make-whole premium” payment described above.

Prior to December 19, 2015, we may not redeem the Convertible Notes other than in connection with certain changes in tax law of a relevant taxable jurisdiction that results in additional amounts (as defined herein) becoming payable with respect to deliveries or payments on the Convertible Notes.

On or after December 19, 2015, we may redeem for cash all or part of the Convertible Notes if the last reported sale price per share of our common stock has been at least 150 percent of the exchange price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading-day period ending within five trading days prior to the date on which we provide notice of redemption. The redemption price will equal (i) 100 percent of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes being redeemed, plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date plus (iii) the sum of the remaining scheduled payments of interest that would have been made on the Convertible Notes to be redeemed had such Convertible Notes remained outstanding from the redemption date to the maturity date (excluding interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date that is otherwise paid pursuant to the immediately preceding clause (ii)).

Upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, subject to certain conditions, each holder of the Convertible Notes will have the option to require that we purchase all or a portion of such holder’s Convertible Notes in cash at a purchase price equal to 100 percent of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be purchased plus any accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any.

In connection with the private placement of the Convertible Notes, on December 14, 2012, we and the Guarantors entered into certain security agreements with the Trustee in order to secure their obligations under the Indenture. Pursuant to the security agreements, the Convertible Notes and related guarantees are secured by second-priority liens on all the tangible and intangible assets of ours and the Guarantors.

We maintain banking relationships in the ordinary course of business with the Trustee and its affiliates. An affiliate of the Trustee, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., is the lender under our senior secured revolving credit facility and is the first lien collateral agent under an intercreditor agreement entered into with the Trustee in connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

In connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, our contingent obligation to make a make-whole premium payment in the event of an early conversion by the holders of the Convertible Notes is considered an embedded derivative. As of December 14, 2012, the date of the debt issuance, and as of June 29, 2013, the fair value of these contingent obligations is estimated at $0.1 million, and recorded within other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The estimated fair value of the make-whole premium was determined by using a valuation model to predict the probability and timing of a conversion.

In connection with the private placement of the Convertible Notes, we incurred approximately $1.3 million in debt discount and $0.9 million in issuance costs. The debt discount and the issuance costs are recorded in convertible notes payable in the consolidated balance sheet as of June 29, 2013.

The Convertible Notes will mature on June 15, 2018. Interest on the Convertible Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2013. During the year ended June 29, 2013, we recorded and paid $0.9 million in interest related to these Convertible Notes.

The following table sets forth balance sheet information related to the Convertible Notes at June 29, 2013:

 

     June 29, 2013  
     (Thousands)  

Principal value of the liability component

   $ 25,000   

Unamortized value of the debt discount and issuance costs

     (2,010
  

 

 

 

Net carrying value of the liability component

   $ 22,990   
  

 

 

 

Sumitomo Note

In connection with the acquisition of Opnext, we assumed a 1.5 billion Japanese yen note payable (approximately $19.2 million at July 23, 2012) to The Sumitomo Trust Bank (Sumitomo). The note was due monthly unless renewed by Sumitomo. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we repaid the entire $14.7 million note payable. As of June 29, 2013, we had no outstanding loan balance with Sumitomo. Interest expense for the year ended June 29, 2013 was $0.3 million. Interest accrued and was paid monthly at the Tokyo Interbank Offered Rate plus a premium, which for our fiscal year 2013 was 1.7 percent per annum.

NOTE 8. POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS

401(k) Plan

In the U.S., we sponsor a 401(k) plan that allows voluntary contributions by eligible employees, who may elect to contribute up to the maximum allowed under the U.S. Internal Revenue Service regulations. We generally make 100 percent matching contributions on the first 3 percent and 50 percent matching contributions on the following 2 percent (up to a maximum of $10,200 per eligible employee for calendar year 2013) and we recorded related expenses of $1.4 million, $1.0 million and $0.9 million in the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, respectively.

Defined Contribution Plan

We contribute to a U.K. based defined contribution pension scheme for employees. Contributions under this plan and the related expenses were $1.3 million, $1.4 million and $1.3 million in the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Switzerland Defined Benefit Plan

We have a pension plan covering employees of our Swiss subsidiary (Swiss Plan). Employer and employee contributions are made to the Swiss plan based on various percentages of salary and wages that vary according to employee age and other factors. Employer contributions to the Swiss Plan for years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011 were $2.3 million, $2.4 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

The funded status of the Swiss Plan in the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011 was as follows:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012     July 2, 2011  
     (Thousands)  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

      

Projected benefit obligation, beginning of period

   $ 36,864      $ 31,627      $ 21,732   

Service cost

     3,291        2,341        1,892   

Interest cost

     722        826        840   

Participant contributions

     1,122        1,160        1,158   

Benefits (paid) received

     (2,392     (286     422   

Actuarial (gain) loss on obligation

     (1,368     5,156        (463

Currency translation adjustment

     409        (3,960     6,046   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation, end of period

   $ 38,648      $ 36,864      $ 31,627   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

      

Plan assets at fair value, beginning of period

   $ 29,080      $ 29,090      $ 20,263   

Actual return on plan assets

     (150     350        (768

Employer contributions

     2,298        2,409        2,378   

Participant contributions

     1,122        1,160        1,158   

Benefits (paid) received

     (2,392     (286     422   

Currency translation adjustment

     323        (3,643     5,637   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plan assets at fair value, end of period

   $ 30,281      $ 29,080      $ 29,090   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in consolidated balance sheets:

      

Other non-current assets:

      

Deferred tax asset

   $ 2,585      $ 1,946      $ 316   

Other non-current liabilities:

      

Underfunded pension liability

   $ 8,367      $ 7,784      $ 2,537   

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax:

      

Pension adjustment

   $ 5,801      $ 6,834      $ 2,721   

Accumulated benefit obligation, end of period

   $ 34,878      $ 32,917      $ 27,340   

Net periodic pension cost associated with the Swiss Plan in the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011 include the following components:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012     July 2, 2011  
     (Thousands)  

Service cost

   $ 3,291      $ 2,341      $ 1,892   

Interest cost

     722        826        840   

Expected return on plan assets

     (1,197     (1,084     (1,115

Net amortization

     369        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 3,185      $ 2,083      $ 1,617   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The projected and accumulated benefit obligations for the Swiss Plan were calculated as of June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011 using the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012     July 2, 2011  

Discount rate

     2.0     2.0     3.0

Salary increase rate

     2.0     2.0     2.0

Expected return on plan assets

     4.0     4.0     4.0

Expected average remaining working life (in years)

     13.0        13.6        13.8   

The discount rate is based on assumed pension benefit maturity and estimates developed using the rate of return and yield curves for high quality Swiss corporate and government bonds. The salary increase rate is based on our best assessment for on-going increases over time. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on the expected asset allocation and taking into consideration historical long-term rates of return for the relevant asset categories.

The Swiss Plan is legally separate from Oclaro, as are the assets of the plan. As of June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, the Swiss Plan’s asset allocation was as follows:

 

     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012  

Fixed income investments

     23.0     31.0

Equity investments

     57.0     49.0

Real estate

     10.0     10.0

Cash

     8.0     8.0

Alternative investments

     2.0     2.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Swiss Plan assets are measured at fair value and are classified into two distinct levels of the fair value hierarchy. The Swiss Plan assets are comprised of Level 1 assets, which include cash, equity investments and fixed income investments, and Level 3 assets, which include real estate and alternative investments. The investment strategy of the Swiss Plan’s pension committee is to achieve a consistent long-term return which will provide sufficient funding for future pension obligations while limiting risk. The investment strategy is reviewed regularly.

In fiscal year 2013, we amortized $0.4 million from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic pension cost.

Estimated future benefit payments under the Swiss Plan are estimated to be $0.7 million in fiscal year 2014, $1.2 million in fiscal year 2015, $1.2 million in fiscal year 2016, $2.2 million in fiscal year 2017, $1.7 million in fiscal year 2018 and $10.6 million in the following five years. These benefits will be paid out of the assets of the Swiss Plan and not by us.

In connection with the sale of our Zurich Business to II-VI in September 2013, II-VI assumed all future liability related to this plan and in the first quarter of fiscal year 2014 we will recognize all amounts related to the Switzerland defined benefit plan which are currently included in accumulated other comprehensive income. See Note 17, Subsequent Events, for further information to this divestiture.

Japan Defined Contribution and Benefit Plan

In connection with our acquisition of Opnext, we assumed a defined contribution plan and a defined benefit plan that provides retirement benefits to our employees in Japan.

Under the defined contribution plan, contributions are provided based on grade level and totaled $0.9 million for the year ended June 29, 2013. Employees can elect to receive the benefit as additional salary or contribute the benefit to the plan on a tax-deferred basis.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Under the defined benefit plan in Japan (the Japan Plan), we calculate benefits based on an employee’s individual grade level and years of service. Employees are entitled to a lump sum benefit upon retirement or upon certain instances of termination. As of June 29, 2013, there were no plan assets.

The reconciliation of the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligations for the defined benefit plan for the year ended June 29, 2013 was as follows:

 

     June 29, 2013  
     (Thousands)  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

  

Projected benefit obligation, July 23, 2012

   $ 8,399   

Service cost

     1,059   

Interest cost

     135   

Benefits paid

     (285

Actuarial (gain) loss on obligation

     523   

Currency translation adjustment

     (1,747
  

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation, end of period

   $ 8,084   
  

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in consolidated balance sheets:

  

Other non-current liabilities:

  

Underfunded pension liability

   $ 8,084   

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax:

  

Pension adjustment

   $ 445   

Accumulated benefit obligation, end of period

   $ 7,542   

Net periodic pension cost associated with the Japan Plan in fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 includes the following components:

 

     June 29, 2013  
     (Thousands)  

Service cost

   $ 1,059   

Interest cost

     135   

Net amortization

     74   
  

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 1,268   
  

 

 

 

The projected and accumulated benefit obligations for the Japan Plan were calculated as June 29, 2013 using the following assumptions:

 

     June 29, 2013  

Discount rate

     1.8

Salary increase rate

     2.4

Expected average remaining working life (in years)

     14.4   

As of June 29, 2013, the accumulated benefit obligation was $7.5 million. Estimated future benefit payments under the Japan Plan are estimated to be $0.2 million in fiscal year 2014, $0.2 million in fiscal year 2015, $0.4 million in fiscal year 2016, $0.5 million in fiscal year 2017, $0.6 million in fiscal year 2018 and $3.7 million in the following 4 years.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

NOTE 9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Loss Contingencies

We are involved in various lawsuits, claims, and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. We record a loss provision when we believe it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

Guarantees

We indemnify our directors and certain employees as permitted by law, and have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. We have not recorded a liability associated with these indemnification arrangements, as we historically have not incurred any material costs associated with such indemnification obligations. Costs associated with such indemnification obligations may be mitigated by insurance coverage that we maintain, however, such insurance may not cover any, or may cover only a portion of, the amounts we may be required to pay. In addition, we may not be able to maintain such insurance coverage in the future.

We also have indemnification clauses in various contracts that we enter into in the normal course of business, such as indemnifications in favor of customers in respect of liabilities they may incur as a result of purchasing our products should such products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party. We have not historically paid out any material amounts related to these indemnifications; therefore, no accrual has been made for these indemnifications.

Warranty Accrual

We generally provide a warranty for our products for twelve to thirty-six months from the date of sale, although warranties for certain of our products may be longer. We accrue for the estimated costs to provide warranty services at the time revenue is recognized. Our estimate of costs to service our warranty obligations is based on historical experience and expectation of future conditions. To the extent we experience increased warranty claim activity or increased costs associated with servicing those claims, our warranty costs would increase, resulting in a decrease in gross profit.

The following table summarizes movements in the warranty accrual for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012     July 2, 2011  
     (Thousands)  

Warranty provision—beginning of period

   $ 2,599      $ 2,175      $ 2,437   

Fair value of warranties assumed in acquisitions

     5,537        —          357   

Warranties issued

     4,457        2,547        1,933   

Warranties utilized or expired

     (6,369     (2,072     (2,661

Currency translation adjustment

     (337     (51     109   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Warranty provision—end of period

   $ 5,887      $ 2,599      $ 2,175   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital Leases

In connection with our acquisition of Opnext, we assumed certain capital leases with Hitachi Capital Corporation, a related party, for certain equipment. The terms of the leases generally range from one to five years and the equipment can be purchased at the residual value upon expiration. We can terminate the leases at our discretion in return for a penalty payment as stated in the lease contracts.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The following table shows the future minimum lease payments due under non-cancelable capital leases with Hitachi Capital Corporation:

 

     Capital Leases  
     (Thousands)  

Fiscal Year Ending:

  

2014

     8,508   

2015

     5,383   

2016

     3,649   

2017

     2,069   

2018

     55   

Thereafter

     80   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     19,744   

Less amount representing interest

     (1,549
  

 

 

 

Present value of capitalized payments

     18,195   

Less: current portion

     (8,281
  

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 9,914   
  

 

 

 

Operating Leases

We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2026. Our future fiscal year minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases and related sublease income, including the sale-leaseback of our Caswell and Shenzhen facilities, are as follows:

 

     Operating      Sublease  
     Lease Payments      Income  
     (Thousands)  

Fiscal Year:

  

2014

   $ 12,845       $ (173

2015

     12,128         (35

2016

     9,705         —     

2017

     7,092         —     

2018

     5,930         —     

Thereafter

     18,150         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 65,850       $ (208
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Rent expense for these leases was $12.6 million, $7.3 million and $8.6 million during the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, respectively.

Litigation

On August 29, 2013, the Secured Lender Trustee of the Secured Lender Trust established under the Second Amended Chapter 11 Plan of Liquidation of Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP (the “Trustee”) filed a complaint against Oclaro, Inc. in the United States Bankruptcy Court, Southern District of New York. The complaint alleges that we were formerly a client of Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP (“Dewey”) and engaged it to provide services for the period through June 5, 2012. The Trustee claims that there are unpaid invoices outstanding totaling approximately $0.5 million. We intend to defend this litigation vigorously.

On December 21, 2012, Labyrinth Optical Technologies LLC filed a complaint against us in United States District Court for the Central District of California alleging that certain coherent transponder modules, coherent receivers and DQPSK transceivers sold by us infringe Labyrinth Optical U.S. patent Nos. 7,599,627 and 8,103,173. The parties executed a settlement agreement on September 13, 2013 and subsequently filed a motion to dismiss the case with prejudice. The settlement amount was not significant.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

On May 19, 2011, Curtis and Charlotte Westley filed a purported class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, against us and certain of our officers and directors. The Court subsequently appointed the Connecticut Laborers’ Pension Fund (Pension Fund) as lead plaintiff for the putative class. On April 26, 2012, the Pension Fund filed a second amended complaint, captioned as Westley v. Oclaro, Inc., No. 11 Civ. 2448 EMC, allegedly on behalf of persons who purchased our common stock between May 6 and October 28, 2010, alleging that we and certain of our officers and directors issued materially false and misleading statements during this time period regarding our current business and financial condition, including projections for demand for our products, as well as our revenues, earnings, and gross margins, for the first quarter of fiscal year 2011 as well as the full fiscal year. The complaint alleges violations of section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act and Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b-5, as well as section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act. The complaint seeks damages and costs of an unspecified amount. On September 21, 2012, the Court dismissed the second amended complaint with leave to amend. After the Pension Fund moved for reconsideration, on January 10, 2013, the Court allowed plaintiffs to take discovery regarding statements made in May and June 2010. On March 1, 2013 the Pension Fund filed a third amended complaint, attempting to cure pleading deficiencies with regard to statements allegedly made in July and August 2010. On April 1, 2013, defendants moved to dismiss the third amended complaint with respect to the statements made in July and August 2010. On May 30, 2013, the Court granted Defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint’s claims based on statements made in July and August 2010. Discovery has commenced, and no trial has been scheduled in this action. We intend to defend this litigation vigorously.

On June 10, 2011, a purported shareholder, Stanley Moskal, filed a purported derivative action in the Superior Court for the State of California, County of Santa Clara, against us, as nominal defendant, and certain of our current and former officers and directors, as defendants. The case is styled Moskal v. Couder, No. 1:11 CV 202880 (Santa Clara County Super. Ct. filed June 10, 2011). Four other purported shareholders, Matteo Guindani, Jermaine Coney, Jefferson Braman and Toby Aguilar, separately filed substantially similar lawsuits in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California on June 27, June 28, July 7 and July 26, 2011, respectively. By Order dated September 14, 2011, the Guindani, Coney, and Braman actions were consolidated under In re Oclaro, Inc. Derivative Litigation, Lead Case No. 11 Civ. 3176 EMC. On October 5, 2011, the Aguilar action was voluntarily dismissed. Each remaining purported derivative complaint alleges that Oclaro has been, or will be, damaged by the actions alleged in the Westley complaint, and the litigation of the Westley action, and any damages or settlement paid in the Westley action. Each purported derivative complaint alleges counts for breaches of fiduciary duty, waste, and unjust enrichment. Each purported derivative complaint seeks damages and costs of an unspecified amount, as well as injunctive relief. By Order dated March 6, 2012, the parties in the Moskal action agreed that defendants shall not be required to respond to the original complaint. By Order dated February 27, 2013, the parties in the Moskal action agreed that plaintiff would serve an amended complaint no later than 30 days after the Court in the Westley action rules on defendants’ motion to dismiss the third amended complaint in the Westley action and the stay of discovery would remain in effect until further order of the Court or agreement by the parties, provided, however, that they obtain discovery produced in the Westley Action. By Order dated March 12, 2013, the parties to In re Oclaro, Inc. Derivative Litigation agreed to stay all proceedings until such time as (a) the defendants file an answer to any complaint in the Westley action; or (b) the Westley action is dismissed in its entirety with prejudice, provided, however, that they obtain discovery produced in the Westley Action. No trial has been scheduled in any of these actions.

On September 3, 2013, the parties agreed to settle the Westley, Moskal, and In re Oclaro Derivative matters for a total of $3.95 million, plus certain corporate governance changes. The money will be paid entirely by our directors and officers liability insurance carriers. Any fees awarded to the plaintiffs in these actions, or their respective counsel, will be included in this amount. The settlement is subject to final documentation and court approval.

On May 27, 2011, Opnext Japan filed a complaint against Furukawa in the Tokyo District Court alleging that certain laser diode modules sold by Furukawa infringe Opnext Japan’s Japanese patent No. 3,887,174. Opnext Japan is seeking an injunction as well as damages in the amount of 100.0 million Japanese yen.

On August 5, 2011, Opnext Japan filed a complaint against Furukawa in the Tokyo District Court alleging that certain integratable tunable laser assemblies sold by Furukawa infringe Opnext Japan’s Japanese patent No. 4,124,845. Opnext Japan is seeking an injunction as well as damages in the amount of 200.0 million Japanese yen.

On September 2, 2011, Tyco Electronics Subsea Communications, LLC (Tyco) filed a complaint against Opnext, Inc. in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, alleging that Opnext, Inc. failed to meet certain obligations owed to Tyco pursuant to a non-recurring engineering development agreement entered into between Opnext, Inc. and Tyco. The complaint sought contract damages in an amount not less than $1 million, punitive damages, costs and attorneys’ fees and such other relief as such court deemed just and proper. Opnext, Inc. filed a motion to dismiss this complaint on October 14, 2011. By decision and order dated August 13, 2012, the Court dismissed Tyco’s complaint in its entirety. Tyco filed a notice of appeal from the decision and order but has not perfected the appeal and it is uncertain that it will perfect the appeal. Tyco has advised that it does not intend to pursue its appeal. We are unable at this time to estimate the effects of any possible appeal of this lawsuit on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Sale-Leasebacks

In May 2012, our Oclaro Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. subsidiary entered into an agreement with Shenzhen Fangdao Technology Co., Ltd. for the sale and leaseback of our manufacturing facility located in Shenzhen, China. On June 7, 2012, we completed the sale transaction for 136.0 million Chinese yuan (approximately $21.5 million at the exchange rate in effect on the date of the transaction). We received approximately $18.7 million in net proceeds after transfer taxes of approximately $2.5 million and transaction costs of approximately $0.4 million. This agreement also provides for Oclaro Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. to lease back the facility for a term of four years, provided that we may terminate the lease after the second or third year of the term upon written notice. Based on the exchange rate on June 29, 2013, annual rent for the next year is approximately $1.2 million. In year three and year four of the lease, the rental rates per square meter are scheduled to increase 8 percent and 17 percent, respectively, from the rental rate during the first two years of the lease.

As a result of this transaction, we recorded a $13.6 million gain on the sale of this facility, recognizing $11.3 million of this amount in gain (loss) on sale of property and equipment in our consolidated statement of operations in fiscal year 2012, and amortizing $2.3 million of the gain against rent expense over the initial two year non-cancellable lease term. As of June 29, 2013, the unamortized balance of this deferred gain is $1.1 million.

In March 2006, our Oclaro Technology Ltd. subsidiary entered into multiple agreements with a subsidiary of Scarborough Development (Scarborough) for the sale and leaseback of the land and buildings located at our Caswell, U.K., manufacturing site. The sale transaction, which closed on March 30, 2006, resulted in proceeds to Oclaro Technology Ltd. of £13.75 million (approximately $24 million on the date of the transaction). Under these agreements, Oclaro Technology Ltd. leases back the Caswell site for an initial term of 20 years, with options to renew the lease term for 5 years following the initial term and for rolling 2-year terms thereafter. Based on the exchange rate on June 29, 2013, annual rent for the next 3 years of the lease is approximately £1.2 million, or $1.9 million per year; annual rent for the subsequent 5 years of the lease is approximately £1.4 million, or $2.1 million per year; and annual rent for the last 5 years of the lease is approximately £1.6 million, or $2.4 million per year. Rent during the optional renewal terms will be determined according to the then market rent for the site. The obligations of Oclaro Technology Ltd under these agreements are guaranteed by us. In addition, Scarborough and us entered into a pre-emption agreement with the buyer under which Oclaro Technology Ltd, within the initial 20-year term, has a right to purchase the Caswell site in whole or in part on terms acceptable to Scarborough if Scarborough agrees to terms with or receives an offer from a third party to purchase the Caswell facility. As a result of these agreements, we deferred a related gain of $20.4 million, which is being amortized ratably against rent expense over the initial 20-year term of the lease. As of June 29, 2013, the unamortized balance of this deferred gain is $11.4 million.

At the inception of the Caswell lease, we determined the total minimum lease payments which were to be paid over the lease term, and we are recognizing the effects of scheduled rent increases, which are included in the total minimum lease payments, on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

NOTE 10. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

On July 23, 2012, in connection with the Opnext acquisition, our stockholders approved an amendment to our restated certificate of incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of Oclaro to 176.0 million, consisting of 175.0 million shares of common stock and 1.0 million shares of preferred stock.

During fiscal year 2013, we issued approximately 38.4 million shares of our common stock for all of the outstanding shares of Opnext common stock. We also issued approximately 4.3 million stock options and 0.2 million SARs in exchange for Opnext stock options and SARs. The fair value of the stock options and SARs was determined to be approximately $1.9 million as of the acquisition date, July 23, 2012. See Note 3, Business Combinations and Asset Dispositions.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

During the year ended June 29, 2013, we also issued 1.1 million shares of common stock under our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP), for total proceeds of $1.7 million. The ESPP is more fully discussed in Note 11, Employee Stock Plans.

In connection with our acquisition of Mintera, during fiscal year 2012 we issued 0.8 million shares of our common stock valued at $2.8 million to settle our 12 month earnout obligation. The transfer of these shares resulted in a $2.8 million increase to our additional paid-in capital and a corresponding decrease to our accrued expenses and other liabilities.

In connection with our acquisition of Xtellus Inc., during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 we released 0.9 million shares of our common stock related to the settlement of our Xtellus escrow liability. The transfer of these shares resulted in a $7.0 million increase to our additional paid-in capital.

As of June 29, 2013, we have reserved for future issuance 13.5 million shares of common stock related to outstanding convertible notes payable, 1.8 million shares of common stock related to outstanding warrants, 15.1 million shares of common stock related to our employee stock incentive plans and 0.6 million shares of common stock related to our employee stock purchase plan.

Preferred Stock

Our restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue up to 1.0 million shares of preferred stock with designations, rights and preferences determined from time-to-time by our board of directors. To date, we have not issued any preferred stock.

Warrants

On May 6, 2013, we entered into Amendment Number Two to the Credit Agreement (refer to Note 7, Credit Line and Notes for further details), pursuant to which we issued warrants to purchase, in the aggregate, 1,836,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.50 per share (subject to adjustment from time to time, as provided in the Warrants). The Warrants were issued by us in consideration of the Term Lenders entering into the Amendment and providing the Term Loan. The offer and sale of the Warrants was not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance upon the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as such transaction did not involve a public offering of securities. We also granted to the Term Lenders certain registration rights with respect to the Warrants.

The warrants were valued using the Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model, which were determined to have a value of $0.7 million as of the date of grant. The warrants expire on May 6, 2014, and they may be exercised prior to maturity at the option of the holders.

The following table summarizes activity relating to warrants to purchase our common stock:

 

           Weighted-  
     Warrants     Average  
     Outstanding     Exercise Price  
     (Thousands)        

Balance at July 3, 2010

     1,616      $ 18.78   

Expired

     (218     35.47   
  

 

 

   

Balance at July 2, 2011

     1,398        16.18   

Expired

     (1,398     16.18   
  

 

 

   

Balance at June 30, 2012

     —          —     

Granted

     1,836        1.50   
  

 

 

   

Balance at June 29, 2013

     1,836      $ 1.50   
  

 

 

   

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, are as follows:

 

     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012  
     (Thousands)  

Currency translation adjustments

   $ 45,719      $ 36,556   

Unrealized gain on currency instruments designated as cash flow hedges

     —          7   

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

     (105     (191

Adjustment for Switzerland and Japan defined benefit plans

     (6,246     (6,834
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 39,368      $ 29,538   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 11. EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS

Stock Incentive Plans

We currently maintain the Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (Plan). Under the Plan, there are a total of 7.8 million shares of common stock authorized for issuance, with awards other than stock options being counted as 1.25 shares of common stock for purposes of the share limit. The Plan expires in October 2020.

In connection with our acquisition of Opnext, we assumed Opnext’s Amended and Restated 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (Opnext Plan) and the shares reserved for issuance thereunder. After giving effect to the exchange ratio, the unused and converted share reserve thereunder consisted of 6.3 million shares of common stock as of the acquisition date. Subject to compliance with applicable NASDAQ listing requirements, we may grant new stock awards under the assumed Opnext Plan using such share reserve (including any shares returned to such share reserve as a result of the forfeiture or expiration of the stock awards assumed and converted by us) to our employees who are former Opnext employees and to new employees hired after the date of the acquisition.

As of June 29, 2013, there were approximately 7.6 million shares of our common stock available for grant under both plans.

We generally grant stock options that vest over a four year service period, and restricted stock awards and units that vest over a one to four year service period, and in certain cases each may vest earlier based upon the achievement of specific performance-based objectives as set by our board of directors.

We also have approximately 0.2 million SARs outstanding as of June 29, 2013, which we assumed in connection with our acquisition of Opnext. The SARs have an average remaining life of 2.1 years.

In July 2011, our board of directors approved the grant of 0.2 million performance stock units (PSUs) to certain executive officers with an aggregate estimated grant date fair value of $0.9 million. These PSUs vest, up to 150 percent of the target PSUs, upon the achievement of certain revenue growth targets through June 30, 2013, relative to certain comparable companies. Vesting is also contingent upon service conditions being met through August 2015. If the performance conditions are not achieved, then the corresponding PSUs will be forfeited in the first quarter of fiscal year 2014. As of June 29, 2013, we determined that the achievement of the performance conditions was probable at the 150 percent target level and recorded an additional 0.1 million PSUs outstanding. As of June 29, 2013, there were 0.2 million PSUs outstanding, after adjustments for forfeitures due to terminations, related to this grant, with an aggregate estimated grant date fair value of $0.8 million.

In July 2012, our board of directors approved an additional grant of 0.6 million PSUs to certain executive officers, subject to shareholder approval of an amendment to our current Plan. These PSUs are not included in the awards outstanding or granted disclosures or in stock-based compensation expense as they are not deemed granted for accounting purposes until the foregoing shareholder approval is obtained. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, approximately 0.2 million of the PSUs were forfeited as a result of certain executive officers leaving the Company. We will record a cumulative adjustment for stock-based compensation expense based on the fair value of these awards at the date of approval. These PSUs vest upon the achievement of certain adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (Adjusted EBITDA) targets through June 30, 2014. Vesting is also contingent upon service conditions being met through August 2016. If the performance conditions are not achieved, then the corresponding PSUs will be forfeited in the first quarter of fiscal year 2015.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the combined activity under all of our equity incentive plans for the three-year period ended June 29, 2013:

 

     Awards     Stock     Weighted-      Restricted Stock     Weighted-  
     Available     Options / SARs     Average      Awards / Units     Average Grant  
     For Grant     Outstanding     Exercise Price      Outstanding     Date Fair Value  
     (Thousands)     (Thousands)            (Thousands)        

Balances at July 3, 2010

     1,089        3,186      $ 8.78         703      $ 6.42   

Granted

     (1,466     852        11.57         564        11.60   

Exercised or released

     —          (515     4.64         (255     5.78   

Cancelled or forfeited

     104        (173     12.01         (213     6.89   

Increase in available for grant

     4,000        —          —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

Balances at July 2, 2011

     3,727        3,350        9.38         799        10.15   

Granted

     (1,513     498        4.11         812        4.16   

Exercised or released

     —          (45     2.10         (331     9.20   

Cancelled or forfeited

     323        (333     20.73         (229     9.70   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

Balances at June 30, 2012

     2,537        3,470        7.84         1,051        5.76   

Assumed in acquisition

     6,307        4,423        10.95         55        2.31   

Granted

     (3,419     423        2.57         2,541        2.53   

Exercised or released

     —          (6     1.11         (457     5.52   

Cancelled or forfeited

     2,153        (1,835     8.84         (340     3.80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

Balances at June 29, 2013

     7,578        6,475      $ 9.36         2,850      $ 3.17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

Supplemental disclosure information about our stock options outstanding as of June 29, 2013 was as follows:

 

                Weighted-        
          Weighted-     Average     Aggregate  
          Average     Remaining     Intrinsic  
    Shares     Exercise Price     Contractual Life     Value  
    (Thousands)           (Years)     (Thousands)  

Options and SARs exercisable at June 29, 2013

    5,257      $ 10.29        5.2      $ 71   

Options and SARs outstanding at June 29, 2013

    6,475      $ 9.36        5.7      $ 72   

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on our closing stock price of $1.18 as of June 28, 2013, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date. There were approximately 0.2 million shares of common stock subject to in-the-money options which were exercisable as of June 29, 2013. We settle employee stock option exercises with newly issued shares of common stock.

2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On October 26, 2011, our ESPP was approved by our stockholders. Under the ESPP, we reserved 1.7 million shares of our common stock for issuance. Our ESPP provides that eligible employees may contribute up to 15 percent of their eligible earnings toward the semi-annual purchase of our common stock. Participants may not purchase more than $25,000 worth of common stock in any calendar year or 15,000 shares in any offering period. The ESPP is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The purchase price with respect to each offering period is equal to 85 percent of the lesser of (i) the fair market value of our common stock at the commencement of the applicable six-month offering period or (ii) the fair market value of our common stock on the purchase date (or, if not a trading day, on the immediately preceding trading day). In the third quarter of fiscal 2013, prior to commencing our third six-month offering period on February 16, 2013, we suspended the ESPP program because of the limited number of shares available for future issuance. At June 29, 2013, we had 0.6 million shares available for future issuance under our ESPP.

During the year ended June 29, 2013, we issued approximately 1.1 million shares in connection with our offering periods. The average purchase price for each share issued was $1.51 during the year ended June 29, 2013.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

NOTE 12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

We recognize compensation expense in our statement of operations related to all share-based awards, including grants of stock options and purchase rights under our ESPP, based on the grant date fair value of such share-based awards. Estimating the grant date fair value of such share-based awards requires us to make judgments in the determination of inputs into the Black-Scholes-Merton stock option pricing model which we use to arrive at an estimate of the grant date fair value for such awards. This model requires assumptions to be made related to expected stock price volatility, expected option life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. While the risk-free interest rate is a less subjective assumption, typically based on factual data derived from public sources, the expected stock price volatility and option life assumptions require a greater level of judgment, which makes them critical accounting estimates. We have not issued and do not anticipate issuing dividends to stockholders and accordingly use a zero percent dividend yield assumption for all Black-Scholes-Merton stock option pricing calculations. We use an expected stock-price volatility assumption that is based on an implied and historical realized volatility of our underlying common stock during a period of time. With regard to the weighted-average option life assumption, we evaluate the exercise behavior of past grants and comparison to industry peer companies as a basis to predict future activity.

The weighted-average assumptions used in this model to value stock option grants and purchase rights under the ESPP for the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011 were as follows:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012     July 2, 2011  

Stock options:

      

Expected life

     5.1 years        4.8 years        4.5 years   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.7     1.0     1.3

Volatility

     82.9     91.6     96.8

Dividend yield

     —          —          —     

Purchase rights under ESPP:

      

Expected life

     0.5 years        0.5 years        —     

Risk-free interest rate

     0.1     0.1     —     

Volatility

     67.0     87.0     —     

Dividend yield

     —          —          —     

The amounts included in cost of revenues, operating expenses and net loss for stock-based compensation expenses for the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011 were as follows:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012      July 2, 2011  
     (Thousands)  

Stock-based compensation by category of expense:

       

Cost of revenues

   $ 1,862      $ 1,585       $ 1,385   

Research and development

     1,699        1,447         1,414   

Selling, general and administrative

     3,374        3,560         3,505   

Restructuring, acquisition and related costs

     277        —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,212      $ 6,592       $ 6,304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation by type of award:

       

Stock options

   $ 2,798      $ 3,365       $ 3,656   

Restricted stock awards

     3,712        2,898         2,803   

Purchase rights under ESPP

     731        313         —     

Inventory adjustment to cost of revenues

     (29     16         (155
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,212      $ 6,592       $ 6,304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, we had capitalized $0.4 million of stock-based compensation in inventory.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Included in stock-based compensation for the years ended June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, is approximately $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in compensation cost related to the issuance of PSUs. As of June 29, 2013, we determined that the achievement of the performance conditions associated with the PSUs issued in August 2011 is probable at 150 percent of the target level. The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized in any one period can vary based on the achievement or anticipated achievement of the performance conditions. If the performance conditions are not met or not expected to be met, no compensation cost would be recognized on the underlying PSUs, and any previously recognized compensation expense related to those PSUs would be reversed.

NOTE 13. INCOME TAXES

For financial reporting purposes, our loss before income taxes includes the following:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012     July 2, 2011  
     (Thousands)  

Domestic

   $ (13,475   $ (26,147   $ (33,205

Foreign

     (107,751     (33,372     (11,574
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (121,226   $ (59,519   $ (44,779
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of our income tax provision are as follows:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012     July 2, 2011  
     (Thousands)  

Current:

      

Domestic

   $ (156   $ (13   $ 36   

Foreign

     1,543        6,671        2,279   

Deferred:

      

Foreign

     132        326        (669
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,519      $ 6,984      $ 1,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliations of our income tax provision at the statutory rate to our income tax provision are as follows:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012     July 2, 2011  
     (Thousands)  

Tax benefit at U.S. federal statutory rate

   $ (41,216   $ (20,237   $ (15,225

Tax benefit at state statutory rate

     (3,431     (3,663     (3,846

Legal entity reorganization

     (20,953     —          —     

Bargain purchase

     (10,125     —          —     

Other permanent adjustments

     3,191        2,066        (1,329

Foreign rate differential

     23,264        9,496        2,642   

Change in valuation allowance

     48,249        16,017        10,730   

Non-deductible goodwill impairment loss

     4,018        —          8,533   

Other

     (1,478     3,305        141   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 1,519      $ 6,984      $ 1,646   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013, we recorded income tax expense of approximately $1.5 million. The primary differences between the effective tax rate and the U.S. federal statutory tax rate for fiscal year 2013 relates to taxes in foreign jurisdictions with a tax rate different than the U.S. federal statutory rate and unbenefited foreign and domestic tax attributes .

 

F-42


Table of Contents

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, we recorded income tax expense of approximately $7.0 million and $1.6 million, respectively, due to our foreign operations. The primary differences between the effective tax rate and the U.S. federal statutory tax rate for fiscal years 2012 and 2011 relate to taxes in foreign jurisdictions with a tax rate different than the U.S. federal statutory rate, unbenefited foreign and domestic tax attributes, and the release of valuation allowance on certain foreign deferred tax assets due to certainty around the future profitability in relation to an established transfer pricing regime .

We have not provided for U.S. federal and state income taxes on non-U.S. subsidiaries’ undistributed earnings as of June 29, 2013, because such earnings are intended to be reinvested in the operations of our international subsidiaries indefinitely. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, we would be subject to applicable U.S. federal and state income taxes.

Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets are as follows:

 

     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012  
     (Thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 314,792      $ 192,667   

Depreciation and capital losses

     65,286        53,955   

Capitalized research and development

     18,162        13,135   

Tax credit carryforwards

     3,469        5,201   

Accruals and reserves

     10,710        3,645   

Stock-based compensation

     4,858        2,070   

Other asset impairments

     1,629        1,696   

Foreign pension plan

     2,585        2,283   

Inventory valuation

     30,114        593   

Other

     20        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     451,625        275,247   

Valuation allowance

     (444,114     (266,715
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

     7,511        8,532   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Acquired intangibles

     (4,499     (5,690
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     (4,499     (5,690
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

   $ 3,012      $ 2,842   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence including our past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses and our forecast of future taxable income. In determining future taxable income, we are responsible for assumptions utilized including the amount of state, federal and international pre-tax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage our underlying businesses.

Recognition of deferred tax assets is appropriate when realization of these assets is more likely than not. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes our historical operating performance and the recorded cumulative net losses in all prior fiscal periods, we have provided a full valuation allowance against our U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets with the exception of certain deferred tax assets in China and Switzerland. Our valuation allowance increased by $177.4 million and $3.5 million in fiscal years 2013 and 2012, respectively. Of the $177.4 million increase, $161.7 million relates to acquired Opnext deferred tax assets fully valued.

We do not recognize either the gross deferred income tax assets or the offsetting valuation allowance pertaining to net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that represent excess tax benefits from stock-based awards. Recognition of a deferred tax asset for excess tax benefits due to stock-based compensation deductions that have not yet been realized through a reduction in income taxes payable is prohibited. Such unrecognized deferred tax benefits totaled $1.1 million and $0.1 million for federal and state, respectively, as of June 29, 2013, and if and when realized through a reduction in income taxes payable, will be accounted for as a credit to additional paid-in capital.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

As of June 29, 2013, we had foreign net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $624.5 million, $241.9 million and $1.2 million in the United Kingdom, Japan and Israel, respectively. The United Kingdom and Israel net operating losses do not expire. The Japan net operating loss will expire at various times from 2014 through 2022. We also have U.S. federal and California net operating losses of approximately $192.6 million and $165.0 million, respectively, which will expire in various years from 2014 through 2034 if unused.

As of June 29, 2013, we had U.S. federal, California and foreign research and development credits of approximately $0.1 million, $0.7 million and $8.2 million, respectively. The U.S. federal credits will expire from 2014 through 2034. The California credits may be carried forward indefinitely and the foreign credits will expire at various times from 2027 through 2031 if unused.

Utilization of net operating loss carryforwards and credit carryforwards are subject to annual limitations due to ownership changes as provided in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as well as similar state and foreign tax laws. This annual limitation may result in the expiration of a significant portion of the net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits before utilization.

Our total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of June 29, 2013 was approximately $8.0 million. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate is $3.4 million as of June 29, 2013. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome of any particular uncertain tax position, management believes unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by approximately $1.5 million in the next twelve months.

A reconciliation of the beginning balance and the ending balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, net of interest and penalties, for fiscal year ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013     June 30, 2012     July 2, 2011  
           (Thousands)        

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 7,248      $ 6,853      $ 8,397   

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

     1,851        380        378   

Additions for tax positions related to prior years

     130        125        1,922   

Reductions for tax positions related to prior years

     (1,055     (110     (3,844

Lapse of the applicable statute of limitations

     (158     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 8,016      $ 7,248      $ 6,853   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for income taxes on our consolidated statements of operations and within accrued expenses and other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. As of June 29, 2013 and June 30, 2012, we had accrued approximately $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for payment of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits.

We file U.S. federal, state and foreign tax returns and have determined that our major tax jurisdictions are the United States, the United Kingdom, Japan, Italy, Switzerland and China. Certain jurisdictions remain open to examination by the appropriate governmental agencies; U.S. federal, Italy, Japan and China tax years 2007 to 2013, various U.S. states tax years 2006 to 2013, and the United Kingdom tax years 2006 to 2013. We are currently under audit in China, and we believe that our tax returns are supportable as filed. However, we cannot predict the outcome of the examination, and the ultimate outcome could result in a material adjustment to our tax liability.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

NOTE 14. NET LOSS PER SHARE

Basic net loss per share is computed using only the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the applicable period, while diluted net income (loss) per share is computed assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive securities, such as stock options, stock appreciation rights, unvested restricted stock awards, warrants, shares issuable in connection with convertible notes and obligations under escrow agreements during such period. For fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, we excluded such dilutive securities from the computation of diluted shares outstanding since we incurred a net loss in these periods which would have resulted in their inclusion having an anti-dilutive effect.

For fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, we excluded 17.5 million, 4.4 million and 5.1 million, respectively, of outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, warrants, restricted stock units or shares issuable in connection with convertible notes from the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

NOTE 15. GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION, PRODUCT GROUPS AND CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION

We evaluate our reportable segments in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 280, Segment Reporting , which establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments, geographic areas and major customers in financial statements. During fiscal year 2013, we had one operating segment in which we designed, manufactured and marketed lasers and optical components, modules and subsystems for the optical communications, industrial and consumer laser markets.

Geographic Information

The following table shows revenues by geographic area for the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011, based on the delivery locations of our products:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013      June 30, 2012      July 2, 2011  
     (Thousands)  

United States

   $ 77,511       $ 68,271       $ 80,350   

China, excluding Hong Kong

     36,607         44,370         81,828   

Hong Kong

     124,966         41,967         47,452   

Germany

     72,306         47,446         46,652   

Italy

     26,939         23,159         46,376   

Japan

     57,863         59,552         45,058   

Thailand

     30,502         32,290         32,072   

Malaysia

     42,626         3,567         6,613   

Rest of world

     116,708         64,836         80,104   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 586,028       $ 385,458       $ 466,505   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our long-lived tangible assets and total assets by geographic region as of the dates indicated:

 

     Long-lived Tangible Assets      Total Assets  
     June 29, 2013      June 30, 2012      June 29, 2013      June 30, 2012  
     (Thousands)  

United States

   $ 12,567       $ 6,672       $ 76,429       $ 69,722   

China

     16,047         23,194         55,897         84,286   

United Kingdom

     6,282         7,617         131,978         116,625   

Switzerland

     6,536         6,184         21,532         23,922   

Thailand

     10,825         12,357         19,918         18,699   

Japan

     33,419         —           113,321         58   

Rest of world

     5,656         3,592         30,819         14,994   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 91,332       $ 59,616       $ 449,894       $ 328,306   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Product Groups

The following table sets forth revenues by product group for the fiscal years ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011:

 

     Year Ended  
     June 29, 2013      June 30, 2012      July 2, 2011  
     (Thousands)  

40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s transmission modules (1)

   $ 135,311       $ 61,579       $ 33,490   

10 Gb/s and lower transmission modules (1)

     173,708         47,387         59,802   

Transmission components (2)

     93,608         99,096         137,056   

Amplification, filtering and optical switching (3)

     108,750         119,766         183,271   

Industrial and consumer (4)

     74,651         57,630         52,886   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 586,028       $ 385,458       $ 466,505   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes transponders and transceivers.
(2) Includes lasers, modulators, laser pumps, receivers and integrated lasers and modulators.
(3) Includes amplifiers, micro-optics, dispersion compensation management, WSS modules, subsystems, ROADM line cards and thin film filters.
(4) Includes high power laser, visible laser and VCSEL.

Significant Customers and Concentration of Credit Risk

For the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013, Cisco Systems, Inc. (Cisco) accounted for 12 percent and Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. (Huawei) accounted for 11 percent of our revenues. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, Huawei accounted for 10 percent and Fujitsu Limited accounted for 10 percent of our revenues. For the fiscal year ended July 2, 2011, Huawei accounted for 15 percent and Alcatel-Lucent accounted for 11 percent of our revenues.

As of June 29, 2013, Huawei accounted for 15 percent of our accounts receivable. As of June 30, 2012, Huawei and Ciena Corporation each accounted for 12 percent, Tellabs, Inc. accounted for 11 percent and Alcatel-Lucent accounted for 10 percent of our accounts receivable.

NOTE 16. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As a result of our acquisition of Opnext on July 23, 2012, Hitachi, Ltd. (Hitachi) holds approximately 13 percent of our outstanding common stock as of June 29, 2013 based on Hitachi’s most recent Schedule 13G filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 27, 2012.

We continue to enter into transactions with Hitachi in the normal course of business. Sales to Hitachi were $9.3 million for the year ended June 29, 2013. Purchases from Hitachi were $21.0 million for the year ended June 29, 2013. At June 29, 2013 we had $3.0 million accounts receivable due from Hitachi and $2.2 million accounts payable due to Hitachi. We also have certain capital equipment leases with Hitachi Capital Corporation as described in Note 9, Commitments and Contingencies and we lease certain facilities in Japan from Hitachi.

We are now party to the following material agreements with Hitachi:

 

   

Intellectual Property License Agreements

We are party to two intellectual property license agreements pursuant to which Hitachi licenses certain intellectual property rights to us on the terms and subject to the conditions stated therein on a fully paid, nonexclusive basis and we license certain intellectual property rights to Hitachi on a fully paid, nonexclusive basis. Hitachi has also agreed to sublicense certain intellectual property to us to the extent that Hitachi has the right to make available such rights to us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions stated therein.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

We are also party to an intellectual property license agreement with Hitachi Communication Technologies, Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of Hitachi, whereby Hitachi Communication Technologies, Ltd. licenses certain intellectual property rights to us on a fully paid, nonexclusive basis, and we license certain intellectual property rights to Hitachi Communication Technologies, Ltd. on a fully paid, nonexclusive basis.

 

   

Research and Development Agreement

We are party to a Research and Development Agreement pursuant to which Hitachi provides certain research and development support to us in accordance with the terms and conditions of the agreement. Intellectual property resulting from certain research and development projects is owned by us and licensed to Hitachi on a fully paid, nonexclusive basis. Intellectual property resulting from certain other research and development projects is owned by Hitachi and licensed to us on a fully paid, nonexclusive basis. Certain other intellectual property is jointly owned.

NOTE 17. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On September 12, 2013, we sold the Zurich Business to II-VI. We received proceeds of $92.3 million in cash on September 12, 2013. We will also receive $6.0 million subject to hold-back by II-VI until December 31, 2014 to address any post-closing adjustments or claims, and $2.0 million subject to a potential post-closing working capital adjustment. In addition, we retained approximately $14.7 million in accounts receivable related to the Zurich Business and approximately $9.6 million of supplier and employee related payables related to the Zurich Business which were not included in the Zurich subsidiary.

As part of the agreement, II-VI has purchased our Switzerland subsidiary, which includes its GaAs fabrication facility, and also the corresponding high power laser diodes, VCSEL and 980 nm pump laser product lines, including intellectual property, inventory, equipment and a related research and development facility in Tucson, all of which are associated with the business.

We will continue the back-end manufacturing of the 980 nm pump and some high power laser diode products at our Shenzhen, China manufacturing facility and supply them to II-VI under a manufacturing services agreement. The employees of Shenzhen, China will continue to be employed by us. In addition, various supply and transition service agreements have been established between the companies to ensure a smooth transition.

In addition, II-VI acquired an exclusive option to purchase our optical amplifier and micro-optics business (the “Amplifier Business) for $88.0 million in cash. The option to purchase our Amplifier Business, for which II-VI separately paid $5.0 million in cash, will expire if not exercised within 30 days. If this option is exercised and II-VI purchases the Amplifier Business, the option price will be applied to the purchase price. If II-VI does not exercise this option, the $5.0 million payment will be retained by us. We received the $5.0 million in cash proceeds on September 12, 2013.

On August 21, 2013, Parent, Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent entered into Waiver and Amendment Number Three to the Credit Agreement, which amended the Credit Agreement in pertinent part by: (i) extending the date by which the Borrower shall have consummated one or more asset sales with a minimum threshold of net proceeds to September 2, 2013; (ii) eliminating the mandatory reduction of the revolving credit facility upon the consummation of the asset sales described in (i) above; and (iii) adding a covenant that the Borrower is required to maintain a minimum liquidity of at least $45 million at all times (liquidity being the sum of the Borrower’s excess availability under the revolving credit facility plus the lesser of $25 million and qualified cash balances). The Borrower paid the lenders an amendment fee of $650,000.

Under the Credit Agreement, as amended, we were required to complete certain asset sales on or by September 2, 2013. We completed the sale of the Zurich Business on September 12, 2013 and applied the net proceeds to repay all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement. The event of default resulting from not completing the transaction on September 2, 2013 was waived on September 26, 2013. This waiver eliminated the requirement for the Agent and Lenders to make any advances, issue any letters of credit or provide any other extension of credit until the Agent and Lenders agree otherwise and prevents us from exercising any right or action set forth in the applicable loan documents that is conditioned on the absence of any event of default. If the Agent and Lenders do not agree to make amounts under the Credit Agreement available to us within 30 days of the waiver (or such later time as the Agent agrees), then the Agent and Lenders will have the option to immediately terminate the Credit Agreement.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

NOTE 18. SELECTED QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following tables set forth our unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations data for each of the eight quarterly periods ended June 29, 2013. We have prepared this unaudited information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements, reflecting all normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for the fiscal quarters presented. Basic and diluted net loss per share is computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of quarterly basic and diluted per share information may not equal annual basic and diluted net loss per share.

 

     Quarter Ended  
     June 29,
2013
    March 30,
2013
    December 29,
2012
    September 29,
2012
 
     (Thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 136,108      $ 141,642      $ 159,465      $ 148,813   

Cost of revenues

     123,220        128,475        137,156        132,775   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     12,888        13,167        22,309        16,038   

Operating expenses

     (56,972     (40,571     (27,068     (64,547

Other income (expense), net

     (4,766     (12,216     (4,072     24,584   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (48,850     (39,620     (8,831     (23,925

Income tax (benefit) provision

     (1,474     386        1,424        1,183   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (47,376     (40,006     (10,255     (25,108
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

        

Basic

   $ (0.52   $ (0.44   $ (0.11   $ (0.31

Diluted

     (0.52     (0.44     (0.11     (0.31

Shares used in computing net loss per share:

        

Basic

     90,771        90,263        89,827        80,219   

Diluted

     90,771        90,263        89,827        80,219   

 

     Quarter Ended  
     June 30,
2012
    March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    October 1,
2011
 
     (Thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 104,440      $ 88,709      $ 86,488      $ 105,821   

Cost of revenues

     82,991        75,021        75,613        81,788   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     21,449        13,688        10,875        24,033   

Operating expenses

     (25,441     (29,618     (44,516     (34,222

Other income (expense), net

     271        (564     3,291        1,235   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (3,721     (16,494     (30,350     (8,954

Income tax provision

     210        668        478        5,628   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (3,931     (17,162     (30,828     (14,582
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

        

Basic

   $ (0.08   $ (0.34   $ (0.61   $ (0.29

Diluted

     (0.08     (0.34     (0.61     (0.29

Shares used in computing net loss per share:

        

Basic

     50,831        50,814        50,492        49,448   

Diluted

     50,831        50,814        50,492        49,448   

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Financial Statement Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For the Years Ended June 29, 2013, June 30, 2012 and July 2, 2011

 

    Allowance for
Doubtful Accounts
    Allowance for
Sales Returns
 
    (Thousands)  

Balance at July 3, 2010

  $ 2,046      $ 645   

Additions charged to cost, expenses or revenues

    599        645   

Deductions, write-offs and adjustments

    (1,523     (236
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at July 2, 2011

    1,122        1,054   

Additions charged to cost, expenses or revenues

    94        —     

Deductions, write-offs and adjustments

    101        (901
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

    1,317        153   

Balances assumed in acquisitions

    485        —     

Additions charged to cost, expenses or revenues

    725        3,110   

Deductions, write-offs and adjustments

    466        (57
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 29, 2013

  $ 2,993      $ 3,206   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description of Exhibit

    2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger dated March 26, 2012, among Oclaro, Inc., Tahoe Acquisition Sub, Inc. and Opnext, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)
    2.2   Agreement of Merger among: Oclaro, Inc., a Delaware corporation; Nikko Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation; Mintera Corporation, a Delaware corporation; and Shareholder Representative Services LLC, as the Stockholders’ Agent. Dated as of July 20, 2010 (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)
    2.3   Agreement of Merger among: Oclaro, Inc., a Delaware corporation; Rio Acquisition corp., a Delaware corporation; Xtellus Inc., a Delaware corporation; and Alta Berkeley LLP, as the Stockholders’ Agent. Dated as of December 16, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.)
    3.1   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Oclaro, Inc., including Amendments No. 1 and No. 2 thereto (formerly Bookham, Inc.) (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated May 5, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.)
    3.2   Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated By-Laws of Oclaro, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)
    3.3   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Oclaro, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on September 1, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)
    3.4   Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Oclaro, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)
    4.1   Indenture, dated December 14, 2012, entered into by Oclaro, Inc., Oclaro Luxembourg S.A., certain of Oclaro, Inc.’s domestic and foreign subsidiaries and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A filed on February 15, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.)
    4.2 (3)   Form of Warrant Certificate dated May 6, 2013.
  10.1   Registration Rights Agreement between Oclaro, Inc. and Hitachi, Ltd. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 24, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.2   Purchase Agreement, dated December 14, 2012, entered into by Oclaro, Inc., Oclaro Luxembourg S.A., certain of Oclaro, Inc.’s domestic and foreign subsidiaries and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 7, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.3 (1)   Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2012, by and among Oclaro, Inc., Oclaro Technology Ltd, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc. and other lenders party thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 7, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.4   Joinder Agreement to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2013, by and between Silicon Valley Bank and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 7, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.5 (1)   Amendment Number One to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security Agreements, dated as of January 23, 2013, by and among Oclaro, Inc., Oclaro Technology Ltd, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., Silicon Valley Bank and other lenders party thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 7, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.6 (1)   Security Agreement (Domestic), dated as of as of November 2, 2012, among Oclaro, Inc., Oclaro Photonics, Inc., Oclaro Technology, Inc., Oclaro (New Jersey), Inc., Oclaro (North America), Inc., Mintera Corporation, Opnext, Inc., Pine Photonics Communications, Inc., Opnext Subsystems, Inc., Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., Silicon Valley Bank and other lenders party thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 7, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.)


Table of Contents
  10.7 (1)   Security Agreement (Foreign), dated as of as of November 2, 2012, among Oclaro, Inc., Oclaro Technology Ltd., Bookham International, Ltd., Bookham Nominees Ltd., Oclaro (Canada), Inc., Oclaro Innovations LLP, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc. and other lenders party thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 7, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.8 (1)(3)   Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security Agreements, dated as of May 7, 2013, by and among Oclaro, Inc., Oclaro Technology Ltd, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., Silicon Valley Bank and other lenders party thereto.
  10.9 (3)   Registration Rights Agreement made as of May 6, 2013 by and among Oclaro, Inc., PECM Strategic Funding L.P. and Providence TMT Debt Fund II L.P.
  10.10   Asset Purchase Agreement between Oclaro, Inc. and II-VI Incorporated, Photop Technologies, Inc. (California) and Photop Koncent, Inc. (Fuzhou) (China) dated as of November 19, 2012 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 7, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.11 (1)   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2011, among Oclaro, Inc., Oclaro Technology Limited, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc. and other lenders party thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.11 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed on January 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.12 (1)   Amendment Number One to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2012, among Oclaro, Inc., Oclaro Technology Limited, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc. and other lenders party thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.9 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on May 10, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.13   Consent Letter dated July 23, 2012, from Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc. to Oclaro, Inc. and Oclaro Technology Limited (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on September 13, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.14   Security Agreement (Domestic), dated as of July 26, 2011, among Oclaro, Inc., Oclaro Photonics, Inc., Oclaro Technology, Inc., Oclaro (New Jersey), Inc., Oclaro (North America), Inc., Mintera Corporation, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc. and other lenders party thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed on January 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.15   Security Agreement (Foreign), dated as of July 26, 2011, among Oclaro, Inc., Oclaro Technology Ltd., Bookham International, Ltd., Bookham Nominees Ltd., Oclaro (Canada), Inc., Oclaro Innovations LLP, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc. and other lenders party thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.14 to Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed on January 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.16   Lease dated December 23, 1999 by and between Silicon Valley Properties, LLC and Oclaro Photonics, Inc., with respect to 2580 Junction Avenue, San Jose, California (previously filed as Exhibit 10.32 to Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Transition Report on Form 10-K/A for the for the transition period from January 1, 2004 to July 3, 2004, filed on October 5, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.17   Second Amendment to Lease dated November 30, 2010 by and between 702/703 Investors LLC and Oclaro, Inc., with respect to 2580 Junction Avenue, San Jose, California (previously filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on September 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.18   Pre-emption Agreement dated as of March 10, 2006, by and among Oclaro Technology Ltd, Coleridge (No. 45) Limited and Oclaro, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.19   Lease dated as of March 10, 2006, by and among Oclaro Technology Ltd, Coleridge (No. 45) Limited and Oclaro, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.)


Table of Contents
  10.20 (1)   Manufacturing and Purchase Agreement, dated November 8, 2011, between Oclaro, Inc. and Fabrinet. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 8, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.21 (1)   Manufacturing and Purchase Agreement, dated March 19, 2012, between Oclaro Technology, Ltd and Venture Corporation Ltd. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.22   Equipment and Inventory Purchase Agreement, dated March 19, 2012, between Oclaro Technology Ltd, Oclaro Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, Venture Electronics (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, and Venture Electronics Services (M) Sdn Bhd. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.23   Framework Agreement Regarding Transfer and Leaseback of Industrial Plants, dated May 15, 2012, between Oclaro Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd., a subsidiary of Oclaro, Inc. and Shenzhen Fangdao Technology Co., Ltd. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.13 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on September 13, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.24 (2)   2004 Sharesave Scheme (previously filed as Exhibit 10.20 to Registrant’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition period from January 1, 2004 to July 3, 2004, filed on September 16, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.25 (2)   U.K. Subplan to the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 17, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.26 (2)   Form of Incentive Stock Option, Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option, Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (previously filed as Exhibit 10.25 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on September 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.27 (2)   2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (previously filed as Appendix A to our Proxy Statement for our 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed with the SEC on September 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.28 (2)   Oclaro, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 28, 2010, and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.29 (2)   Employment Agreement, dated September 11, 2013, between Oclaro, Inc. and Greg Dougherty (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 17, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.30 (2)   Contract of Employment between Oclaro Technology Ltd and Jim Haynes (previously filed as Exhibit 10.38 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 2, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.31 (2)   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated August 4, 2010, between Oclaro, Inc. and Alain Couder (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 10, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.32 (2)   Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated July 26, 2012, between Oclaro, Inc. and Alain Couder (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 1, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.33 (2)   Form of Executive Severance and Retention Agreement, between Oclaro, Inc. and its executive officers (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.34 (2)   Form of Executive Severance and Retention Agreement, between Oclaro, Inc. and its executive officers (previously filed as Exhibit 10.33 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on September 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.35 (2)   Form of Executive Severance and Retention Agreement, between Oclaro, Inc. and its executive officers. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 10, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.36 (2)   First Amendment to the Executive Severance and Retention Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2010, by and between Oclaro, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Catherine Hunt Rundle (also known as Kate Rundle) (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on February 10, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.37 (2)   First Amendment to the Executive Severance and Retention Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2010, by and between Oclaro, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Jerry Turin (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on February 10, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)


Table of Contents
  10.38 (2)   Form of Indemnification Agreement, between Oclaro, Inc. and directors and executive officers (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 6, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.39 (2)   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Avanex Corporation and each of its directors and officers (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 of Avanex Corporation’s Registration Statement No. 333-92027 on Form S-1 filed on December 3, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.40 (2)   Pine Photonics Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Opnext, Inc.’s Registration Statement 333-138262 on Form S-1 filed on October 27, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.41 (2)   Opnext, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Opnext, Inc.’s Registration Statement 333-138262 on Form S-1 filed on October 27, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.42 (2)   Opnext, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Opnext, Inc.’s Registration Statement 333-138262 on Amendment Number 1 to Form S-1 filed on December 13, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.43 (2)   Opnext, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Senior Executives (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4A to Opnext, Inc.’s Registration Statement 333-138262 on Amendment Number 1 to Form S-1 filed on December 13, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.44 (2)   Opnext, Inc. 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4C to Opnext, Inc.’s Registration Statement 333-138262 on Amendment Number 1 to Form S-1 filed on December 13, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.45 (2)(3)   Oclaro, Inc. (Opnext, Inc.) Third Amended and Restated 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, dated as of July 23, 2013.
  10.46 (2)   Form of nonqualified stock option agreement between Opnext, Inc. and Harry L. Bosco (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Opnext, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.47 (2)   Form of restricted stock unit agreement between Opnext, Inc. and Harry L. Bosco (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Opnext, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.48 (2)   Employment agreement between Opnext, Inc. and Harry L. Bosco (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Opnext, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.49 (2)   Avanex 1998 Stock Plan, as amended and restated (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 of Avanex Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-29175) filed on September 5, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.50 (2)   Avanex 1999 Director Option Plan, as amended (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 of Avanex Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-29175) filed on September 5, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.51 (2)   Form of stock option agreement between Avanex and certain of its directors (previously filed as Exhibit 10.45 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on September 4, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.52 (2)   Variable Pay Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 5.02 to Registrant’s Current report on Form 8-K filed on August 2, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  10.53 (2)   Variable Pay Program (previously filed as Appendix B to our Proxy Statement for our 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed with the SEC on September 9, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.)
  21.1 (3)   List of Oclaro, Inc. subsidiaries
  23.1 (3)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  31.1 (3)   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002


Table of Contents
  31.2 (3)   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32.1 (3)   Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
  32.2 (3)   Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
101.INS (4)   XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH (4)   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL (4)   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF (4)   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB (4)   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE (4)   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

( 1) Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(2) Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
(3) Filed herewith.
(4) Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed herewith, is not a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

Exhibit 4.2

WARRANT CERTIFICATE

THESE WARRANTS AND ANY SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE WARRANTS AND SUCH SHARES AND ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN OR THEREIN MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SUCH ACT AND UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE WARRANTS AND SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT UPON THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THESE WARRANTS OR SUCH SHARES SHALL BE VALID OR EFFECTIVE UNLESS AND UNTIL SUCH CONDITIONS SHALL HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH.

WARRANT CERTIFICATE

To Purchase Shares of Common Stock of

OCLARO, INC.

 

No. W-    Warrants

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged,             , located at             , Attention:              or its registered assigns (the “Holder”), is the registered owner of the number of warrants specified above (collectively, the “Warrants”), each of which warrants entitles the holder, subject to the adjustment provisions and the conditions and limitations hereinafter set forth, to purchase from Oclaro, Inc. (together with its successor and assignee, the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, one share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, of the Company’s Common Stock at a purchase price equal to $1.50 per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, (the “Exercise Price”). The Warrants shall not be terminable by the Company prior to the Expiration Date (as defined in Section 10 hereof). The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (and any other or additional shares, securities or property that may hereafter be issuable upon exercise of the Warrants) are sometimes referred to herein as the “Warrant Shares,” and the maximum number of shares so issuable under this Warrant Certificate is sometimes referred to as the “Aggregate Number” (as such number may be increased or decreased, as more fully set forth herein).

The Warrants shall be void and all rights represented hereby shall cease after 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the Expiration Date.

The Warrants are part of an authorized issue of warrants (the “Authorized Warrants”) issued on the date hereof pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and initially exercisable for an aggregate of 1,836,000 shares of Common Stock.


Certain terms used in this Warrant Certificate are defined in Section 10 hereof.

The Warrants are subject to the following provisions, terms and conditions:

1. Exercise; Issue of Certificates; Payment for Shares . (a) The Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part (but not as to fractional shares of Common Stock), to purchase the Aggregate Number of shares (initially equal to shares) of Common Stock at all times after 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on May 6, 2013 and on or prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the Expiration Date hereof.

(b) The Warrants shall be exercisable in whole at any time or in part from time to time by surrendering this Warrant Certificate on any Business Day (with the Exercise Form annexed hereto as Schedule 1 properly completed and executed) to the Company at its principal office specified in Section 15, or its then current address, and upon payment to the Company of the Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares being purchased.

(c) Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price with respect to an exercise in whole or in part of any Warrants may be made, in the sole discretion of the Holder, in the form of any of the following: (a) by cash or a check or bank draft in New York Clearing House funds, (b) by the surrender of the applicable Warrant or Warrants, and without the payment of the Exercise Price in cash, for such number of Warrant Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Warrant Shares for which such Warrant or Warrants are exercisable with payment in cash of the Exercise Price as of the date of exercise and (2) the Cashless Exercise Ratio, (c) by tendering Term Loans having an aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of exercise, equal to the Exercise Price or (d) by any combination of (a), (b) and (c) above. Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been issued and any Person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed for all purposes to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Shares as of the close of business on the Business Day of the surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Exercise Price as aforesaid.

(d) Certificates for the shares so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time, not exceeding five (5) days, after this Warrant Certificate shall have been so exercised, and unless the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate have expired or been fully exercised, a new Warrant Certificate representing the number of shares with respect to which this Warrant Certificate shall not then have been exercised shall also be delivered to the Holder within such time.

 

-2-


2. Shares to be Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares; Listing . The Company covenants and agrees that: (a) all Warrant Shares will, upon issuance, be original-issue shares (and not treasury stock) fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, claims, liens, charges and other encumbrances with respect to the issue thereof; (b) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it will from time to time take all such action as may be required to assure that the par value per share of Common Stock shall at all times be less than or equal to the Exercise Price; (c) during the period within which the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized and reserved for the purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate a sufficient number of original-issue shares of its Common Stock to provide for the exercise of all the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate; and (d) upon the exercise of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, it will, at its expense, promptly notify each securities exchange on which any Common Stock is at the time listed of such issuance, and use its best efforts to maintain a listing of all shares of Common Stock from time to time issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate to the extent such shares can be listed.

3. Registration Rights . The Holder shall be entitled to all of the benefits, and subject to all of the obligations, of the Registration Rights Agreement, in connection with the Warrants and the Warrant Shares, if issued.

4. Adjustments to Exercise Price and Aggregate Number . The Exercise Price and the Aggregate Number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of each Warrant (the “Exercise Rate”) is subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of the events enumerated in this Section 4.

(a) Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock . If the Company:

(1) pays a dividend or makes any other distribution on its Common Stock in shares of its Common Stock or other capital stock of the Company; or

(2) subdivides, combines or reclassifies its outstanding shares of Common Stock,

then, in each case, the Exercise Rate and the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such action shall be proportionately adjusted so that the Holder may upon payment of the same aggregate Exercise Price payable immediately prior to such action receive the Aggregate Number and kind of shares of capital stock of the Company which the Holder would have owned immediately following such action if such Warrants had been exercised immediately prior to such action.

Any such adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record date of such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification.

If after an adjustment the Holder upon exercise of any Warrants may receive shares of two or more classes of capital stock of the Company, the board of directors of the Company shall determine the allocation of the adjusted Exercise Price between the classes of capital stock. After such allocation, the Exercise Rate and the Exercise Price of each such class of capital stock shall thereafter be subject to adjustment on terms comparable to those applicable to Common Stock in this Section 4.

 

-3-


Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

(b) Adjustment for Certain Issuances of Common Stock . If the Company issues or sells to any Person shares of its Common Stock or distributes any rights, options or warrants entitling any Person to purchase shares of Common Stock, or any rights, warrants or options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, in each case, at a price per share less than the Current Market Value on the record date for determining entitlements to participate in such issuance, sale or distribution (the “Time of Determination”), the Exercise Rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the formula:

 

LOGO

and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with the following formula:

 

LOGO

where:

 

  E’ = the adjusted Exercise Rate.

 

  E = the Exercise Rate immediately prior to the Time of Determination for any such issuance, sale or distribution.

 

  EP’ = the Adjusted Exercise Price.

 

  EP = the Exercise Price immediately prior to the Time of Determination for any such issuance, sale or distribution.

 

  O = the number of Fully Diluted Shares (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to the Time of Determination for any such issuance, sale or distribution.

 

  N = the number of additional shares of Common Stock issued, sold or issuable upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities.

 

  P = the per share price received and receivable by the Company in the case of any issuance or sale of Common Stock or rights, options or warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities inclusive of the exercise price per share of Common Stock payable upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities.

 

-4-


  M = the Current Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Time of Determination for any such issuance, sale or distribution.

For purposes of this Section 4 the term “Fully Diluted Shares” shall mean (i) the shares of Common Stock outstanding as of a specified date, and (ii) the shares of Common Stock into or for which rights, options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of such date are exercisable, convertible or exchangeable (other than the Warrants or any of the other Authorized Warrants).

The adjustments shall be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities are issued and shall become effective immediately after the relevant Time of Determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Exercise Rate and the Exercise Price shall not be subject to adjustment in connection with (i) the issuance of any shares of the Company’s capital stock upon exercise of any such rights, options or warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities which have previously been the subject of an adjustment under this Agreement for which the required adjustment has been made, (ii) any exercise of the Warrants or any of the other Authorized Warrants, (iii) any issuance or sale of any Common Stock or securities convertible or exercisable in to Common Stock pursuant to rights, options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of the date of initial issuance of the Warrants, (iv) any issuance or sale to any director, officer, employee, consultant or advisor of the Company or its subsidiaries, in such person’s capacity as such, of shares of Common Stock or any rights, options or warrants entitling any director, officer, employee, consultant or advisor, in such person’s capacity as such, to purchase shares of Common Stock, or otherwise convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock occurring on or after the date of initial issuance of the Warrants to the extent such issuance or sale is made pursuant to the terms of one or more stock option plans or similar agreements as in effect on the date of initial issuance of the Warrants or is otherwise approved by the board of directors of the Company, (v) any issuance of Common Stock as consideration for the acquisition of another company or business (whether through a purchase of securities, a merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise), (vi) any issuance of securities of the Company in a Public Offering or (vii) any securities issued as a dividend on the then outstanding Common Stock. If at the end of the period during which any such rights, options or warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities are exercisable, not all rights, options or warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities shall have been exercised, the Exercise Rate and the Exercise Price shall be immediately readjusted to what they would have been if “N” in each of the above formulas had been the number of shares actually issued with respect thereto.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 4(b) shall not apply with respect to an issuance of New Securities if the Holder shall be entitled to exercise pre-emptive rights pursuant to Section 5 hereof with respect to such issuance of New Securities (and the Company shall not have elected to cause this Section 4(b) to apply to such New Securities as provided for in Section 5).

 

-5-


(c) Adjustment for Other Distributions . If the Company distributes to holders of its Common Stock (i) any evidences of indebtedness of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) any assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (whether in cash, property or otherwise), or (iii) any rights, options or warrants to acquire any of the foregoing or to acquire any other securities of the Company, unless a Holder Distribution Election (as defined below) shall have been made with respect to such distribution, the Exercise Rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the following formula:

 

LOGO

and the Exercise Price shall be decreased (but not increased) in accordance with the following formula:

 

LOGO

where:

 

  E’ = the adjusted Exercise Rate.

 

  E = the current Exercise Rate on the record date referred to in this paragraph (c) below.

 

  EP’ = the Adjusted Exercise Price.

 

  EP = the current Exercise Price on the record date referred to in this paragraph (c) below.

 

  M = the Current Market Value per share of Common Stock on the record date referred to in this paragraph (c) below.

 

  F = the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors) on the record date referred to in this paragraph (c) below of the indebtedness, assets, rights, options or warrants distributable in respect of one share of Common Stock.

The adjustments shall be made successively whenever any such distribution is made and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive the distribution. If any adjustment is made pursuant to clause (iii) above of this subsection (c) as a result of the issuance of rights, options or warrants and at the end of the period during which any such rights, options or warrants are exercisable, not all such rights, options or warrants shall have been exercised, the Exercise Rate and the Exercise Price shall be immediately readjusted as if “F” in the above formula was the fair market value on the record date of the indebtedness or assets actually distributed upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants divided by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subsection (c), if “M-F” in the above formula is less than $1.00 (or is a negative number) then in lieu of the adjustment otherwise required by this subsection (c), the Company may elect to distribute to the Holder, upon exercise of any Warrants, the evidences of indebtedness, assets, rights, options or warrants which would have been distributed to such Holder had such Warrants been exercised immediately prior to the record date for such distribution.

 

-6-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Holder may, in lieu of the adjustments described above in this subsection (c), elect to receive a distribution from the Company of its proportionate share of the evidences of indebtedness, assets, rights, options or warrants, as the case may be, which would have been distributed to such Holder had such Warrants been exercised immediately prior to the record date for such distribution (a “Holder Distribution Election”); provided that such Holder shall have notified the Company in writing of such election no later than 10 days after receipt of notice thereof from the Company pursuant to Section 4(f).

This subsection does not apply to rights, options or warrants referred to in subsection (b) of this Section 4.

(d) The following provisions shall be applicable to the making of adjustments of the Exercise Price and Exercise Rate hereinbefore provided for in this Section 4:

(i) The sale or other disposition of any issued shares of Common Stock owned or held by or for the account of the Company shall be deemed an issuance thereof for the purposes of this Section 4.

(ii) The adjustments required by the preceding paragraphs of this Section 4 shall be made whenever and as often as any specified event requiring an adjustment shall occur, except as otherwise expressly provided herein. For the purpose of any adjustment, any specified event shall be deemed to have occurred at the close of business on the date of its occurrence.

(iii) In computing adjustments under this Section 4 fractional interests in Common Stock shall be taken into account to the nearest one-thousandth (.001) of a share and shall be aggregated until they equal one whole share.

(iv) If the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive any item described in Sections 4(a) through 4(c) hereof, but abandon its plan to pay or deliver such item, then no adjustment shall be required by reason of the taking of such record and any such adjustment previously made in respect thereof shall be rescinded and annulled.

 

-7-


(v) The consideration for any additional shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase the same shall be the consideration received or receivable by the Company for issuing such options, warrants or other rights, plus the additional consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise of such options, warrants or other rights. The consideration for any additional shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the terms of any convertible or exchangeable securities shall be the consideration received or receivable by the Company for issuing any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase such convertible or exchangeable securities, plus the consideration paid or payable to the Company in respect of the subscription for or purchase of such convertible or exchangeable securities, plus the additional consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of the right of conversion, exercise or exchange of such convertible or exchangeable securities. In case of the issuance at any time of any additional shares of Common Stock or convertible or exchangeable securities in payment or satisfaction of any dividend upon any class of stock other than Common Stock, the Company shall be deemed to have received for such additional shares of Common Stock or convertible or exchangeable securities a consideration equal to the amount of such dividend so paid or satisfied.

(e) (i) [reserved]

(ii) In case of any capital reorganization, other than in the cases referred to in Section 4(a), (b) or (c) hereof and other than any capital reorganization that does not result in any reclassification of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into shares of other stock or other securities or property, or the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and which does not result in any reclassification of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into shares of other stock or other securities or property), or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (collectively such actions being hereinafter referred to as “Reorganizations”), there shall thereafter be deliverable upon exercise of any Warrant (in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock theretofore deliverable) the number of shares of stock or other securities or property to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise have been deliverable upon the exercise of such Warrant would have been entitled upon such Reorganization if such Warrant had been exercised in full immediately prior to such Reorganization. In case of any Reorganization, appropriate adjustment, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a duly adopted resolution certified by the Company’s Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall be made in the application of the provisions herein set forth with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder so that the provisions set forth herein shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as possible, in relation to any such shares or other securities or property thereafter deliverable upon exercise of Warrants.

 

-8-


The Company shall not effect any such Reorganization unless prior to or simultaneously with the consummation thereof the successor corporation (if other than the Company) resulting from such Reorganization or the corporation or other entity purchasing such assets shall (i) expressly assume, by a supplemental warrant or other acknowledgment executed and delivered to the Holder, the obligation to deliver to the Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such Holder may be entitled to purchase, and the due and punctual performance and observance of each and every covenant, condition, obligation and liability under this Warrant Certificate to be performed and observed by the Company in the manner prescribed herein and (ii) if such Reorganization takes place prior to consummation by the Company of all of its registration obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, enter into an agreement providing to the Holder rights and benefits substantially similar to those enjoyed by the Holder under the Registration Rights Agreement.

The foregoing provisions of this Section 4(e)(ii) shall apply to successive Reorganization transactions.

(f) (i) In case:

(A) the Company shall authorize the issuance to holders of shares of Common Stock of rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock or of any other subscription rights or warrants; or

(B) the Company shall authorize the distribution to holders of shares of Common Stock of evidences of its indebtedness or assets or of rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any of the foregoing; or

(C) of any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party and for which approval of any stockholders of the Company is required, or of the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or of any reclassification or change of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, or a tender offer or exchange offer for shares of Common Stock; or

(D) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

(E) the Company proposes to take any action that would require an adjustment to the Exercise Rate or Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 4;

then the Company shall give prompt written notice to the Holder at least 15 days prior to the applicable record date hereinafter specified, or the date of the event in the case of events for which there is no record date, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, a written notice stating (i) the date as of which the holders of record of shares of Common Stock to be entitled to receive any such shares, rights, options, warrants or distribution are to be determined, or (ii) the initial expiration date set forth in any tender offer or exchange offer for shares of Common Stock, or (iii) the date on which any such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective or consummated, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of record of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange such shares for securities or other property, if any, deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up. The failure by the Company to give such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of any distribution, right, option, warrant, consolidation, merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, or the vote upon any action.

 

-9-


(ii) Within five (5) days after the occurrence of an event resulting in an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4, the Company shall cause to be promptly mailed to the Holder (and upon the exercise hereof, to the exercising Holder) by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notice of each adjustment or adjustments to the Exercise Price and Exercise Rate effected since the date of the last such notice and a certificate of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer, setting forth the Exercise Price and Exercise Rate after such adjustment(s), a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment(s) and the computation by which such adjustment(s) was made.

(g) The occurrence of a single event shall not trigger an adjustment of the Exercise Price and Exercise Rate under more than one paragraph of this Section 4.

5. Preemptive Rights .

(a) If the Company issues or sells or authorizes the issuance or sale of any New Securities (as defined below) at a price per share less than the Current Market Value, unless the Company shall have delivered to the Holder a written notice stating that with respect to such issuance or sale it has determined that Section 4(b) and not this Section 5 shall apply to such issuance or sale, the Company shall offer to Holder a portion of such New Securities (and if more than one class of securities is included in the New Securities, then a portion of the amount of each such class of securities included in the New Securities) equal to the quotient determined by dividing (A) the number of shares of Common Stock on an as-exercised and fully diluted basis held by such Holder by (B) the aggregate amount of all shares of Common Stock on an as-exercised and fully diluted basis, in each case determined before giving effect to the issuance of New Securities (for such Holders, its “ Pre-Dilution Ratio ”).

 

-10-


(b) Holder shall be entitled to purchase up to its Pre-Dilution Ratio of such New Securities on the same terms as such other New Securities are offered and sold either, at the Company’s option, (i) on the date the sale of the New Securities to the other purchasers is consummated (the “ Original Closing Date ”) or (ii) on a date (the “ Holder Closing Date ”) within ten days after the Original Closing Date, and the Company shall be required, in each case, to provide the notice to the Holder that is applicable to such sale. If the Company shall deliver written notice in connection with this Section 5 to the Holder no less than 30 days prior to the scheduled closing date for the consummation of such issuance of New Securities which notice shall describe in reasonable details the terms of such proposed issuance and shall include drafts of all relevant transaction documentation, then, if the Holder elects to participate, the Holder will purchase up to its Pre-Dilution Ratio of the New Securities on the Original Closing Date. If the Company shall deliver written notice in connection with this Section 5 to the Holder other than as set forth in the preceding sentence, it shall deliver written notice no less than 30 days prior to the Holder Closing Date, and then, if the holder elects to participate, the Holder will purchase up to its Pre-Dilution Ratio of the New Securities on the Holder Closing Date. If the Holder elects to participate and will purchase up to its Pre-Dilution Ratio of the New Securities on the Original Closing Date, it shall deliver written notice to the Company no later than 15 days following receipt of notice from the Company indicating the number of New Securities (not to exceed the product of the number of New Securities to be issued or sold and the Pre-Dilution Ratio) it desires to purchase (which notice can indicate one or more conditions to any obligation of Holder to purchase such New Securities). If the Holder elects to participate and will purchase up to its Pre-Dilution Ratio of the New Securities on the Holder Closing Date, it shall deliver written notice to the Company no later than 15 days following receipt of notice from the Company indicating the number of New Securities (not to exceed the product of the number of New Securities to be issued or sold and the Pre-Dilution Ratio) it desires to purchase (which notice can indicate one or more conditions to any obligation of Holder to purchase such New Securities). If Holder participates in such purchase it shall execute agreements (including any representations or warranties contained therein) on substantially the same terms as those executed by other purchasers of New Securities. The purchase price for all New Securities offered to Holder shall be payable on the Original Closing Date or Holder Closing Date, as applicable, and in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company.

(c) For purposes hereof, “ New Securities ” means any equity securities of the Company, or any securities containing options or rights to acquire equity securities of the Company, other than (i) securities issued as a dividend on the then outstanding Common Stock, (ii) securities issued pursuant to exercise, conversion or exchange of securities or rights outstanding on the date hereof or previously issued by the Company subject to this Section 5 (including pursuant to an exclusion from the definition of New Securities in any of clauses (i) through (vi) of this definition of New Securities), (iii) securities of the Company issued as consideration for the acquisition of another company or business (whether through a purchase of securities, a merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise), (iv) securities of the Company issued in a Public Offering, (v) shares of Common Stock or any rights, options or warrants entitling any director, officer, employee, consultant or advisor of the Company or its subsidiaries, in such person’s capacity as such, to purchase shares of Common Stock, or otherwise convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock issued or sold to any director, officer, employee, consultant or advisor of the Company or its subsidiaries, in such person’s capacity as such, on or after the date of initial issuance of the Warrants to the extent such issuance or sale is made pursuant to the terms of one or more stock option plans or similar agreements as in effect on the date of initial issuance of the Warrants or is otherwise approved by the board of directors of the Company, or (vi) securities issued upon the exercise of any Warrants or any of the other Authorized Warrants.

 

-11-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 5 shall not apply with respect to an issuance of New Securities if the Holder shall be entitled to the adjustments set forth in Section 4 hereof.

6. Taxes on Conversion . The issuance of certificates for Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the Warrants shall be made without charge to the Holder exercising the Warrants for any issue or stamp tax in respect of the issuance of such certificates, and such certificates shall be issued in the respective names of, or in such names as may be directed by, the Holder; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any such certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such certificates unless or until the Person or Persons requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

7. Limitation of Liability . No provision hereof in the absence of the exercise of the Warrants by the Holder and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder shall give rise to any liability on the part of the Holder for the Exercise Price of the Warrant Shares or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by any creditor of the Company. Upon exercise of Warrants the Holder will have the right to vote the Common Stock received upon such exercise. No Holder shall be entitled to vote or be deemed the holder of Common Stock (or any other securities as may be issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants) nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder the rights of a stockholder of the Company or the right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or give or withhold consent to any corporate action or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders or to receive dividends, distributions or subscription rights or otherwise (except as provided herein), until the Warrants shall have been exercised in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Warrants.

8. Closing of Books . The Company will at no time close its transfer books against the transfer of the Warrants or of any Warrant Shares issued or issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants in any manner that interferes with the timely exercise hereof. The Company shall deem and treat the Holder as the absolute owner of the Warrants for all purposes, including without limitation for the purpose of exercise thereof. The Company agrees that, upon exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the terms hereof (including receipt by the Company of payment of the aggregate Exercise Price therefor), the shares so purchased shall be deemed to be issued to such Holder as the record owner of such shares as of the close of business on the date on which the Warrants shall have been exercised and the Holder shall be deemed for all purposes a stockholder of the Company with respect to such shares as though the certificate for such shares had been issued on the date of such exercise.

 

-12-


9. Restrictions on Transfer .

A. Restrictive Legends . Each certificate for any Warrant Shares issued upon the exercise of the Warrants, and each stock certificate issued upon the transfer of any such Warrant Shares (except as otherwise permitted by this Section 9) shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR ANY EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SUCH ACT AND UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT UPON THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE WARRANT CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO WHICH THESE SHARES HAVE BEEN ISSUED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THESE SHARES SHALL BE VALID OR EFFECTIVE UNLESS AND UNTIL SUCH CONDITIONS SHALL HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH.

Each Warrant Certificate issued in substitution for any Warrant Certificate pursuant to Section 11, 12 or 13 hereof and each Warrant Certificate issued upon the transfer of any Warrant (except as otherwise permitted by this Section 9) shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THESE WARRANTS AND ANY SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE WARRANTS AND SUCH SHARES AND ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN OR THEREIN MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SUCH ACT AND UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE WARRANTS AND SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT UPON THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THESE WARRANTS OR SUCH SHARES SHALL BE VALID OR EFFECTIVE UNLESS AND UNTIL SUCH CONDITIONS SHALL HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH.

B. Termination of Restrictions . The restrictions imposed by Section 9A upon the transferability of Warrants and Warrant Shares shall apply as to the Warrants and any Warrant Shares until (a) such securities shall have been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering such securities, or (b) such time as, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Company, or in the written opinion of counsel for the Holder reasonably acceptable to the Company, such restrictions are not required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Whenever such restrictions shall terminate as to any Warrants or Warrant Shares, the Holder shall be entitled to receive from the Company, without expense, new certificates of like tenor not bearing the restrictive legends set forth in Section 9A.

 

-13-


10. Definitions . As used in this Warrant Certificate, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

Affiliate : shall mean as applied to any Person, any other Person who controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of stock, by contract, or otherwise.

Aggregate Number : as set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant Certificate.

Authorized Warrant Shares : the Warrant Shares and all shares of Common Stock (and any other or additional shares, securities or property issued upon exercise of any other Authorized Warrants) issued upon exercise of any other Authorized Warrants.

Authorized Warrants : as set forth in the third paragraph of this Warrant Certificate.

Business Day : a day that is not a Legal Holiday. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday, a federally recognized holiday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

capital stock : shall mean any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interest in (however designated) capital stock.

Cashless Exercise Ratio : shall equal a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the Current Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price per share as of the date of exercise and the denominator of which is the Current Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise.

closing bid price : for any Security on each trading day shall mean (A) if such Security is listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange, the closing price, regular way, on such day on the principal exchange on which such Security is traded, or if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, (B) if such Security is not then listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchange, the last reported sale price on such day, or if there is no such last reported sale price on such day, the average of the closing bid and the asked prices on such day, as reported by a reputable quotation source designated by the Company or (C) if neither clause (A) nor (B) is applicable, the average of the reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reputable quotation service, or a newspaper of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, customarily published on each trading day, in each case, designated by the Company. If there are no such prices on a trading day, then the closing bid price shall not be determinable for such trading day.

 

-14-


Commission : the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any other similar or successor agency of the United States federal government administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

Common Stock : the shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company, currently provided for in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, and including, for all purposes hereunder, any other capital stock of the Company into which such shares of common stock may be converted or reclassified or that may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of, such common stock by reason of any stock splits, stock dividends, distributions, mergers, consolidations or like events.

Company : as set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant Certificate.

Credit Agreement : shall mean that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, or otherwise modified) among the Company, Oclaro Technology Limited, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc., and the lenders identified on the signature pages thereto.

Current Market Value : per share of Common Stock or of any other security (herein collectively referred to as a “Security”) at any date shall be:

(1) if the Security is not registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the value of the Security determined by an Independent Financial Expert, or

(2) if the Security is registered under the Exchange Act, the average of the daily closing bid prices of such Security for the 20 consecutive trading days preceding such date, but only if such Security shall have been listed on a national securities exchange or traded through an automated quotation system during such entire 20 trading day period. If such Security shall have not been so listed or traded for such entire 20 trading day period, the Current Market Value of such Security shall be determined as if the Security was not registered under the Exchange Act.

 

-15-


Equity Interest : shall mean, with respect to any person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents, including membership interests (however designated, whether voting or nonvoting), of equity of such person, including, if such person is a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of property of, such partnership, whether outstanding on the date hereof or issued after the date hereof, but excluding debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity.

Exercise Price : as set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant Certificate.

Exercise Rate : as set forth in Section 4.

Exchange Act : the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Expiration Date : May 6, 2014.

Fully Diluted Shares : as set forth in Section 4(b).

Holder : as set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant Certificate.

Holder Distribution Election : shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c).

Independent : any Person who (i) is in fact independent, (ii) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or in any Affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than as a result of holding securities of the Company in trading accounts) and (iii) is not an officer, employee, promoter, trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions for the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any Affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Independent Financial Expert : a reputable accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm that is, in the reasonable judgment of the board of directors of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which such firm has been engaged hereunder, is nationally recognized and disinterested and Independent with respect to the Company and its Affiliates and is reasonably acceptable to the Required Holders.

Person : an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or trustee thereof, estate or executor thereof, unincorporated organization or joint venture, court or governmental unit or any agency or subdivision thereof, or any other legally recognizable entity.

Public Offering : the sale in an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of shares of the Company’s Common Stock approved by the board of directors of the Company and managed by a nationally-recognized investment banking firm.

Registration Rights Agreement : the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 6, 2013 among the Company and the holders of Authorized Warrants party thereto.

 

-16-


Reorganization : as set forth in Section 4(e).

Required Holders : any registered holder or holders holding at least 51% of the outstanding Authorized Warrants (including the Warrants) and Authorized Warrant Shares.

Securities Act : the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Term Loans : shall mean Term Loans as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement.

Time of Determination : as set forth in Section 4(b).

Warrants : as set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant Certificate.

Warrant Shares : as set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant Certificate.

11. Warrants Transferable . This Warrant Certificate is issued as a Warrant Certificate for which there is a register maintained by the Company. Subject to the provisions of Section 9, the transfer of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate and all rights hereunder, in whole or in part, is registerable at the office or agency of the Company referred to in Section 1 hereof by the Holder in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate with a properly completed Form of Assignment in the form annexed hereto as Schedule 2 . The Holder, by taking or holding the same, consents and agrees that this Warrant Certificate, when endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable, and that the holder hereof, when this Warrant Certificate shall have been so endorsed, may be treated by the Company and all other persons dealing with this Warrant Certificate as the absolute owner hereof for any purpose and as the person entitled to exercise the rights of a “Holder” represented by this Warrant Certificate, or to the registration of transfer hereof on the books of the Company; and until due presentment for registration of transfer on such books, the Company may treat the Holder thereof as the owner for all purposes, and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary. Any transfer tax relating to a transfer of this Warrant Certificate shall be paid by the Holder who transfers such Warrant Certificate.

12. Warrant Certificates Exchangeable for Different Denominations . Subject to the provisions of Section 9, this Warrant Certificate is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the Holder hereof at such office or agency of the Company, for new Warrant Certificates of like tenor representing in the aggregate the number of Warrants represented hereby, each of such new Warrant Certificates to represent the number of Warrants as shall be designated by said Holder at the time of such surrender.

 

-17-


13. Replacement of Warrant Certificates . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant Certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of an indemnity bond (or, in the case of the original Holder hereof or any substantial financial institution to which any Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate may be transferred, an unsecured indemnity agreement) reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant Certificate, the Company will execute and deliver, subject to the provisions of Section 9, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor to the Holder of such Warrant, at such Holder’s expense.

14. Certificate Rights and Obligations Survive Exercise of Warrants . The rights and obligations of the Company contained in this Warrant Certificate shall survive the exercise or repurchase of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate to the extent that such survival is necessary to give effect to a provision hereof.

15. Notices . All notices, requests and other communications required or permitted to be given or delivered to the Holder under this Warrant Certificate shall be in writing, and shall be delivered, or shall be sent by certified or registered mail postage prepaid and addressed, to such Holder at the address shown on this Warrant Certificate, or at such other address as shall have been furnished to the Company by notice from such Holder. All notices, requests and other communications required or permitted to be given or delivered to the Company shall be in writing, and shall be delivered, or shall be sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and addressed to the office of the Company (return receipt requested) at 2584 Junction Avenue, San Jose, California 95134, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, with a copy to: Jones Day, 1755 Embarcadero Road, Palo Alto, California 94303, Attention: Robert T. Clarkson. Any such notice, request or other communication may be sent by telegram or telex or by email, but shall in such case be subsequently confirmed by a writing delivered or sent by certified or registered mail as provided above and, in the case of an email communication, confirmed by reply email from the intended recipient thereof. All notices shall be deemed to have been given either at the time of the delivery thereof to (or the receipt by, in the case of a telegram or telex; or such time as the intended recipient thereof shall reply confirming receipt, in the case of e-mail) any officer or employee of the person entitled to receive such notice at the address of such person for purposes of this Section 15, or, if mailed, at the completion of the third full day following the time of such mailing thereof to such address, as the case may be.

16. Amendments . Neither this Warrant Certificate nor any term or provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the Holder.

17. Remedies . The Holder may seek to enforce the terms of this Warrant Certificate by seeking a decree for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or by an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or otherwise. If any default under the terms of this Warrant Certificate shall occur and be continuing, the Holder may proceed to protect and enforce its rights under this Warrant Certificate by exercising such remedies as are available to such Holder in respect thereof under applicable law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both, whether for specific performance of any covenant or other agreement contained in this Warrant Certificate or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Warrant Certificate. No remedy conferred in this Warrant Certificate or the Credit Agreement upon the Holder is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy available to such Holder, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy conferred herein or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise.

 

-18-


18. Governing Law . THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AT AND SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK. THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE AND THE RIGHTS GRANTED HEREIN SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES OR PRINCIPLES). ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY OR AGAINST THE COMPANY WITH RESPECT TO THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE OR ANY RELATED AGREEMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT IN ANY COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE, THE COMPANY ACCEPTS THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS WARRANT. IF ANY ACTION IS COMMENCED IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY CONSENT TO THE REMOVAL OF SUCH ACTION TO THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK. THE COMPANY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO THE COMPANY AT ITS ADDRESS, SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE HOLDERS OF THIS WARRANT OR THE WARRANT SHARES TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS IN OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST THE COMPANY IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

19. Waiver of Jury Trial . THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THE RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED HEREUNDER. THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE ALSO WAIVE ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF THE OTHER PARTIES. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THE WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THE WAIVER IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

-19-


20. Representations and Warranties of Company . The Company represents and warrants to Holder that (i) the issuance of the Warrants and performance hereunder has been duly authorized by all necessary action of the Company and once issued will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditor’s rights generally, by general equitable principles (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), public policy and by any implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, (ii) prior to giving effect to the issuance of the Warrants and as of March 30, 2013, the authorized Equity Interests of the Company consist solely of 175,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 92,640,962 shares are issued and outstanding, 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, none of which are issued and outstanding, 10,416,477 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to outstanding options, restricted and performance stock units, restricted and performance stock awards and stock appreciation rights, 7,132,061 shares of Common Stock available for grant pursuant to the Company’s incentive plans and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Oclaro Luxembourg’s 7.5% Exchangeable Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2018 (iii) all shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of the Warrants, when issued upon exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the terms of the Warrants, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of preemptive rights, (iv) the Company has duly reserved for issuance a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock for issuance upon exercise of the Warrants at the initial exercise rate thereof, (v) other than as set forth in this Section 20 and the Warrants, there are no securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and no options, warrants, calls, subscriptions, convertible securities, or other rights, agreements or commitments which obligate the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (vi) other than as set forth in this Section 20 and the Warrants, there are no outstanding obligations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and (vii) other than as set forth in this Section 20 or the Warrants, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will have any obligation to issue, transfer or sell any Equity Interests of the Company or its subsidiaries.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature pages follow]

 

-20-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of May 6, 2013.

 

OCLARO, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:


Schedule 1

EXERCISE FORM

[To be executed only upon exercise of Warrants]

To: [                    ]

The undersigned irrevocably exercises             of the Warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of             shares (the “Warrant Shares”) of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of OCLARO, INC . (the “Company”), and herewith makes payment of $            (such payment being (a) in cash or by check or bank draft in New York Clearing House funds payable to the order of the Company, (b) by the surrender of the applicable Warrant or Warrants, and without the payment of the Exercise Price in cash, for such number of Warrant Shares equal to the product of (1) the number of Warrants Shares for which such Warrant or Warrants are exercisable with payment in cash of the Exercise Price as of the date of exercise and (2) the Cashless Exercise Ratio, (c) by tendering Term Loans having an aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of exercise, equal to the Exercise Price or (d) by any combination of (a), (b) and (c) above, all in the aggregate Exercise Price for all Warrants being exercised by the undersigned and on the terms and conditions specified in the within Warrant Certificate), surrenders the within Warrant Certificate and all right, title and interest therein (except as to any unexercised Warrants) to the Company and directs that the Warrant Shares deliverable upon the exercise of such Warrants be registered or placed in the name and at the address specified below and delivered thereto.

 

Date:                                                                 


Schedule 2

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned registered holder of the within Warrant Certificate hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Assignee(s) named below (including the undersigned with respect to any Warrants constituting a part of the Warrants evidenced by the within Warrant Certificate not being assigned hereby) all of the rights of the undersigned under the within Warrant Certificate with respect to the number of Warrants set forth below:

 

Names of

Assignees

   Address    Social Security or
Other Identifying Number
of Assignee(s)
   Number of
Warrants

and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint              the undersigned’s attorney to make such transfer on the books of [            ] maintained for that purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                     

 

1
(Signature of Owner)
   
(Street Address)
   
(City) (State) (Zip Code)

 

1  

The signature must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Warrant Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

Exhibit 10.8

Execution Version

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT

AGREEMENT AND AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENTS AND

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTIES

This Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security Agreements and Amendment Number One to Amended and Restated Guaranties (“ Amendment ”) is entered into as of May 6, 2013, by and among WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC. , a California corporation, as administrative agent (the “ Agent ”) for the lenders (the “ Lenders ”) identified on the signature pages to the Credit Agreement (as defined below), and the Lenders, on the one hand, and OCLARO, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), OCLARO TECHNOLOGY LIMITED , a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (“ Borrower ”), and the Grantors (defined below) identified on the signature pages hereto, on the other hand, with reference to the following facts:

A. Agent, Lenders, Parent and Borrower have previously entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, or otherwise modified, the “ Credit Agreement ”).

B. Certain grantors (“ Grantors ”) and Agent have previously entered into that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement (Domestic), dated as of November 2, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, or otherwise modified, the “ Domestic Security Agreement ”) and that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement (Foreign), dated as of November 2, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, or otherwise modified, the “ Foreign Security Agreement ”, and together with the Domestic Security Agreement, the “ Security Agreements ”)

C. Grantors have previously entered into that certain Amended and Restated General Continuing Guaranty (Domestic) dated as of November 2, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, or otherwise modified, the “ Domestic Guaranty ”) and that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement (Foreign), dated as of November 2, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated, or otherwise modified, the “ Foreign Guaranty ”, and together with the Domestic Guaranty, the “ Guaranties ”).

D. Borrower, Parent, Grantors, Agent, and Lenders desire to amend the Credit Agreement, each of the Security Agreements, and each of the Guaranties as provided for and on the conditions herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower, Parent, Grantors, Agent and Lenders hereby amend and supplement the Credit Agreement, each of the Security Agreements, and each of the Guaranties as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS . All initially capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement unless specifically defined herein.

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT .

(a) The “Exhibits and Schedules” table after the table of contents of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “Revolver Commitments” therein and replacing such reference with “Commitments”.

(b) Section 2.1(a)(ii)(A) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such clause in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(A) the Maximum Revolver Amount less the sum of (1) the Letter of Credit Usage at such time, plus (2) the principal amount of Swing Loans outstanding at such time, plus (3) the Line Block and”


Execution Version

 

(c) Section 2.1(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the “or” at the end of clause (i) therein, deleting the period at the end of clause (ii)(B) therein and replacing such period with “, or”, and adding the following new clause (iii) immediately thereafter:

“(iii) such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of an amount that, when added with the principal amount of the Advances and the Term Loans outstanding at such time (including after giving effect to any interest accrued at the PIK Term Loan Interest Rate that has been added to the principal balance of the Term Loans pursuant to the terms hereof) does not exceed $100,000,000; provided , in the event such aggregate amount exceeds such $100,000,000 limitation, such excess shall nonetheless continue to be deemed as Obligations hereunder.”

(d) Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“2.2 Term Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Second Amendment Effective Date, each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make a term loan (each, a “ Term Loan ” and collectively, the “ Term Loans ”) to Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Term Loan Amount. The Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment a closing fee (the “ Term Loan Closing Fee ”) in an amount equal to 8.5% of the principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loan funded on the Second Amendment Effective Date; provided that such Term Loan Closing Fee may be paid to each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment out of the proceeds of the Term Loan funded by such Lender as and when funded on the Second Amendment Effective Date. Such Term Loan Closing Fee will be in all respects fully earned, due and payable on the Second Amendment Effective Date and non-refundable and non-creditable thereafter. The outstanding unpaid principal balance and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Term Loans shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the Term Loan Maturity Date, and (ii) the date of the acceleration of the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof. Any principal amount of the Term Loans that is repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. All principal of, interest on, and other amounts payable in respect of the Term Loans shall constitute Obligations hereunder. Parent agrees to issue the Warrants to each Term Loan Lender on the Second Amendment Effective Date. The Parent, Borrower, and each Term Loan Lender agrees that (i) the consideration payable to the Borrower for the Term Loans is $22,198,000 and (ii) the aggregate purchase price payable to the Parent for the Warrants is $677,000 (or $0.3687 per Warrant). Unless otherwise required by law, the Parent, Borrower, and each Term Loan Lender shall not take any position inconsistent with the preceding sentence on any income tax return or for any other income tax purpose.”

(e) Section 2.3(f) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the reference “(and Term Loans, as applicable)” immediately after the reference to “principal amount of the Advances” therein.

(f) Section 2.3(g) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the reference “fourth,” to the beginning of clause (D) therein and adding the reference “fifth,” to the beginning of clause (E) therein.

(g) Section 2.3(h) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “Revolver Commitment” therein and replacing such reference with “Commitment”.

 

2


Execution Version

 

(h) Section 2.4(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(b) Apportionment and Application .

(i) Upon consummation of any Strategic Transaction, the Net Proceeds of such Strategic Transaction shall be applied by the Borrower as follows:

(A) with respect to any Strategic Transaction pursuant to clause (a) of the definition thereof:

 

  (1) first , so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Net Proceeds may be retained by the Borrower (with any Net Proceeds that the Borrower elects not to retain or that may not be retained as the result of the existence of a Default or Event of Default, to be applied pursuant to the remaining clauses of this Section 2.4(b)(i) ); provided that not more than an aggregate of $10,000,000 may be retained by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.4(b)(i)(A)(1) from all Strategic Transactions;

 

  (2) second , any remaining portion of such Net Proceeds shall be applied in the order set forth in Sections 2.4(b)(ii)(A) through (L) ; provided that the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds applied pursuant to this Section 2.4(b)(i)(A)(2) , when taken together with any amounts applied to Obligations owed to Revolving Lenders and their Affiliates pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(i)(B)(1) from all Strategic Transactions shall not exceed $20,000,000;

 

  (3) third , any remaining Net Proceeds shall be applied to the outstanding amount of the Obligations owed to Term Loan Lenders to be applied in the order set forth in Sections 2.4(b)(ii)(M) and (N)  until paid in full; and

 

  (4) fourth , any remaining proceeds shall be applied to all other Obligations as set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii) .

(B) With respect to any Strategic Transaction pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) of the definition thereof:

 

  (1) first , such Net Proceeds shall be applied in the order set forth in Sections 2.4(b)(ii)(A) through (L) ; provided that the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds applied pursuant to this Section 2.4(b)(i)(B)(1) , when taken together with any amounts applied to the Obligations pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(A)(2) from all Strategic Transactions may not exceed $20,000,000;

 

  (2) second , any remaining Net Proceeds shall be applied to the outstanding amount of the Obligations owed to Term Loan Lenders to be applied in the order set forth in Sections 2.4(b)(ii)(M) and (N)  until paid in full; and

 

3


Execution Version

 

  (3) third , any remaining proceeds shall be applied to all other Obligations as set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii) .

(ii) Other than as required by Section 2.4(b)(i) , all payments remitted to Agent and all proceeds of Collateral (other than Exempted Proceeds) received by Agent shall be applied as follows:

 

  (A) first , to pay any Lender Group Expenses (including cost or expense reimbursements) or indemnities then due to Agent under the Loan Documents, until paid in full,

 

  (B) second , to pay any fees or premiums then due to Agent under the Loan Documents until paid in full,

 

  (C) third , to pay interest due in respect of all Protective Advances until paid in full,

 

  (D) fourth , to pay the principal of all Protective Advances until paid in full,

 

  (E) fifth , ratably, to pay any Lender Group Expenses (including cost or expense reimbursements) or indemnities then due to any of the Lenders under the Loan Documents, until paid in full,

 

  (F) sixth , ratably, to pay any fees or premiums then due to any of the Lenders under the Loan Documents until paid in full,

 

  (G) seventh , to pay interest accrued in respect of the Swing Loans until paid in full,

 

  (H) eighth , to pay the principal of all Swing Loans until paid in full,

 

  (I) ninth , ratably, to pay interest accrued and then due in respect of the Advances (other than Protective Advances) until paid in full,

 

  (J) tenth , ratably (i) to pay the principal of all Advances until paid in full, (ii) to Agent, to be held by Agent, for the benefit of Issuing Lender (and for the ratable benefit of each of the Lenders that have an obligation to pay to Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender, a share of each Letter of Credit Disbursement), as cash collateral in an amount up to 105% of Dollar denominated Letters of Credit and 115% of foreign currency denominated Letters of Credit comprising the Letter of Credit Usage (to the extent permitted by applicable law, such cash collateral shall be applied to the reimbursement of any Letter of Credit Disbursement as and when such disbursement occurs and, if a Letter of Credit expires undrawn, the cash collateral held by Agent in respect of such Letter of Credit shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be reapplied pursuant to this Section 2.4(b)(ii) , beginning with tier (A) hereof), and (iii) ratably, to the Bank Product Providers based upon amounts then certified by the applicable Bank Product Provider to Agent (in form and substance satisfactory to Agent) to be then due and payable to such Bank Product Providers on account of Bank Product Obligations,

 

4


Execution Version

 

  (K) eleventh , to pay any other Obligations other than (i) Obligations owed to Defaulting Lenders and (ii) Obligations with respect to the Term Loans,

 

  (L) twelfth , ratably to pay any Obligations then owed to Defaulting Lenders other than Obligations with respect to the Term Loans,

 

  (M) thirteenth , to pay interest accrued in respect of the Term Loans until paid in full,

 

  (N) fourteenth , to pay the principal of the Term Loans until paid in full, and

 

  (O) fifteenth , to Borrower (to be wired to the Designated Account) or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.

(iii) Agent promptly shall distribute to each Lender, pursuant to the applicable wire instructions received from each Lender in writing, such funds as it may be entitled to receive, subject to a Settlement delay as provided in Section 2.3(e) .

(iv) [Reserved].

(v) For purposes of Section 2.4(b)(ii) , “paid in full” of a type of Obligation means payment in cash or immediately available funds of all amounts owing on account of such type of Obligation, including interest accrued after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding, default interest, interest on interest, and expense reimbursements, irrespective of whether any of the foregoing would be or is allowed or disallowed in whole or in part in any Insolvency Proceeding.

(vi) In the event of a direct conflict between the priority provisions of this Section 2.4 and any other provision contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such provisions be read together and construed, to the fullest extent possible, to be in concert with each other. In the event of any actual, irreconcilable conflict that cannot be resolved as aforesaid, if the conflict relates to the provisions of Section 2.3(g) and this Section 2.4 , then the provisions of Section 2.3(g) shall control and govern, and if otherwise, then the terms and provisions of this Section 2.4 shall control and govern.”

(i) Section 2.4(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by designating the existing text therein as new clause (i), amending the title of such clause (i) to “Revolver Commitments”, adding the title “Reduction of Commitments” to the beginning of such Section 2.4(c) , and adding the following new clause (ii) therein:

“(ii) Term Loan Commitments . The Term Loan Commitments shall terminate on the Second Amendment Effective Date immediately following the making of the Term Loans.”

(j) Section 2.4(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(d) Optional Prepayments .

 

5


Execution Version

 

(i) Advances . Borrower may prepay the principal of any Advance at any time in whole or in part.

(ii) Term Loans . Borrower may, with the prior written consent of Required Lenders ( provided that such consent shall not be required with respect to any prepayment required under Section 2.4(e) ), prepay the principal of the Term Loans, in whole or in part. Each prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.4(d)(ii) shall be accompanied by the payment of accrued interest to the date of such payment on the amount prepaid. Any such prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.4(d)(ii) shall be in the amount of: (A) 100% of the Term Loans if such prepayment is made on or prior to the date that is 6 months following the Second Amendment Effective Date, and (B) 105% of the Term Loans if such prepayment is made anytime thereafter.”

(k) Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new clause (e) as follows:

“(e) Mandatory Prepayments . Upon consummation of any Strategic Transaction, the Parent and/or the applicable Subsidiary shall apply 100% of the Net Proceeds of such Strategic Transaction in accordance with Section 2.4(b) .”

(l) Section 2.6(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(a) Interest Rates . Except as provided in Section 2.6(c), all Obligations (except for undrawn Letters of Credit) that have been charged to the Loan Account pursuant to the terms hereof shall bear interest on the Daily Balance thereof as follows:

(i) if the relevant Obligation is a LIBOR Rate Loan, at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Obligation plus the LIBOR Rate Margin,

(ii) if the relevant Obligation is a Term Loan, at a per annum rate equal to the sum of: (A) the PIK Term Loan Interest Rate, with such accrued interest to be capitalized quarterly and added to the outstanding principal balance of such Term Loan, plus (B) the Cash Term Loan Interest Rate.

(iii) otherwise, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate then in effect plus the Base Rate Margin.”

(m) Section 2.6(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the first clause before clause (i) in its entirety and replacing it with the following: “Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default and at the election of the Required Lenders with respect to Obligations owed to Revolving Lenders and their Affiliates, and at the election of Term Loan Lenders with respect to the Term Loans,”.

(n) Section 2.6(d ) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the reference “(at Agent’s Option)” immediately after the phrase “to charge” in the second sentence therein.

(o) Section 2.8 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by designating the existing clause as clause (i) and adding the following new clause (ii) immediately thereafter:

 

6


Execution Version

 

“(ii) The Term Loan Lenders are authorized to make the Term Loans under this Agreement based upon telephonic or other instructions received from anyone purporting to be an Authorized Person. Borrower agrees to establish and maintain the Term Loan Designated Account with the Designated Account Bank for the purpose of receiving the proceeds of the Term Loan requested by Borrower and made by the Term Loan Lender hereunder. Unless otherwise agreed by Term Loan Lender and Borrower, the Term Loans requested by Borrower and made by Term Loan Lender hereunder shall be made to the Term Loan Designated Account. Borrower may use the proceeds of the Term Loans to fund working capital requirements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries. Agent may not exercise any of its rights or remedies with respect to the Term Loan Designated Account unless (a) such exercise is in connection with the exercise of remedies under Section 9.1 on or after the Milestone Date or (b) the Term Loan Lenders consent to such exercise in writing.”

(p) Section 2.9 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the reference to “the Term Loans,” immediately after the reference to “charged with” in the first sentence therein.

(q) Section 2.12(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “Required Lenders” in the last sentence therein and replacing such reference with “Revolving Lenders”.

(r) Section 2.13(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference “such Lender’s Revolver Commitments” in the first sentence therein and replacing it with “such Lender’s Commitments”.

(s) Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with “ 2.14 [ Reserved ] .”.

(t) Section 3.3 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “Required Lenders” therein in its entirety and replacing such reference with “Supermajority Lenders”.

(u) Section 4.9 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “June 30, 2012” therein in its entirety and replacing such reference with “March 31, 2013”.

(v) Clause (a) of Section 4.10 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(a) the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.”

(w) Section 5.13 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference “Required Lenders” in the first sentence therein and replacing it with “Supermajority Lenders”.

(x) Section 5 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new Section 5.20 immediately after the existing Section 5.19 as follows:

5.20 Strategic Transactions . Borrower shall (a) have consummated one or more Strategic Transactions by the Milestone Date resulting in Net Proceeds of at least $100,000,000 being applied in accordance with Section 2.4(b)(i) , (b) notify Agent of any consummated Strategic Transaction at least 2 days prior to the closing of such Strategic Transaction, (c) cause the Net Proceeds of any Strategic Transaction to be paid directly to a Controlled Account of Borrower subject to daily sweeps for application in accordance with Section 2.4(b)(i) , and (d) cause its investment banking advisors to provide Agent with weekly telephonic or email updates regarding the status of any potential or actual Strategic Transaction.

 

7


Execution Version

 

(y) Section 5 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new Section 5.21 immediately after the existing Section 5.20 as follows:

5.21 Consultant . Agent and Lenders acknowledge that a consultant has been engaged to provide certain services to Parent (such consultant, and any replacement consultant approved by Agent in its sole discretion, the “ Consultant ”) to review Parent and its Subsidiaries’ business and operations for the purpose of (a) verifying and assisting in the generation of the cash flow forecasts, (b) engaging and collaborating with Parent’s management team with respect to any decision materially affecting the cash management of Parent and its Subsidiaries’, and (c) assisting in the preparation of any plans or projections with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries’ business and operations (the foregoing, collectively, the “ Project ”). Parent shall at all times engage the Consultant for the Project until such engagement is terminated by Parent with Agent’s consent. The Consultant will be selected by, engaged by, and work for Parent or its agents. Parent and Borrower shall be solely responsible for all fees, costs and charges of the Consultant with respect to the Project. Parent and its Subsidiaries shall afford the Consultant sufficient access to the books and records, premises, and management and other employees of Parent and its Subsidiaries as may be reasonably required, in the Consultant’s judgment, to timely and properly complete the Project. Parent and Borrower shall direct the Consultant to be available to Agent and the Lenders, in the presence of management of Parent, at one or more reasonable times to discuss its progress on the Project.”

(z) Section 6 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new Section 6.18 as follows:

6.18 Tax Classification . At any time Obligations with respect to the Term Loans are outstanding, permit Borrower to change its classification for United States federal income tax purposes to anything other than a corporation without the prior written consent of the Term Loan Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).

(aa) Section 7.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

7.1 Additional Financial Reporting . Upon the consummation of a Strategic Transaction described in clause (b) or (c) of the definition thereof, Borrower shall promptly (but in any event no later than 4 Business Days following such consummation) deliver to Agent its pro forma financial statements, in form and substance satisfactory to Revolving Lenders, after giving effect to such Strategic Transaction (“ Proforma Strategic Transaction Statements ”). Using information provided on the Proforma Strategic Transaction Statements and Borrower’s reporting delivered pursuant to Section 5.1, Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, shall propose new financial covenant levels which covenant levels shall be subject to Borrower’s approval. Borrower has 15 days after receiving such proposed financial covenant levels to approve such proposed covenant levels or agree with Agent and the Required Lenders as to other proposed financial covenant levels and if Borrower does not so approve, then the Obligations shall become due and payable in full on the 30th day following Borrower’s receipt of such proposed financial covenant levels.”

 

8


Execution Version

 

(bb) Section 8.2(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference “ 5.14 , or 5.15 ” therein and replacing it with “ 5.14 , 5.15 , or 5.20 ”.

(cc) Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference “Required Lenders” in the first sentence therein and replacing it with “Supermajority Lenders”.

(dd) Section 9.1(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “declare” in the first sentence therein and replacing such reference with “declare all or any portion of”.

(ee) Section 11 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting a comma immediately after the first reference to “OCLARO” therein.

(ff) Section 13.1(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(a) With the prior written consent of Borrower, which consent of Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and shall not be required (1) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or (2) in connection with an assignment to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate (other than individuals) of a Lender; provided that Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to a proposed assignment unless it objects thereto by written notice to Agent within 5 Business Days after having received written notice thereof, and subject to clause (h) below, with the prior written consent of Agent, which consent of Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and shall not be required in connection with an assignment to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate (other than individuals) of a Lender, any Lender may assign and delegate to one or more assignees so long as such prospective assignee is an Eligible Transferee (each, an “ Assignee ”; provided , however , that no Loan Party, or Affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be permitted to become an Assignee and no Term Loan Lender shall be permitted to become an Assignee of Obligations owed to Revolving Lenders and their Affiliates without Agent’s prior written consent, and such consent will not be required in the event a Term Loan Lender exercises the option set forth in Section 9 of the Agreement Among Lenders) all or any portion of the Obligations, the Commitments and the other rights and obligations of such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, in a minimum amount (unless waived by Agent) of $5,000,000 (except such minimum amount shall not apply to (x) an assignment or delegation by any Lender to any other Lender or an Affiliate of any Lender or (y) a group of new Lenders, each of which is an Affiliate of each other or a Related Fund of such new Lender to the extent that the aggregate amount to be assigned to all such new Lenders is at least $5,000,000); provided , however , that Borrower and Agent may continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interest so assigned to an Assignee until (i) written notice of such assignment, together with payment instructions, addresses, and related information with respect to the Assignee, have been given to Borrower and Agent by such Lender and the Assignee, (ii) such Lender and its Assignee have delivered to Borrower and Agent an Assignment and Acceptance and Agent has notified the assigning Lender of its receipt thereof in accordance with Section 13.1(b), and (iii) unless waived by Agent, the assigning Lender or Assignee has paid to Agent for Agent’s separate account a processing fee in the amount of $3,500.”

(gg) Sections 13.1(d) and 13.1(e) of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended by deleting each reference to “Revolver Commitment” or “Revolver Commitments” therein, and replacing each such reference with “Commitment” or “Commitments”, as applicable.

 

9


Execution Version

 

(hh) Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new clause (h) at the end of such section as follows:

“(h) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, a Term Loan Lender may only assign or delegate any portion of its Obligations to an assignee if (x) such assignee agrees to become bound to the Agreement Among Lenders and (y) Agent gives its prior written consent; provided that such Agent’s consent (i) shall not be required when no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) shall not be required in connection with an assignment to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate (other than individuals) of a Lender and (iii) may not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned on and after the 6th Business Day following Agent’s knowledge of the occurrence of an Event of Default.”

(ii) Section 14.1(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such clause in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(i) increase the amount of or extend the expiration date of any Commitment of any Lender or amend, modify, or eliminate the last sentence of Section 2.4(b)(i) (each Lender is deemed to be directly affected thereby with respect to an increase of any particular Lender’s Commitment),”

(jj) Section 14.1(a)(iii) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such clause in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(iii) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest on, any loan or other extension of credit hereunder, or reduce any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document (except in connection with the waiver of applicability of Section 2.6(c) (which waiver shall be effective with (A) the written consent of the Revolving Lenders with respect to Obligations owed to Revolving Lenders and their Affiliates or (B) the written consent of a Term Loan Lender with respect to Obligations owed to such Term Loan Lender)),”

(kk) Section 14.1(a)(vii) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such clause in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(vii) amend, modify, or eliminate the definition of “Required Lenders”, “Supermajority Lenders”, or “Pro Rata Share” or reduce the dollar amount set forth in the definition of “Line Block” (it being understood that the Term Loan Lenders would be directly affected by any such amendment, modification or elimination of such definition),”

(ll) Section 14.1(a)(x) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “ Section 2.4(b)(i) ” therein and replacing it with “ Section 2.4(b) ”.

(mm) Section 15.4 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “consent of the Required Lenders” therein and replacing it with “consent of the Required Lenders or Supermajority Lenders, as applicable,”.

(nn) Section 15.9 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing each reference to “Required Lenders” therein with “Supermajority Lenders”.

(oo) Section 15.11(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “Required Lenders” in clause (z) therein and replacing such reference with “Supermajority Lenders”, and adding the following proviso to the end of clause (ii) therein: “ provided , the release of Liens with respect to a Strategic Transaction (other than as set forth in clause (t) of the definition of “Permitted Dispositions”) requires the consent of the Supermajority Lenders,”.

 

10


Execution Version

 

(pp) Sections 15.12(e) , (f) , and (u)  of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended by deleting each reference to “Required Lenders” therein and replacing each such reference with “Supermajority Lenders”.

(qq) Section 15.18 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting each reference to “Revolver Commitments” therein and replacing each such reference with “Commitments”.

(rr) Section 16(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “Revolver Commitments” therein and replacing such reference with “Commitments”.

(ss) Section 17.9 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “Revolver Commitments” therein and replacing such reference with “Commitments”.

(tt) Section 17.13 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “This Agreement” therein and replacing such reference with “This Agreement and the Agreement Among Lenders”.

(uu) The definition of “Lender” in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference “the Issuing Lender and the Swing Lender,” and replacing such reference with “the Issuing Lender, the Swing Lender, and the Term Loan Lenders,” therein.

(vv) The definition of “Loan Documents” in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference “means the Agreement,” and replacing such reference with “means the Agreement, the Second Amendment,”.

(ww) The definition of “Payoff Date” in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference “Revolver Commitments” therein and replacing such reference with “Commitments”.

(xx) The definition of “Permitted Dispositions” in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “and” at the end of clause (r) therein, deleting the period at the end of clause (s) therein and replacing such period with a comma, and also adding the following new clause (t):

“(t) any Strategic Transaction set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of such definition, so long as Parent and/or the relevant Subsidiary receives not less than fair market value as consideration for the assets (including any equity interests) subject to such disposition.”

(yy) The definition of “Permitted Intercompany Advance” in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (c) therein in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(c) made by any of Parent’s Subsidiaries that is a Loan Party to any of Parent’s other Subsidiaries that is not a Loan Party in the form of operational funding consistent with current business practices and consistent with the level and nature of operations and revenue generating activities implicit in the financial models provided by Parent prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date (and as updated in a manner reviewed and approved by the Lenders) and reviewed by the Consultant pursuant to Section 5.21 , so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;”

 

11


Execution Version

 

(zz) Clause (d) of the definition of “Permitted Intercompany Advance” in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “clause (c)(ii)” therein and replacing it with “clause (c)”.

(aaa) The definition of “Revolver Commitment” in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to “or as may be increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Agreement” therein.

(bbb) Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the definitions of “Application Event”, “Excess”, “Increase”, “Increase Date”, “Increase Joinder”, “Post-Increase Lenders”, “Pre-Increase Lenders”, “Triggering Event”, and “Triggering Period” in their entirety.

(ccc) The definitions of “Adjusted Excess Availability”, “Base Rate Margin”, “Borrowing Base”, “LIBOR Rate Margin”, “Maximum Revolver Amount”, “Pro Rata Share”, “Required Lenders”, and “UK Collateral Documents” in Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended by deleting such definitions in their entirety and replacing them with the following in alphabetical order:

Adjusted Excess Availability ” means, as of any date of measurement, Excess Availability.

Base Rate Margin ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Applicable Margin.

Borrowing Base ” means, as of any date of determination, the result of (a) the sum of (i) 85% of the amount of Tier One Eligible Accounts, plus (ii) the lesser of (x) 75% of Tier Two Eligible Accounts and (y) $20,000,000, plus (iii) the lesser of (x) 75% of Tier Three Eligible Accounts and (y) $15,000,000, minus (b) the sum of (i) the amount, if any, of the Dilution Reserve, (ii) the aggregate amount of reserves, if any, established by Agent under Section 2.1(c) of the Agreement, and (iii) the Availability Block.

LIBOR Rate Margin ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Applicable Margin.

Maximum Revolver Amount ” means the sum of the Revolver Commitments set forth on Schedule C-1 , as such Revolver Commitments may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.4(c) of the Agreement.

Pro Rata Share ” means, as of any date of determination:

 

  (a) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make all or a portion of the Advances, with respect to such Lender’s right to receive payments of interest, fees, and principal with respect to the Advances, and with respect to all other computations and other matters related to the Revolver Commitments or the Advances, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Revolving Loan Exposure of such Lender by (ii) the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders,

 

12


Execution Version

 

  (b) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to participate in Letters of Credit and Reimbursement Undertakings, to reimburse the Issuing Lender, and right to receive payments of fees with respect thereto, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Revolving Loan Exposure of such Lender by (ii) the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders; provided , that if all of the Advances have been repaid in full and all Revolver Commitments have been terminated, but Letters of Credit remain outstanding, Pro Rata Share under this clause shall be determined as if the Revolver Commitments had not been terminated and based upon the Revolver Commitments as they existed immediately prior to their termination,

 

  (c) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make all or a portion of the Term Loans, with respect to such Lender’s right to receive payments of interest, fees, and principal with respect to the Term Loans, and with respect to all other computations and other matters related to the Term Loan Commitments or the Term Loans, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Term Loan Exposure of such Lender by (ii) the aggregate Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, and

 

  (d) with respect to all other matters and for all other matters as to a particular Lender (including the indemnification obligations arising under Section 15.7 of the Agreement), the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the Term Loan Exposure of such Lender plus the Revolving Loan Exposure of such Lender by (ii) the sum of the aggregate Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders plus the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders, in any such case as the applicable percentage may be adjusted by assignments permitted pursuant to Section 13.1; provided, that if all of the Loans have been repaid in full, all Letters of Credit have been made the subject of Letter of Credit Collateralization, and all Commitments have been terminated, Pro Rata Share under this clause shall be determined as if the Revolving Loan Exposures and the Term Loan Exposures had not been repaid, collateralized, or terminated and shall be based upon the Revolving Loan Exposures and Term Loan Exposures as they existed immediately prior to their repayment, collateralization, or termination.

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders whose aggregate Pro Rata Shares (calculated under clause (d) of the definition of Pro Rata Shares) exceed 50%; provided , however , that at any time Revolver Commitments exist or there are any outstanding Obligations to any Revolving Lender or its Affiliates, “Required Lenders” means Revolving Lenders whose Pro Rata Shares (calculated under clause (a) of the definition of Pro Rata Shares) exceed 50% (provided that at any time there are two or more Revolving Lenders, “Required Lenders” under this proviso must include at least two Revolving Lenders.

UK Collateral Documents ” means each of:

 

  (a) the debenture dated August 2, 2006 entered into among (1) Bookham Technology plc, (2) Bookham Nominees Limited, and (3) Agent;

 

  (b) the debenture dated July 21, 2010 entered into between (1) Oclaro Innovations LLP and (2) Agent;

 

13


Execution Version

 

  (c) the debenture dated July 26, 2011 entered into among (1) Borrower, (2) Bookham Nominees Limited, (3) Parent, (4) Oclaro (North America) Inc., (5) Oclaro Innovations LLP, and (6) Agent; and

 

  (d) the debenture dated on or about the Second Amendment Effective Date entered into among (1) Borrower, (2) Bookham Nominees Limited, (3) Parent, (4) Oclaro (North America) Inc., (5) Oclaro Innovations LLP, and (6) Agent.

(ddd) Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new definitions in alphabetical order:

Agreement Among Lenders ” means that certain Agreement Among Lenders among WFCF, Silicon Valley Bank, and Term Loan Lenders, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date.

Applicable Margin ” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans, as applicable, the applicable margin set forth in the following table that corresponds to the Average Quarterly Excess Availability for the most recently completed fiscal quarter:

 

Level

  

Average Quarterly Excess Availability

  

Applicable Margin Relative to Base Rate Loans
(the “Base Rate Margin”)

  

Applicable Margin Relative to LIBOR Rate
Loans (the “LIBOR Rate Margin”)

I    ³ 50% of the Maximum Revolver Amount    1.00 percentage points    2.25 percentage points
II    < 50% of the Maximum Revolver Amount and ³ 25% of the Maximum Revolver Amount    1.25 percentage points    2.50 percentage points
III    < 25% of the Maximum Revolver Amount    1.50 percentage points    2.75 percentage points

Except as set forth in the foregoing proviso, the Applicable Margin shall be re-determined quarterly on the first day of each calendar quarter based on Average Quarterly Excess Availability for the immediately preceding calendar quarter determined upon receipt of the Borrowing Base Certificate for the last month of such calendar quarter pursuant to Section 5.2 ; provided , however, that if Borrower fails to provide any Borrowing Base Certificate when such Borrowing Base Certificate is to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.2 , the Applicable Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level III” as of the first day of the month following the date on which the applicable Borrowing Base Certificate was required to be delivered until the date on which such Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default occasioned by the failure to timely deliver such Borrowing Base Certificate, the Applicable Margin shall be set at the margin based upon the Average Quarterly Excess Availability disclosed by such Borrowing Base Certificate, if applicable. In the event that the calculation Average Quarterly Excess Availability on which the applicable interest rate or fee for an particular period was determined is inaccurate, and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) than the Applicable Margin actually applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) Borrowers shall immediately deliver to Agent a correct Borrowing Base Certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable Margin shall be determined as if the correct Applicable Margin (as set forth in the table above) were applicable for such Applicable Period, and (iii) Borrowers shall immediately deliver to Agent full payment in respect of the accrued additional interest, if any, as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by Agent to the affected Obligations.

 

14


Execution Version

 

Availability Block ” means $20,000,000.

Cash Term Loan Interest Rate ” means, as of any date of determination, the rate corresponding to such date of determination in the following table:

 

Period

   Cash Term Loan
Interest Rate
 

Second Amendment Effective Date up to but excluding the date 6 months thereafter (“6 Month Date”)

     7.0

6 Month Date up to but excluding the date 12 months after the Second Amendment Effective Date (“12 Month Date”)

     8.5

12 Month Date and thereafter

     10.0

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Revolver Commitment or its Term Loan Commitment, as the context requires, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Revolver Commitments or their Term Loan Commitments, as the context requires, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 to the Agreement or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender under the Agreement, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement.

Exempted Proceeds ” means the proceeds of (a) the sale of the equity of ClariPhy Communications, Inc. and related rights held by Parent, (b) the transactions described in clauses (m), (n), (q), or (s) of the definition of “Permitted Dispositions”, (c) Qualified Cash, or (d) the Term Loans held in the Term Loan Designated Account.

Line Block ” means $10,000,000.

Milestone Date ” means July 15, 2013.

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Parent and its Subsidiaries in respect of any Strategic Transaction (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration or cash equivalents received substantially concurrently in any Strategic Transaction), net of the direct costs relating to such Strategic Transaction, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, directly incurred as a result of the Strategic Transaction, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Strategic Transaction.

 

15


Execution Version

 

PIK Term Loan Interest Rate ” means, as of any date of determination, the rate corresponding to such date of determination in the following table:

 

Period

   PIK Term Loan
Interest Rate
 

Second Amendment Effective Date up to but excluding the date 6 months thereafter (“6 Month Date”)

     2.0

6 Month Date up to but excluding the date 12 months after the Second Amendment Effective Date (“12 Month Date”)

     4.0

12 Month Date and thereafter

     5.0

Revolving Lender ” means a Lender that has a Revolver Commitment or that has an outstanding Advance.

Revolving Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender, as of any date of determination (a) prior to the termination of the Revolver Commitments, the amount of such Lender’s Revolver Commitment, and (b) after the termination of the Revolver Commitments, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Advances of such Lender.

Second Amendment ” means the Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security Agreements and Amendment Number One to Amended and Restated Guaranties dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, among the Agent, Lenders, Parent, Borrower, and the Guarantors identified on the signature pages thereto

Second Amendment Effective Date ” means May 6, 2013.

Strategic Transaction ” means (a) a disposition in one or more transactions of non-core assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries which are unrelated to Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ Industrial and Consumer Business that is conducted principally at locations in Zurich, Switzerland and Komoro, Japan, so long as the aggregate sale price of all such dispositions (including any deferred purchase price payment) pursuant to this clause (a) at no time exceeds $10,000,000, (b) a disposition (whether directly or through a sale of interests in one or more entities) of all or a portion of Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ Industrial and Consumer Business consisting of the business conducted at its locations in Zurich, Switzerland and related assets located there and elsewhere (which related assets may include the 980 nm pumps or the business conducted at locations in Komoro, Japan) in a single transaction that results in aggregate Net Proceeds received by Parent or its Subsidiaries of not less than $100,000,000, or (c) any other disposition, in one or more transactions, of the assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries which are approved by Supermajority Lenders; provided, that such approval will not be conditioned upon the application of the Net Proceeds of such disposition in any manner other than as set forth in Section 2.4(b) .

 

16


Execution Version

 

Supermajority Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders whose aggregate Pro Rata Shares (calculated under clause (d) of the definition of Pro Rata Shares) exceed 66 2/3%; provided , however , that at any time there are 2 or more Lenders, “Supermajority Lenders” must include at least 2 Lenders.

Term Loan ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.2 of the Agreement.

Term Loan Amount ” means $25,000,000.

Term Loan Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Term Loan Commitment, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Term Loan Commitments, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 to the Agreement or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender under the Agreement, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement.

Term Loan Designated Account ” means a Deposit Account of Borrower subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Agent.

Term Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Term Loan Lender, as of any date

of determination (a) prior to the funding of the Term Loans, the amount of such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, and (b) after the funding of the Term Loans, the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans held by such Lender.

Term Loan Lender ” means a Lender that has a Term Loan Commitment or that has a portion of the Term Loan. As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Term Loan Lenders are PECM Strategic Funding L.P. and Providence TMT Debt Opportunity Fund II L.P.

Term Loan Maturity Date ” means May 5, 2014.

Warrants ” means the 1,836,000 warrants to purchase common stock of the Parent issued to PECM Strategic Funding L.P. and Providence TMT Debt Opportunity Fund II L.P. by Parent on the Second Amendment Effective Date.

(eee) Schedule 5.2 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the Schedule 5.2 attached hereto.

(fff) Schedule C-1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the Schedule C-1 attached hereto.

3. AMENDMENTS TO DOMESTIC SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FOREIGN SECURITY AGREEMENT .

(a) Section 1 of each of the Domestic Security Agreement and Foreign Security Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new definitions in alphabetical order:

 

17


Execution Version

 

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guaranty of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guaranty thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the Guaranty of such Guarantor or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guaranty or security interest is or becomes illegal.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Grantor that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant guaranty, keepwell, or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Grantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

(b) The definition of “Secured Obligations” in Section 1 of each of the Domestic Security Agreement and Foreign Security Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following proviso to the end of such definition:

provided that , anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing notwithstanding, the Secured Obligations shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligation.”

(c) Clause (m) in Section 2 of each of the Domestic Security Agreement and Foreign Security Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (ii) of the second sentence thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, such sentence beginning with the word “Notwithstanding”) and replacing such clause with “(ii) voting Stock of any CFC, solely to the extent that pledging or hypothecating the total outstanding voting Stock of such CFC would result in adverse tax consequences or the costs to the Grantors of providing such pledge or perfecting the security interests created thereby are unreasonably excessive (as determined by Agent in consultation with Borrower) in relation to the benefits of Agent and the Lenders of the security or guarantee afforded thereby (which pledge, if reasonably requested by Agent, shall be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of such Subsidiary) (for the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral shall include all of the voting Stock of any Subsidiary organized under the laws of Switzerland),”.

 

18


Execution Version

 

(d) Section 6(k)(ii) of each of the Domestic Security Agreement and Foreign Security Agreement is hereby amended by deleting each such clause therein and replacing them with the following:

“(ii) Each Grantor who maintains any cash balances shall establish and maintain Controlled Account Agreements with Agent and the applicable Controlled Account Bank, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent. Each such Controlled Account Agreement shall provide, among other things, that (A) the Controlled Account Bank will comply with any instructions originated by Agent directing the disposition of the funds in such Controlled Account without further consent by the applicable Grantor, (B) the Controlled Account Bank waives, subordinates, or agrees not to exercise any rights of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against the applicable Controlled Account other than for payment of its service fees and other charges directly related to the administration of such Controlled Account and for returned checks or other items of payment, and (C) (1) with respect to Controlled Accounts of Borrower, the Controlled Account Bank will forward by daily sweep all amounts in the applicable Controlled Account to the Agent’s Account, (2) with respect to Controlled Accounts of Opnext, Inc., Pine Photonics Communications, Inc., and Opnext Subsystems Inc. (such Controlled Accounts, and any replacement or successor Controlled Accounts, the “ Opnext Accounts ”), upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event, unless otherwise instructed by all Lenders, Agent shall instruct the Controlled Account Bank (an “ Activation Instruction ”), subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, to forward by daily sweep all amounts in the applicable Controlled Account to the Agent’s Account, and (3) with respect to Controlled Accounts of any non-Borrower Grantor (other than the Opnext Accounts), upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event, Agent may (or shall at the request of Required Lenders) issue an Activation Instruction, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, instructing the Controlled Account Bank to forward by daily sweep all amounts in the applicable Controlled Account to the Agent’s Account. Agent agrees (I) not to issue an Activation Instruction with respect to such Controlled Accounts unless a Triggering Event has occurred at the time such Activation Instruction is issued and (II) with respect to amounts swept from the Opnext Accounts in accordance with this section, Agent may elect to return such swept amounts to a Deposit Account designated by Grantors (such Deposit Accounts are required to be subject to Agent’s Lien) in lieu of application to the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement. Agent agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to rescind an Activation Instruction (the “ Rescission ”) if: (x) the Triggering Event upon which such Activation Instruction was issued has been waived in writing in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, and (y) no additional Triggering Event has occurred and is continuing prior to the date of the Rescission or is reasonably expected to occur on or immediately after the date of the Rescission.”

4. AMENDMENTS TO THE GUARANTIES .

(a) Section 1 of each of the Domestic Guaranty and Foreign Guaranty is hereby amended by adding the following new definitions in alphabetical order:

Commodity Exchange Act ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Swap Obligation ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Security Agreement.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Security Agreement.

Swap Obligation ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Security Agreement.

 

19


Execution Version

 

(b) The definition of “Guarantied Obligations” in Section 1 of each of the Domestic Guaranty and Foreign Guaranty is hereby amended by adding the following proviso to the end of such definition:

provided that , anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing notwithstanding, the Guarantied Obligations shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligation.”

(c) Each of the Domestic Guaranty and Foreign Guaranty shall be amended by adding the following new Section 23 to each of such Guaranties:

“22. Keepwell . Each Qualified ECP Guarantor hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Guarantor to guaranty and otherwise honor all Obligations in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section 23 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 23 , or otherwise under the Loan Documents, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that this Section 23 constitute, and this Section 23 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Guarantor for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.”

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Parent, Borrower, and each Grantor each hereby affirms to Agent and Lenders that, after giving effect to the amendments herein, all of its representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement and Security Agreements are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of the date hereof.

6. NO DEFAULTS . Parent, Borrower, and each Grantor each hereby affirm to the Lender Group that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.

7. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT . The effectiveness of this Amendment is expressly conditioned upon receipt by Agent of:

(a) revised schedules to the Credit Agreement and each Security Agreement, in form and substance acceptable to each of Agent and Term Loan Lender;

(b) issuance of the Warrants to each of the Term Loan Lenders;

(c) an opinion of Borrower’s counsel and Agent’s English counsel in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and Term Loan Lender;

(d) a certificate from a Director of Borrower (i) attesting to the resolutions of Borrower’s Board of Directors authorizing its execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party, (ii) authorizing specific officers of Borrower to execute the same, and (iii) attesting to the incumbency and signatures of such specific officers of Borrower, in each case, in form and substance acceptable to each of Agent and the Term Loan Lender;

(e) a certificate from the Secretary (or other applicable officer) of each Grantor (i) attesting to the resolutions of such Grantor’s Board of Directors (or other applicable authorizing body) authorizing its execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Grantor is a party, (ii) authorizing specific officers of such Grantor to execute the same and (iii) attesting to the incumbency and signatures of such specific officers of Grantor, in each case, in form and substance acceptable to each of Agent and the Term Loan Lender;

 

20


Execution Version

 

(f) a closing certificate with respect to the Solvent status of each Loan Party, no Material Adverse Change, and no conflict with applicable law, Material Contracts, or Governing Documents, in form and substance acceptable to each of Agent and the Term Loan Lender; and

(g) a fully executed copy of this Amendment, the Reaffirmation of Guaranty attached hereto, a reaffirmation of the Loan Documents, the Agreement Among Lenders, the English law debenture among Borrower, Parent, Agent, Bookham Nominees Limited, Oclaro (North America) Inc., and Oclaro Innovations LLP, in each case, and the Registration Rights Agreement among the Parent and the Term Loan Lenders, in form and substance acceptable to each of Agent and the Term Loan Lender.

8. RELEASE .

(a) Except with respect to the rights of Borrower, Parent, and each Grantor expressly provided herein, in consideration of the agreements of Agent and each Lender contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each of Borrower, Parent, and each Grantor, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns and other legal representatives (each of Borrower, Parent, and each Grantor and all such other persons being hereinafter referred to collectively as “ Releasors ” and individually as a “ Releasor ”), hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably releases, remises and forever discharges Agent and each Lender, and their successors and assigns, and their present and former shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, predecessors, directors, officers, attorneys, employees, agents and other representatives (Agent and each Lender and all such other persons being hereinafter referred to collectively as “ Releasees ” and individually as a “ Releasee ”), of and from all demands, actions, causes of action, suits, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, sums of money, accounts, bills, reckonings, damages and any and all other claims, counterclaims, defenses, rights of set-off, demands and liabilities whatsoever (individually, a “ Claim ” and collectively, “ Claims ”) of every name and nature, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which Releasors may now or hereafter own, hold, have or claim to have against Releasees or any of them for, upon, or by reason of any circumstance, action, cause or thing whatsoever which arises at any time on or prior to the day and date of this Amendment, for or on account of, or in relation to, or in any way in connection with any of the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or transactions thereunder or related thereto.

(b) It is the intention of each of Borrower, Parent, and each Grantor that this Amendment and the release set forth above shall constitute a full and final accord and satisfaction of all claims they may have or hereafter be deemed to have against Releasees as set forth herein. In furtherance of this intention, each of Borrower, Parent, and each Grantor, on behalf of itself and each other Releasor, expressly waives any statutory or common law provision that would otherwise prevent the release set forth above from extending to claims that are not currently known or suspected to exist in any Releasor’s favor at the time of executing this Amendment and which, if known by Releasors, might have materially affected the agreement as provided for hereunder. Each of Borrower, Parent, and each Grantor, on behalf of itself and each other Releasor, acknowledges that it is familiar with Section 1542 of California Civil Code:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

Each of Borrower, Parent, and each Grantor, on behalf of itself and each other Releasor, waives and releases any rights or benefits that it may have under Section 1542 to the full extent that it may lawfully waive such rights and benefits, and each of Borrower, Parent, and each Grantor, on behalf of itself and each other Releasor, acknowledges that it understands the significance and consequences of the waiver of the provisions of Section 1542 and that it has been advised by its attorney as to the significance and consequences of this waiver.

 

21


Execution Version

 

(c) Each of Borrower, Parent, and each Grantor understands, acknowledges and agrees that the release set forth above may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.

(d) Each of Borrower, Parent, and each Grantor agrees that no fact, event, circumstance, evidence or transaction which could now be asserted or which may hereafter be discovered shall affect in any manner the final, absolute and unconditional nature of the release set forth above.

9. COSTS AND EXPENSES . Borrower shall pay to Agent all of Agent’s and Lenders’ out-of-pocket costs and reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, which counsel may include any local counsel deemed necessary, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, appraisal fees, travel expenses, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.

10. LIMITED EFFECT . In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern. In all other respects, the Credit Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.

11. COUNTERPARTS; EFFECTIVENESS . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original. All such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Amendment. This Amendment shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart of this Amendment by each of the parties hereto and the satisfaction of the condition precedent in Section 7 above.

12. CLARIPHY CONSENT . The parties agree that the terms and conditions set forth in that certain Consent Letter Re: ClariPhy Sale dated April 26, 2013 from Agent and acknowledged by Grantors is and shall remain in full effect.

[Signatures on next page]

 

22


Execution Version

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, INC.,
a California corporation, as Agent and a Lender
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security

Agreements and Amendment Number One to Amended and Restated Guaranties


Execution Version

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK,
as a Lender
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security

Agreements and Amendment Number One to Amended and Restated Guaranties


Execution Version

 

PECM STRATEGIC FUNDING LP,
as a Term Loan Lender
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

PROVIDENCE TMT DEBT

OPPORTUNITY FUND II LP,

as a Term Loan Lender
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security

Agreements and Amendment Number One to Amended and Restated Guaranties


Execution Version

 

OCLARO, INC.,
a Delaware corporation, as Parent and a Grantor
By:  

 

Name:   Jerry Turin
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
OCLARO TECHNOLOGY LIMITED,

a company incorporated under the laws of

England and Wales, as Borrower and a Grantor

By:  

 

Name:   Jerry Turin
Title:   Director
By:  

 

Name:   Catherine H. Rundle
Title:   Director

Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security

Agreements and Amendment Number One to Amended and Restated Guaranties


Execution Version

 

OCLARO TECHNOLOGY, INC.,
a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OCLARO (NEW JERSEY), INC.,
a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OCLARO PHOTONICS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OCLARO (NORTH AMERICA), INC.,
a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

MINTERA CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security

Agreements and Amendment Number One to Amended and Restated Guaranties


Execution Version

 

OPNEXT, INC.,
a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

PINE PHOTONICS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OPNEXT SUBSYSTEMS INC.,
a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security

Agreements and Amendment Number One to Amended and Restated Guaranties


Execution Version

 

BOOKHAM INTERNATIONAL LTD.,

a company organized under the laws of the

Cayman Islands, as a Grantor

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

BOOKHAM NOMINEES LIMITED,

a company incorporated under the laws of England

and Wales, as a Grantor

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

OCLARO (CANADA) INC.,

a federally incorporated Canadian corporation,

as a Grantor

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security

Agreements and Amendment Number One to Amended and Restated Guaranties


Execution Version

 

OCLARO INNOVATIONS LLP,

a limited liability partnership organized under the

laws of England and Wales, as a Grantor

By:   Oclaro, Inc.,
  its member
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

By:   Oclaro (North America), Inc.,
  its member
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

Amendment Number Two to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security

Agreements and Amendment Number One to Amended and Restated Guaranties


Execution Version

 

SCHEDULE C-1

Commitments

 

Lender

   Revolver
Commitment*
     Term Loan
Commitment
     Total
Commitment
 

Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Inc.

   $ 31,250,000       $ 0       $ 31,250,000   

Silicon Valley Bank

   $ 18,750,000       $ 0       $ 18,750,000   

PECM Strategic Funding LP

   $ 0       $ 9,000,000       $ 9,000,000   

Providence TMT Debt Opportunity Fund II LP

   $ 0       $ 16,000,000       $ 16,000,000   

All Lenders

   $ 50,000,000       $ 25,000,000       $ 75,000,000   

 

* Upon Agent’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of each Strategic Transaction pursuant to Section 5.20 , each Revolving Lender’s respective Revolver Commitment shall be reduced dollar-for-dollar in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20,000,000 in accordance with such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of such Net Proceeds.

 

Schedule C-1


Execution Version

 

SCHEDULE 5.2

Provide Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) with each of the documents set forth below at the following times in form satisfactory to Agent:

 

Weekly by the 3 rd Business Day of each week     

(a) an Account roll-forward with supporting details supplied from sales journals, collection journals, credit registers and any other records, in each case, in a format acceptable to Agent in its discretion, tied to the beginning and ending account receivable balances of Borrower’s general ledger,

 

(b) a detailed report, including a rolling 13-week cash flow forecast, regarding Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash and Cash Equivalents, including an indication of which amounts constitute Qualified Cash;

 

(c) a Borrowing Base Certificate,

 

(d) a detailed aging, by total, of Borrower’s Accounts , together with a reconciliation and supporting documentation for any reconciling items noted (delivered electronically in an acceptable format, if Borrowers have implemented electronic reporting),

 

(e) a detailed calculation of those Accounts that are not eligible for the Borrowing Base, if Borrowers have not implemented electronic reporting,

 

(f) a summary aging, by vendor, of Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ accounts payable and any book overdrafts (delivered electronically in an acceptable format, if Borrowers have implemented electronic reporting) and an aging, by vendor, of any held checks

Monthly (no later than the 10th day of each month)     

(g) unless delivered pursuant to clause (a) above, an Account roll-forward with supporting details supplied from sales journals, collection journals, credit registers and any other records, in each case, in a format acceptable to Agent in its discretion, tied to the beginning and ending account receivable balances of Borrower’s general ledger,

 

(h) unless delivered pursuant to clause (b) above, a detailed report regarding Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ cash and Cash Equivalents, including an indication of which amounts constitute Qualified Cash,

 

(i) notice of all claims, offsets, or disputes asserted by Account Debtors with respect to Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ Accounts, and

 

(j) unless delivered pursuant to clause (c) above, a Borrowing Base Certificate,

 

(k) unless delivered pursuant to clause (d) above, a detailed aging, by total, of Borrower’s Accounts, together with a reconciliation and supporting documentation for any reconciling items noted (delivered electronically in an acceptable format, if Borrowers have implemented electronic reporting),

 

(l) unless delivered pursuant to clause (e) above, a detailed calculation of those Accounts that are not eligible for the Borrowing Base, if Borrowers have not implemented electronic reporting,

 

(m) unless delivered pursuant to clause (f) above, a summary aging, by vendor, of Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ accounts payable and any book overdrafts (delivered electronically in an acceptable format, if Borrowers have implemented electronic reporting) and an aging, by vendor, of any held checks, and

 

(n) a monthly Account roll-forward,.

 

Schedule 5.2


Execution Version

 

Monthly (no later than the 30th day of each month)     

(o) a reconciliation of Accounts of Borrower’s general ledger accounts and trade accounts payable of Parent and its Subsidiaries’ general ledger accounts to, in each case, their monthly financial statements including any book reserves related to each category, and

 

(p) a report regarding Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ accrued, but unpaid, ad valorem taxes.

Quarterly     

(q) a detailed report regarding Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ Permitted Dispositions including a detailed list of the assets sold or disposed of since the Closing Date and the consideration received in connection therewith.

Annually     

(r) a detailed list of Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ customers, including contract expiration dates, together with address and contact information.

Upon request by Agent     

(s) copies of invoices together with corresponding shipping and delivery documents, and credit memos together with corresponding supporting documentation, with respect to invoices and credit memos in excess of an amount determined in the sole discretion of Agent, from time to time.

 

(t) such other reports as to the Collateral or the financial condition of Parent and its Subsidiaries, as Agent may reasonably request.

 

Schedule 5.2

Exhibit 10.9

EXECUTION VERSION

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 6, 2013, by and among Oclaro, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), PECM Strategic Funding L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Strategic Fund ”), and Providence TMT Debt Fund II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ TMT ” and, together with Strategic Fund, “ Providence ”).

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to grant certain registration rights to the Providence Investors in respect of their Providence Registrable Securities.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

GENERAL PROVISIONS; DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the following meanings:

Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other successor federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

Demand Registrations ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1 (a) .

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

FINRA ” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Long-Form Registrations ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.l(a) .

Losses ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.6(a) .

Person ” shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated association, corporation, limited liability company, entity or governmental entity (whether federal, state, county, city or otherwise and including any instrumentality, division, agency or department thereof).

Piggyback Registration ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.2(a) .

Providence Investors ” shall mean Providence and each of their transferees.

Providence Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) any common stock acquired by, issued or issuable upon exercise of the Providence Warrants and (ii) any common stock issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the common stock referred to in clause (i) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with an exchange or combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or other reorganization.


Providence Warrants ” shall mean the 1,836,000 warrants to purchase common stock issued to Providence by the Company on the date hereof.

Registration Expenses ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.5(a) .

Required Registration ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.(c) .

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

Short-Form Registrations ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1(a) .

ARTICLE II

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 2.1 Demand Registrations .

(a) Requests for Registration . Subject to Article III of this Agreement, at any time after the date hereof, the holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of the Providence Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration (“ Long-Form Registrations ”), or on Form S-3 (including pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act) or any similar short-form registration (“ Short-Form Registrations ”), if available. All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) are referred to herein as “ Demand Registrations .” Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Providence Registrable Securities requested to be registered. Within ten days after receipt of any such request, the Company shall give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of the Providence Registrable Securities and shall include in such registration all Providence Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.

(b) Long-Form Registrations . The holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities shall be entitled to request three (3) Long-Form Registrations in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses, provided that if in connection with any such registration the holder(s) initially requesting the same shall not be permitted to register and sell all of the Providence Registrable Securities with respect to which such holder(s) initially requested registration, then such holder(s) shall be entitled to an additional Long-Form Registration; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Providence Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b) ; provided further , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information, then the holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 2.1(b) . All Long-Form Registrations shall be underwritten registrations.

 

-2-


(c) Short-Form Registrations . In addition to the Long-Form Registrations provided pursuant to Section 2.1(b) , the holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities shall be entitled to request an unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses. Demand Registrations shall be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to make Short-Form Registrations on Form S-3 available for the sale of Providence Registrable Securities. If the Company, pursuant to a request of the holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities, is qualified to and has filed with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act on Form S-3 pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the “ Required Registration ”), then the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Required Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after filing, and, once effective, the Company shall cause such Required Registration to remain effective for a period ending on the date on which all Providence Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Required Registration. The Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) : (1) if Form S-3 is not then available for such offering by the holders; (2) if the holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Providence Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $250,000; or (3) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the holders of the Providence Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.1 .

(d) Priority on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not include in any Demand Registration any securities that are not Providence Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration. If a Demand Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of Providence Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Providence Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, that can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, then the Company shall include in such registration, prior to the inclusion of any securities that are not Providence Registrable Securities, the number of Providence Registrable Securities requested to be included that, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold in an orderly manner within the price range of such offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the amount of Providence Registrable Securities owned by each such holder that were requested to be included in such registration.

 

-3-


(e) Restrictions on Long-Form Registrations . The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Long-Form Registration within 90 days after the effective date of a previous Long-Form Registration or a previous registration in which the holders of Providence Registrable Securities were given piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2 .

(f) Selection of Underwriters . The holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities requested to be included in any registration shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the offering, which managers shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

Section 2.2 Piggyback Registrations .

(a) Right to Piggyback . Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities (including any proposed registration of the Company’s securities by any third party, including the holders of any Providence Registrable Securities) under the Securities Act (other than in connection with registrations on Form S-4, S-8 or any successor or similar forms) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Providence Registrable Securities (a “ Piggyback Registration” ), the Company shall give prompt written notice (and in any event within three business days after its receipt of notice of any exercise of demand registration rights other than under this Agreement) to all holders of Providence Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and shall include in such registration all Providence Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 20 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.

(b) Piggyback Expenses . The Registration Expenses of the holders of Providence Registrable Securities shall be paid by the Company in all Piggyback Registrations.

(c) Priority on Primary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Company, then the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Providence Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration and the securities of any other holder to whom the Company has granted rights to participate in such registration (“Other Securities”), pro rata among the holders of such Providence Registrable Securities and the holders of such Other Securities on the basis of the number of shares owned by each such holder that requested to be included in such registration, and (iii) third any other securities requested to be included in such registration.

(d) Priority on Secondary Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities other than holders of Providence Registrable Securities, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, then the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders requesting such registration, (ii) second, the Providence Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration and the holders of any Other Securities not included in clause (i) above, pro rata among the holders of such Providence Registrable Securities and the holders of such Other Securities on the basis of the number of shares owned by each such holder that requested to be included in such registration, and (iii) third any other securities requested to be included in such registration.

 

-4-


Section 2.3 Holdback Agreements . The Company shall not effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities, options, or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the seven days prior to and during the 90-day period beginning on the effective date of any underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration (except as part of such underwritten registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-8 or any successor form), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree.

Section 2.4 Registration Procedures . Whenever the holders of Providence Registrable Securities have requested that any Providence Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Providence Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as possible:

(a) prepare and, within 20 days after the end of the period within which requests for registration may be given to the Company, file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such Providence Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective ( provided that, before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish to the counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of such counsel);

(b) notify in writing each holder of Providence Registrable Securities of the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder and prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period of not less than 180 days (or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Providence Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

 

-5-


(c) furnish to each seller of Providence Registrable Securities such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus), and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Providence Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

(d) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Providence Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller of Providence Registrable Securities to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Providence Registrable Securities owned by such seller of Providence Registrable Securities ( provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 2.4(d) , (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

(e) promptly notify in writing each seller of such Registrable Securities, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made, and, at the request of the holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Providence Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made;

(f) cause all such Providence Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on NASDAQ and, if listed on NASDAQ, use its reasonable best efforts to secure designation of all such Providence Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement as a NASDAQ “national market system security” within the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 of the Commission or, failing that, to secure NASDAQ authorization for such Providence Registrable Securities;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Providence Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(h) enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of Providence Registrable Securities;

 

-6-


(i) make available for inspection by any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant, or other agent retained by any such underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent in connection with such registration statement and assist and, at the request of any participating underwriter, use reasonable best efforts to cause such officers or directors to participate in presentations to prospective purchasers;

(j) otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(k) in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any equity securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(l) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Providence Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Providence Registrable Securities;

(m) obtain one or more comfort letters, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by comfort letters as the holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities being sold in such registered offering reasonably request; and

(n) provide a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement (or, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), with respect to the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included therein (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature.

 

-7-


Section 2.5 Registration Expenses .

(a) All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, printing expenses, travel expenses, filing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants, underwriters including, if necessary, a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of the rules of the FINRA (in each case, excluding discounts and commissions), and other Persons retained by the Company (but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions relating to Registrable Securities) (all such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”), shall be borne by the Company, and the Company shall pay its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance, and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(b) In connection with each Demand Registration and each Piggyback Registration, the Company shall reimburse the holders of Providence Registrable Securities included in such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements (not to exceed $50,000) of one counsel chosen by the holders of a majority of the Providence Registrable Securities included in such registration.

Section 2.6 Indemnification .

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each holder of Providence Registrable Securities, its officers, directors, partners, agents, and employees, and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof), whether joint and several or several, together with reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) to which any such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise (collectively, for purposes of this Section 2.6 , “ Losses ”) caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon, or relating to (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in (A) any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) any application or other document or communication (in this Section 2.6 , collectively called an “ application ”) executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the “blue sky” or securities laws thereof or (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the Company will reimburse such holder and each such director, officer, partner and controlling Person for any legal or any other expenses incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses; provided that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Losses result from, arise out of, are based upon, or relate to an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission, made in such registration statement, any such prospectus, or preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished in writing to the Company by such holder expressly for use therein or by such holder’s failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company shall indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors, and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the holders of Providence Registrable Securities.

 

-8-


(b) In connection with any registration statement in which a holder of Providence Registrable Securities is participating, each such holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall indemnify and hold harmless the other holders of Providence Registrable Securities and the Company, and their respective officers, directors, partners, agents, and employees, and each other Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any Losses caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon, or relating to (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any application, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is made in such registration statement, any such prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application in reliance upon and in conformity with written information prepared and furnished to the Company by such holder expressly for use therein, and such holder will reimburse the Company and each such other indemnified party for any legal or any other expenses incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses; provided that the obligation to indemnify will be individual, not joint and several, for each holder and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such holder from the sale of Providence Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such holder.

(c) Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification ( provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, then the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim.

(d) The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract, and will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director, or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities.

 

-9-


(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.6 is unavailable to or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under the provisions above in respect to any Losses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Losses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the sellers of Providence Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other hand or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, then in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative fault referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative benefit of the Company on the one hand and of the sellers of Providence Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other hand in connection with the statement or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the sellers of Providence Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) to the Company bear to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) to the sellers of Providence Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the sellers of Providence Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue statement or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the sellers of Providence Registrable Securities or other sellers participating in the registration statement and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(f) The Company and the sellers of Providence Registrable Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.6 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the sellers of Providence Registrable Securities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 2.6(e) above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to in Section 2.6(e) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.6 , no seller of Providence Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute pursuant to this Section 2.6 any amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such seller from the sale of Providence Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement filed pursuant hereto. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

-10-


Section 2.7 Participation in Underwritten Registrations .

(a) No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the managing underwriter(s), provided that no holder of Providence Registrable Securities will be required to sell more than the number of Providence Registrable Securities that such holder has requested the Company to include in any registration) and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided that no holder of Providence Registrable Securities included in any underwritten registration shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding such holder and such holder’s intended method of distribution) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company or the underwriters with respect thereto, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.6 hereof.

(b) Each Person that is participating in any registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.4(e) above, such Person will immediately discontinue the disposition of its Providence Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by Section 2.4(e) . In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the applicable time period mentioned in Section 2.4(b) during which a Registration Statement is to remain effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to this Section 2.7(b) to and including the date when each seller of a Providence Registrable Security covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.4(e) .

Section 2.8 Demand Suspension Period . The Company may, at any time, delay the filing or delay or suspend the effectiveness of a Required Registration or an Alternate S-3 or, without suspending such effectiveness, instruct the Providence Investors not to sell any securities included in the Required Registration or Alternate S-3 or delay the filing of any amendment or supplement thereto, if the Board of Directors of the Company has determined and promptly notifies the Providence Investors in writing that in its reasonable good faith judgment (i) a material event has occurred or is likely to occur with respect to the Company that has not been publicly disclosed and, if disclosed, could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Company or (ii) the Required Registration or Alternate S-3 could reasonably be expected to interfere with any material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization, merger, tender offer or other significant transaction involving the Company (a “Demand Suspension Period”), by providing the Providence Investors with written notice of such Demand Suspension Period and the reasons therefor. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide such notice at least ten (10) days prior to the commencement of such a Demand Suspension Period; provided, however, that in any event the Company shall provide such notice no later than the commencement of such Demand Suspension Period; provided, further, that in no event shall (i) all Demand Suspension Periods exceed, in the aggregate, 60 days during the 18 month period following the date of this Agreement or (ii) the Company commence more than two (2) Demand Suspension Periods during such 18 month period.

 

-11-


Section 2.9 Conditions to Providence Investors’ Rights . It shall be a condition of each Providence Investor’s rights hereunder that:

(a) Cooperation . Such Providence Investor shall cooperate with the Company by, with reasonable promptness, supplying information and executing documents relating to such Providence Investor or the securities of the Company owned by such Providence Investor in connection with such registration which are customary for offerings of this type or is required by applicable laws or regulations (including agreeing to sell such Providence Investor’s Providence Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements containing customary terms reasonably satisfactory to such Providence Investor); and

(b) Undertakings . Such Providence Investor shall enter into any undertakings and take such other action relating to the conduct of the proposed offering which the Company or the underwriters may reasonably request as being necessary to insure compliance with federal and state securities laws and the rules or other requirements of FINRA or which the Company or the underwriters may reasonably request to otherwise effectuate the offering.

(c) Notice of Sale . In connection with and as a condition to the Company’s obligations with respect to any Required Registration or Alternate S-3 that is a shelf registration statement under Rule 415, Providence covenants and agrees (and will in connection with any transfer of the Warrants or the Providence Registrable Securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement cause any Providence Investor to whom such Warrants or Providence Registrable Securities are transferred to covenant and agree) that such Providence Investor will not offer or sell any Providence Registrable Securities under such registration statement until it has provided a written notice to the Company of such proposed sale (a “Shelf Sale Notice”) and has received copies of the prospectus relating to such registration statement as then amended or supplemented and notice from the Company that the registration statement and any post-effective amendments thereto have become effective. Upon any notice contemplated by Section 2.8 such Providence Investor shall not offer or sell any Providence Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement until, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Company, the event which is the subject of such notice no longer precludes sale or such Providence Investor receives copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus disclosing information relating to such event.

Section 2.10 No Inconsistent Rights . The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the holders of Providence Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

ALTERNATE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Section 3.1 Inclusion of Providence Securities in Existing or Voluntary New S-3 Registration Statement . The Company may, at any time after the date of this Agreement (i) amend the existing effective registration statement on Form S-3 (Commission File No. 333-185740) (the “Existing S-3”) to add the Providence Investors as selling stockholders under the Existing S-3 and to register the Providence Registrable Securities thereunder or (ii) prepare and file with the Commission a new registration statement on Form S-3 (the “New S-3” and with the Existing S-3, each an “Alternate S-3”) registering the Providence Registrable Securities and including the Providence Investors as selling stockholders thereunder.

 

-12-


Section 3.2 Limit on Demand Registrations . Providence agrees (and will cause any Providence Investor to whom Providence transfers any of the Providence Warrants or the Providence Registrable Securities that will be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement) that no Providence Investor shall have a right to demand that the Company file a Demand Registration (i) prior to the 10 th day following the date of this Agreement and (ii) at any time after the Company files with the Commission an Alternate S-3 unless such Alternate S-3 shall not have become effective on or prior to the date that is 45 days following the first filing thereof with the Commission or fails to remain effective for a period exceeding 15 consecutive calendar days or is otherwise not available for the resale of Providence Registrable Securities except to the extent provided for in Section 2.8 hereof. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Alternate S-3 to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after filing, and, once effective, the Company shall cause such Alternate S-3 to remain effective for a period ending on the earlier of (i) the date on which all Providence Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Alternate S-3, (ii) 18 months after the date of this Agreement, or (iii) the date on which all Providence Registrable Securities have been sold in one or more transactions pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Section 3.3 Applicability of Certain Sections . The provisions of 2.4, 2.5, 2.6 and 2.7 shall apply to any Alternate S-3.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.1 Waivers and Amendments . Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against the Company or the Providence Investors unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by the Company and the Providence Investors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party hereto may waive any of its rights hereunder by a statement in writing signed by such party. Such waiver shall only be effective with respect to the rights specifically set forth in such writing and shall not waive, amend or prejudice any other rights the party may have hereunder.

Section 4.2 Governing Law . The law of the State of New York shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforceability of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules attached hereto, and the performance of the obligations imposed by this Agreement, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

Section 4.3 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

-13-


Section 4.4 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

Section 4.5 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and the parties hereto intend, agree and understand that this Agreement amends and supersedes and replaces in its entirety any and all prior agreements pertaining to the subject matter hereof.

Section 4.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more separate counterparts, anyone of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but each of which will be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement binding on all the parties hereto.

Section 4.7 Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation. Reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and if applicable hereof. The use of the words “or”, “either” and “any” shall not be exclusive. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 4.8 Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when delivered personally, mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier, or sent via email or facsimile to the recipient. Such notices, demands and other communications will be sent to the Company and the Providence Investors at the address set forth below or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

 

-14-


If to Company:    OCLARO, INC.
   2560 Junction Avenue
   San Jose, California 95134
   Attn: Topher Croddy, Corporate Controller
   Fax No.: 408.919.1501
   e-mail: topher.croddy@oclaro.com
with copies to:    JONES DAY
   1755 Embarcadero Road
   Palo Alto, California 94303
   Attn: Robert T. Clarkson
   Fax No.: 650.739.3900
   e-mail: rtclarkson@jonesday.com
If to Strategic Fund:    PECM STRATEGIC FUNDING L.P.
   9 West 57th Street
   Suite 4700
   New York, New York 10019
   Attn: Michael Paasche
   Fax No.: 212.588.6701
   e-mail: m.paasche@provequity.com
with copies to:    CAHILL GORDON & REINDEL LLP
   Augustine House
   6A Austin Friars
   London, England EC2N 2HA
   Attn: Anthony K. Tama
   Fax No.: 011-44-20-7920-9825
   e-mail: atama@cahill.com
If to TMT:    PROVIDENCE TMT DEBT FUND II L.P.
   9 West 57th Street
   Suite 4700
   New York, New York 10019
   Attn: Michael Paasche
   Fax No.: 212.588.6701
   e-mail: m.paasche@provequity.com

 

-15-


with copies to:    CAHILL GORDON & REINDEL LLP
   Augustine House
   6A Austin Friars
   London, England EC2N 2HA
   Attn: Anthony K. Tama
   Fax No.: 011-44-20-7920-9825
   e-mail: atama@cahill.com

[ Signature pages follow ]

*  *  *  *  *

 

-16-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be signed as of the date first above written.

 

OCLARO, INC.

    /s/ Jerry Turin

By: Jerry Turin
Its: Chief Financial Officer

[ Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be signed as of the date first above written.

 

PECM STRATEGIC FUNDING L.P.

    /s/ Bryan R. Martoken

By: Bryan R. Martoken
Its: Authorized Signatory

PROVIDENCE TMT DEBT OPPORTUNITY

FUND II L.P.

    /s/ Bryan R. Martoken

By: Bryan R. Martoken
Its: Authorized Signatory

[ Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement ]

Exhibit 10.45

Oclaro, Inc. (Opnext, Inc.)

Third Amended and Restated

2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan

This Plan is hereby amended and restated as of July 23, 2012 to reflect its adoption by Oclaro, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of March 26, 2012, by and among Oclaro, Inc., Tahoe Acquisition Sub, Inc., and Opnext, Inc., (“Opnext”), and to reflect changes to certain non-material terms of the Plan. Effective as of the same date, this Plan shall be renamed the “Oclaro, Inc. (Opnext, Inc.) Third Amended and Restated 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan” (the “Plan”) This Plan amends and restates in its entirety the Opnext, Inc. Second Amended and Restated 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Second Amended and Restated Plan”).

SECTION 1. Purpose . The purposes of this Oclaro Inc., (Opnext, Inc.) Third Amended and Restated 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan are to (i) attract and retain exceptional officers and other key employees, consultants and directors; (ii) motivate such individuals by means of performance-related incentives to achieve long range performance goals and (iii) enable such individuals to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Company.

SECTION 2. Definitions . As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, or controls or is under common control with, the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee.

“Award” shall mean any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Award, or Other Stock-Based Award.

“Award Agreement” shall mean any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing any Award.

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Change in Control” means and includes each of the following: For Awards granted prior to July 23, 2012:

(i) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Shares to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, Hitachi, Ltd., an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or


(ii) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described herein) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

(iii) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(a) Which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(b) After which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however , that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section as beneficially owning 50% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

(iv) The Company’s stockholders approve a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

2


For Awards granted on or after July 23, 2012: an event or occurrence set forth in any one or more of subsections (i) through (iv) below (including an event or occurrence that constitutes a Change in Control under one of such subsections but is specifically exempted from another such subsection):

(i) The acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (any such individual, entity or group, a “person”) of beneficial ownership of any capital stock of the Company if, after such acquisition, such “person” beneficially owns (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) fifty percent (50%) or more of either (x) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (y) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition directly from the Company (excluding an acquisition pursuant to the exercise, conversion or exchange of any security exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for common stock or voting securities of the Company, unless the “person” exercising, converting or exchanging such security acquired such security directly from the Company or an underwriter or agent of the Company), (B) any acquisition by the Company, (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, or (D) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A) and (B) of subsection (b)(iii) below;

(ii) Such time as the Continuing Directors (as defined below) do not constitute a majority of the Board (or, if applicable, the Board of Directors of a successor corporation to the Company), where the term “Continuing Director” means at any date a member of the Board (A) who was a member of the Board on the date of the execution of this Agreement or (B) who was nominated or elected subsequent to such date by at least a majority of the directors who were Continuing Directors at the time of such nomination or election or whose election to the Board was recommended or endorsed by at least a majority of the directors who were Continuing Directors at the time of such nomination or election; provided , however , that there shall be excluded from this clause (B) any individual whose initial assumption of office occurred as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents, by or on behalf of a person other than the Board;

(iii) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or statutory share exchange involving the Company or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in one or a series of transactions (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, each of the following two conditions is satisfied: (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation in such Business Combination (which shall include, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (such resulting or acquiring corporation is referred to herein as the “Acquiring Corporation”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, respectively; and (B) no “person” (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) maintained or sponsored by the Company or by the Acquiring Corporation) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, thirty percent (30%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Acquiring Corporation, or of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination); or

 

3


(iv) Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

For all Awards, whether granted prior to, on or after July 23, 2012, the Committee shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Committee” shall mean either (i) the Board or (ii) a committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer the Plan.

“Company” shall mean Oclaro, Inc., together with any successor thereto.

“Covered Employee” means an employee who is, or could be, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

“Director Award Election” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(f).

“Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fair Market Value” means, as of any given date, (a) if the Shares are traded on an exchange, the closing price of a Share as reported in the Wall Street Journal (or such other source as the Company may deem reliable for such purposes) for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the first trading date immediately prior to such date during which a sale occurred; or (b) if the Shares are not traded on an exchange but are quoted on a quotation system, the mean between the closing representative bid and asked prices for a Share on such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the first date immediately prior to such date on which sales prices or bid and asked prices, as applicable, are reported by such quotation system; or (c) if the Shares are not publicly traded, the fair market value established by the Committee acting in good faith.

 

4


“Incentive Stock Option” shall mean a right to purchase Shares from the Company that is granted under Section 6 of the Plan and that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

“Independent Director” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company.

“Independent Director Grant” shall mean and include, for Awards prior to July 23, 2012, any of an Initial Grant, Pro Rata Grant, December 2007 Grant, or Annual Grant as set forth in Section 8(e) of the Plan.

“Newly Elected Director” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(f).

“Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who qualifies as a “Non-Employee Director” as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule.

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” shall mean a right to purchase Shares from the Company that is granted under Section 6 of the Plan and that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

“Option” shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

“Other Stock-Based Award” shall mean any right granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

“Participant” shall mean any officer or other key employee, consultant or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries eligible for an Award under Section 5 and selected by the Committee to receive an Award under the Plan.

“Performance-Based Award” means an Award granted to selected Covered Employees pursuant to Section 9(c) hereof, but which is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 10 hereof. All Performance-Based Awards are intended to qualify as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation.

“Performance Bonus Award” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(c) hereof.

 

5


“Performance Criteria” means the criteria that the Committee selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Participant for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), economic value-added, sales or revenue, net income (either before or after taxes), operating earnings, cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), cash flow return on capital, return on net assets, return on stockholders’ equity, return on assets, return on capital, stockholder returns, return on sales, gross or net profit margin, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings per share, price per Share, and market share, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms, by comparison to comparable performance in an earlier period or periods, or as compared to results of a peer group, industry index, or other company or companies. The Committee shall define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period for such Participant.

“Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the goals established in writing by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, or an individual. The Committee, in its discretion, may, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, adjust or modify the calculation of Performance Goals for such Performance Period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants (a) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event, or development, or (b) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions.

“Performance Period” means the one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance-Based Award.

“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

“Plan” shall mean this Oclaro, Inc. (Opnext, Inc.) Third Amended and Restated 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

“Public Trading Date” means the first date upon which a Share is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

 

6


“Qualified Performance-Based Compensation” means any compensation that is intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

“Restricted Stock” shall mean any Share granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

“Restricted Stock Unit” shall mean any unit granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

“Shares” shall mean shares of common stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share, or such other securities of the Company (i) into which such common shares shall be changed by reason of a recapitalization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination, exchange of shares or other similar transaction or (ii) as may be determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 4(b).

“Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” shall mean any right granted under Section 7 of the Plan to receive a payment equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Shares on the date the SAR is exercised over the grant price of the SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

“Subsidiary” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee.

“Substitute Awards” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4(e).

SECTION 3. Administration .

(a) Committee . The Board, at its discretion or as otherwise necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or to the extent required by any other applicable rule or regulation, shall delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more members of the Board each of whom is an “outside director,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, a Non-Employee Director and an “independent director” under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Market (or other principal securities market on which Shares are traded). Notwithstanding the foregoing: the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to all Awards granted to Independent Directors and for purposes of such Awards the term “Committee” as used in this Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board. In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder, are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board. Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.

 

7


(b) Governance of the Committee . The governance of the Committee shall be subject to the charter of the Committee as approved by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in Section 3(a) or otherwise provided in the charter of the Committee. Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

(c) Authority of Committee . Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer or reconcile any inconsistency, correct any default and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

(d) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any shareholder.

(e) No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder.

SECTION 4. Shares Available for Awards .

(a) Shares Available . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(b), the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall be 798,000. 1 If, after the effective date of the Plan, any Shares covered by an Award granted under the Plan, or to which such an Award relates, are forfeited, or if an Award has expired, terminated or been canceled for any reason whatsoever (other than by reason of exercise or vesting), then the Shares covered by such Award shall again be, or shall become, Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted hereunder.

 

 

1   As adjusted pursuant to the Oclaro/Opnext merger ratio.

 

8


(b) Limitation on Number of Shares Subject to Awards . Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to Section 13, the maximum number of Shares with respect to one or more Awards that may be granted to any one Participant during any calendar year shall be 420,000 2 and the maximum amount that may be paid in cash during any calendar year with respect to any Performance-Based Award (including, without limitation, any Performance Bonus Award) or any other Award which is not denominated in Shares or otherwise for which the foregoing limitation would not be an effective limitation shall be $1,500,000.

(c) No Other Rights . Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Committee under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.

(d) Substitute Awards . Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be made under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by the Company or its Affiliates or a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“Substitute Awards”). The number of Shares underlying any Substitute Awards shall be counted against the aggregate number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan.

(e) Sources of Shares Deliverable Under Awards . Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or of treasury Shares.

SECTION 5. Eligibility and Participation .

(a) Eligibility . Any officer or other key employee, consultant or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who (i) was an officer or other key employee, consultant or director of Opnext or one of its Subsidiaries on July 23, 2012 and is currently an officer, key employee, consultant or director of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or (ii) is an officer or other key employee, consultant or director of the Company or a Subsidiary who is hired by the Company or Subsidiary after July 23, 2012 shall be eligible to be designated a Participant.

 

 

2   As adjusted pursuant to the Oclaro/Opnext merger ratio.

 

9


(b) Foreign Participants . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have employees, consultants or Independent Directors, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which such employees, consultants or Independent Directors outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to Section 5(a) above; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to such employees, consultants or Independent Directors outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Sections 4(a) and 4(b) of the Plan; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act, the Code, any securities law or governing statute or any other applicable law.

SECTION 6. Stock Options .

(a) Grant . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants to whom Options shall be granted, the number of Shares to be covered by each Option, the exercise price therefor and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option, which terms shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. The Committee shall have the authority to grant Incentive Stock Options, or to grant Non-Qualified Stock Options, or to grant both types of Options. Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to employees of the Company or employees of any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (within the meaning of Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code), and the terms and conditions of such grants shall be subject to and comply with such rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code, as from time to time amended, and any regulations implementing such statute. All Options when granted under the Plan are intended to be Non-Qualified Stock Options, unless the applicable Award Agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. If an Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, and if for any reason such Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a Non-Qualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan; provided that such Option (or portion thereof) otherwise complies with the Plan’s requirements relating to Non-Qualified Stock Options.

(b) Exercise Price . The exercise price per Share subject to an Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided , that the exercise price for any Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

 

10


(c) Exercise . Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable Award Agreement or thereafter. The Committee may impose such conditions with respect to the exercise of Options, including without limitation, any relating to the application of federal or state securities laws, as it may deem necessary or advisable.

(d) Term of Options . The Committee shall determine the term of each Option; provided that such term shall not exceed ten years.

(e) Payment .

(i) No Shares shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the aggregate exercise price therefor and any related tax is received by the Company. Such payment may be made in cash or its equivalent, or, with the consent of the Committee (x) by exchanging Shares owned by the optionee (which are not the subject of any pledge or other security interest) or (y) at any time that the Shares are publicly traded on a nationally recognized stock exchange, through delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker (as selected or approved by the Committee) to sell the Shares otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the aggregate exercise price, or (z) by a combination of the foregoing, provided that the combined value of all cash and cash equivalents and the Fair Market Value of any such Shares so tendered to the Company as of the date of such tender is at least equal to such aggregate exercise price. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, after the Public Trading Date, no Participant who is a member of the Board or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to pay the exercise price of an Option, or continue any extension of credit with respect to the exercise price of an Option with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

(ii) Wherever in this Plan or any Award Agreement a Participant is permitted to pay the exercise price of an Option or taxes relating to the exercise of an Option by delivering Shares, the Participant may, subject to procedures satisfactory to the Committee, satisfy such delivery requirement by presenting proof of beneficial ownership of such Shares, in which case the Company shall treat the Option as exercised without further payment and shall withhold such number of Shares from the Shares acquired by the exercise of the Option.

(f) Incentive Stock Options . The terms of any Incentive Stock Options granted pursuant to the Plan, in addition to the other requirements of this Section 6, must comply with the provisions of this Section 6(f).

(i) Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000 or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision. To the extent that Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be considered Non-Qualified Stock Options.

 

11


(ii) Ten Percent Owners . An Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company only if such Option is granted at a price that is not less than 110% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is exercisable for no more than five years from the date of grant.

(iii) Failure to Meet Requirements . Any Option (or portion thereof) purported to be an Incentive Stock Option, which, for any reason, fails to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code shall be considered a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

SECTION 7. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants to whom Stock Appreciation Rights shall be granted, the number of Shares to be covered by each Stock Appreciation Right Award, the grant price thereof and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise thereof, which terms shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the per share grant price of a Stock Appreciation Right be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee shall impose. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with another Award, in addition to another Award, or freestanding and unrelated to another Award. Stock Appreciation Rights granted in tandem with or in addition to an Award may be granted either at the same time as the Award or at a later time.

(b) Exercise and Payment . A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion of the Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount equal to the product of (i) the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised over (B) the per Share grant price of the Stock Appreciation Right and (ii) the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, subject to any limitations the Committee may impose. The Committee shall determine whether a Stock Appreciation Right shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares.

(c) Other Terms and Conditions . Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine, at or after the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the term, methods of exercise, methods and form of settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right. Any such determination by the Committee may be changed by the Committee from time to time and may govern the exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights granted or exercised prior to such determination as well as Stock Appreciation Rights granted or exercised thereafter. The Committee may impose such conditions or restrictions on the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right as it shall deem appropriate.

 

12


SECTION 8. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Participants to whom Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be granted, the number of Shares of Restricted Stock and/or the number of Restricted Stock Units to be granted to each Participant, the duration of the period during which, and the conditions, if any, under which, the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be forfeited to the Company, and the other terms and conditions of such Awards, which terms shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(b) Transfer Restrictions . Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, except, in the case of Restricted Stock, as provided in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreements. Certificates issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the Participant and deposited by such Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company. Upon the lapse of the restrictions applicable to such Shares of Restricted Stock, the Company shall deliver such certificates to the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative.

(c) Payment . Each Restricted Stock Unit shall have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share. Restricted Stock Units shall be paid to the Participant in cash, Shares, other securities or other property, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, upon the lapse of the restrictions applicable thereto, or otherwise in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement. Dividends paid on any Shares of Restricted Stock may be paid directly to the Participant, withheld by the Company subject to vesting of the Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, or may be reinvested in additional Shares of Restricted Stock or in additional Restricted Stock Units, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(d) Exercise or Purchase Price . The Committee may establish the exercise or purchase price, if any, of any Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units; provided, however , that such price shall not be less than the par value of a Share on the date of grant, unless otherwise permitted by applicable state law.

 

13


(e) Independent Director Grants . For Awards granted prior to July 23, 2012 , subsections (i) through (iv) shall apply:

(i) Newly Elected Independent Directors – Initial Grant . Each individual who is newly elected as an Independent Director (a “Newly Elected Independent Director”) shall, on the date on which such individual initially becomes an Independent Director (the “Initial Grant Date”), automatically be granted a number of Restricted Stock Units equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) $35,000 by (y) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Initial Grant Date (the “Initial Grant”). Subject to the Independent Director’s continued service with the Company, each Initial Grant shall vest in full on the one-year anniversary of the Initial Grant Date.

(ii) Existing Independent Directors Initially Elected in Connection with Initial Public Offering . Each individual who was initially elected as an Independent Director during the period commencing on February 1, 2007 and ending on December 12, 2007, shall on December 12, 2007, automatically be granted 3,193 Restricted Stock Units (the “December 2007 Grant”). Subject to the Independent Director’s continued service with the Company, each December 2007 Grant shall vest in full on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant.

(iii) Annual Grants . On the date of each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company, each individual who becomes an Independent Director at such annual meeting and each individual who otherwise continues to be an Independent Director immediately following such meeting shall automatically be granted a number of Restricted Stock Units equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) $35,000 by (y) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of such meeting (the “Annual Grant”). Subject to the Independent Director’s continued service with the Company, each Annual Grant shall vest in full on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant. For purposes of clarification, a Newly Elected Independent Director who becomes an Independent Director at an annual meeting of stockholders of the Company shall receive both an Initial Grant and an Annual Grant (but not a Pro Rata Grant (as defined below)) on the date of such annual meeting of stockholders. A Newly Elected Independent Director who is initially elected at an annual meeting of stockholders of the Company but who does not become an Independent Director on the date of such annual meeting shall receive both an Initial Grant and a Pro Rata Grant (but not an Annual Grant) on the date on which he or she initially becomes an Independent Director.

(iv) Newly Elected Independent Directors – Pro Rata Grant . In the event that a Newly Elected Independent Director first becomes an Independent Director on a date other than the date of an annual meeting of stockholders of the Company, then, in addition to such Independent Director’s Initial Grant, such individual shall automatically be granted on the Initial Grant Date a number of Restricted Stock Units equal to the product of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) $35,000 by (y) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Initial Grant Date, multiplied by (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) 365 minus the number of days that have elapsed from the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to the Initial Grant Date, by (y) 365 (the “Pro Rata Grant”). Subject to the Independent Director’s continued service with the Company, each Pro Rata Grant shall vest in full on the one-year anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders of the Company.

 

14


For Awards granted on or after July 23, 2012 the type and number of Awards shall be determined by the Board from time to time.

(f) Timing of Payment for Independent Director Grants . Each Independent Director Grant of Restricted Stock Units shall provide that the cash, Shares or other securities or property payable in respect of the vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid to the Independent Director upon the earliest to occur of (i) a “change in control event” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (ii) such director’s “separation from service” from the Company (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), and (iii) such director’s death; provided, however, that no such payment shall be made to an Independent Director during the 6-month period following such Independent Director’s separation from service if such Independent Director is a “specified employee” at the time of such separation from service (as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code) and the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times set forth in this subsection (f) would be a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code. If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first day following the end of such 6-month period, the Company shall pay the Independent Director the cumulative payments that would have otherwise been payable to the Independent Director during such 6-month period

(g) Effect of Termination of Service . Prior to July 23, 2012, to the extent otherwise eligible, members of the Board who are employees of the Company who subsequently retire from the Company and remain on the Board shall receive a Pro Rata Grant on the date of such individual’s retirement from employment and shall, subject to his or her continued directorship, receive an Annual Grant at each annual meeting of stockholders after his or her retirement from employment with the Company, but shall not receive an Initial Grant.

(h) Independent Director Grant Compliance with Section 409A . Any Independent Director Grant that constitutes, or provides for, a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code shall satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and this Section 8, to the extent applicable. The Award Agreement with respect to such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code and this Section 8. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the time or schedule of any distribution or payment of any cash, Shares or other securities or property payable in respect of vested Restricted Stock Units subject to Section 409A of the Code shall not be accelerated, except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A(a)(3) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

SECTION 9. Other Stock-Based Awards .

(a) General . The Committee shall have authority to grant to Participants an “Other Stock-Based Award”, which shall consist of any right which is (i) not an Award described in Sections 6 through 8 above and (ii) an Award of Shares or an Award denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares), as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Other Stock-Based Award, including the price, if any, at which securities may be purchased pursuant to any Other Stock-Based Award granted under this Plan.

 

15


(b) Dividend Equivalents . In the sole and complete discretion of the Committee, an Award, whether made as an Other Stock-Based Award under this Section 9 or as an Award granted pursuant to Sections 6 through 8 hereof, may provide the Participant with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, Shares, other securities or other property on a current or deferred basis.

(c) Performance Bonus Awards . Any Participant selected by the Committee may be granted a cash bonus (a “Performance Bonus Award”) payable upon the attainment of Performance Goals that are established by the Committee and relate to one or more of the Performance Criteria or other specific performance criteria determined to be appropriate by the Committee, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Committee. Any such Performance Bonus Award paid to a Covered Employee may be a Performance-Based Award and be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas established in accordance with Section 10.

(d) Form of Payment . Payments with respect to any Awards granted under this Section 9 shall be made in cash, in Shares or a combination of both, as determined by the Committee.

SECTION 10. Performance-Based Awards.

(a) Purpose . The purpose of this Section 10 is to provide the Committee the ability to qualify Awards other than Options and SARs and that are granted pursuant to Sections 8 and 9 as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation. If the Committee, in its discretion, decides to grant a Performance-Based Award to a Covered Employee, the provisions of this Section 10 shall control over any contrary provision contained in 8 and 9; provided, however, that the Committee may in its discretion grant Awards to Covered Employees that are based on Performance Criteria or Performance Goals but that do not satisfy the requirements of this Section 10.

(b) Applicability . This Section 10 shall apply only to those Covered Employees selected by the Committee to receive Performance-Based Awards. The designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive an Award for the period. Moreover, designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Covered Employee as a Participant in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one Covered Employee as a Participant shall not require designation of any other Covered Employees as a Participant in such period or in any other period.

 

16


(c) Procedures with Respect to Performance-Based Awards . To the extent necessary to comply with the Qualified Performance-Based Compensation requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to any Award granted under Section 8 or 9 which may be granted to one or more Covered Employees, no later than ninety (90) days following the commencement of any fiscal year in question or any other designated fiscal period or period of service (or such other time as may be required or permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, in writing, (a) designate one or more Covered Employees, (b) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the Performance Period, (c) establish the Performance Goals, and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for such Performance Period, and (d) specify the relationship between Performance Criteria and the Performance Goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Covered Employee for such Performance Period. Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Committee shall certify in writing whether the applicable Performance Goals have been achieved for such Performance Period. In determining the amount earned by a Covered Employee, the Committee shall have the right to reduce or eliminate (but not to increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Committee may deem relevant to the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the Performance Period.

(d) Payment of Performance-Based Awards . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary on the day a Performance-Based Award for such Performance Period is paid to the Participant. Furthermore, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment pursuant to a Performance-Based Award for a Performance Period only if the Performance Goals for such period are achieved. In determining the amount earned under a Performance-Based Award, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance-Based Award earned for the Performance Period, if in its sole and absolute discretion, such reduction or elimination is appropriate.

(e) Additional Limitations . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Award which is granted to a Covered Employee and is intended to constitute Qualified Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code (including any amendment to Section 162(m) of the Code) or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as qualified performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, and the Plan shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

SECTION 11. Amendment and Termination .

(a) Amendments to the Plan . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary; provided, however , that (a) to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any applicable law, regulation, or stock exchange rule, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required, and (b) stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment to the Plan that (i) increases the number of shares available under the Plan (other than any adjustment as provided by Section 13), (ii) permits the Committee to grant Options with an exercise price that is below Fair Market Value on the date of grant; (iii) permits the Committee to extend the exercise period for an Option beyond ten years from the date of grant; or (iv) prior to any grants of Incentive Stock Options or Qualified Performance Based Compensation on or after July 23, 2012.

 

17


(b) Amendments to Awards . The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively; provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.

SECTION 12. General Provisions .

(a) Nontransferability .

(i) Each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable only by the Participant, except that upon death or disability of a Participant, if permissible under applicable law, it shall be exercisable by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative.

(ii) Unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, no Award may be transferred or assigned by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported transfer or assignment shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute a transfer or assignment.

(b) No Rights to Awards . No Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).

(c) Share Certificates . All certificates for Shares or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(d) Withholding .

(i) A Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property) of any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes. The Committee may provide for additional cash payments to holders of Awards to defray or offset any tax arising from the grant, vesting, exercise or payments of any Award.

 

18


(ii) Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, a Participant may satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability by delivery of Shares owned by the Participant (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or by having the Company withhold from the number of Shares otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award a number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of Shares which may be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award in order to satisfy the Participant’s federal, state, local and foreign income and payroll tax liabilities with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of the Award shall be limited to the number of shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.

(iii) Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, in connection with the transfer of an Award pursuant to Section 11(a) of the Plan, the transferee shall remain liable for any withholding taxes required to be withheld upon the exercise of such Award by such transferee.

(e) Award Agreements . Each Award hereunder shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto, including but not limited to the effect on such Award of the death, disability or termination of employment or service of a Participant and the effect, if any, of such other events as may be determined by the Committee.

(f) No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements . Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other compensation arrangements, which may, but need not, provide for the grant of options, restricted stock, Shares and other types of Awards provided for hereunder (subject to shareholder approval if such approval is required), and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

(g) No Right to Employment . The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any consulting relationship to, the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or any other written agreement between such Participant and the Company.

 

19


(h) No Rights as Stockholder . Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or holder or beneficiary of any Award shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under the Plan until he or she has become the holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with each grant of Restricted Stock hereunder, the applicable Award shall specify if and to what extent the Participant shall not be entitled to the rights of a stockholder in respect of such Restricted Stock.

(i) Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws: (i) the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws for all Awards granted prior to July 23, 2012; and (ii) the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws for all Awards granted on or after July 23, 2012.

(j) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(k) Other Laws . The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares or other consideration under an Award if, acting in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Shares or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation or entitle the Company to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan and any Award granted or awarded to any Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Award granted hereunder shall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Committee in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable requirements of the U.S. federal securities laws.

 

20


(l) Section 409A . To the extent that the Committee determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Committee determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Committee may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

(m) No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

(n) No Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

(o) Headings . Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

(p) Paperless Exercise . In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless exercise of Awards by a Participant may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

SECTION 13. Changes in Capital Structure and Corporate Transactions .

(a) In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the Shares or the Share price, the Committee shall make proportionate adjustments to reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Sections 4(a) and 4(b)); (b) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (c) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan. Any adjustment affecting an Award intended as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation shall be made consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

21


(b) In the event of a Change in Control or any transaction or event described in Section 13(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, the Committee, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:

(i) To provide for either (A) termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 4(b) the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Committee in its sole discretion;

(ii) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

(iii) To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Restricted Stock and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding options, rights and awards and options, rights and awards which may be granted in the future;

(iv) To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; and

(v) To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.

 

22


(c) Acceleration Upon a Change in Control . Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as may otherwise be provided in any applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant, if a Change in Control occurs and a Participant’s Awards are not converted, assumed, or replaced by a successor entity, then immediately prior to the Change in Control such Awards shall become fully exercisable and all forfeiture restrictions on such Awards shall lapse. Upon, or in anticipation of, a Change in Control, the Committee may cause any and all Awards outstanding hereunder to terminate at a specific time in the future, including but not limited to the date of such Change in Control, and shall give each Participant the right to exercise such Awards during a period of time as the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine.

SECTION 14. Effective and Expiration Date .

(a) Effective Date . This Oclaro, Inc.(Opnext, Inc.) Third Amended and Restated 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan shall be effective as of July 23, 2012 (the “Effective Date”).

(b) Expiration Date . This Oclaro, Inc. (Opnext, Inc.) Third Amended and Restated 2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan will expire on, and no Award may be granted pursuant to this Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which the First Amended and Restated Plan was adopted by the Board. Any Awards that are outstanding on the tenth anniversary of such date shall remain in force according to the terms of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

23

Exhibit 21.1

OCLARO, INC. SUBSIDIARIES

Avanex Communications Technologies Co., Ltd., a People’s Republic of China Company

Avanex International Corporation, a Delaware corporation

Avanex U.S.A. Corporation, a Delaware corporation

Avalon Photonics AG, a Swiss corporation

Bookham International Ltd., a Cayman Islands company

Bookham Nominees Ltd., a U.K. company

Forthaven Ltd., a U.K. company

Mintera Corporation, a Delaware corporation

New Focus GmbH, a German corporation

Oclaro (Canada), Inc., a Canadian corporation

Oclaro Innovations LLP, a U.K. limited liability partnership

Oclaro Korea, Inc. a Korean corporation

Oclaro International Ltd., a Cayman Islands company

Oclaro Israel Ltd., an Israeli corporation

Oclaro Japan, Inc., a Japanese corporation

Oclaro Japan K.K., a Japanese corporation

Oclaro Luxembourg S.A., a Luxembourg company

Oclaro Malaysia Sdn Bhd

Oclaro (New Jersey), Inc., a Delaware corporation

Oclaro (North America), Inc., a Delaware corporation

Oclaro Photonics, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Oclaro (Switzerland) GmbH, a Swiss corporation(1)

Oclaro Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Oclaro Technology Ltd., a U.K. corporation

Oclaro Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd., a People’s Republic of China company

Oclaro (Thailand) Limited, a Thai company

Opnext Germany GmbH, a German corporation

Opnext, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Opnext Subsystems, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Pine Photonics Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Rio Sub 1, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Rio Sub 2, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Stratalight Communications Canada, Inc., a Canadian corporation

 

(1) Sold to II-VI Incorporated on September 12, 2013.

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have issued our reports dated September 26, 2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements, schedule, and internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Oclaro, Inc. for the year ended June 29, 2013. We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the Registration Statements of Oclaro, Inc. on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-183331, effective August 15, 2012, 333-179255, effective January 31, 2012, 333-172712, effective March 10, 2011, 333-158973, effective May 5, 2009, 333-149072, effective February 5, 2008, 333-129825, effective November 18, 2005, 333-13388, effective September 15, 2004, 333-119011, effective September 15, 2004, and 333-113341, effective September 15, 2004), and Forms S-3 (File No. 333-185740, effective January 25, 2013, 333-142270, effective May 7, 2007, 333-137719, effective October 23, 2006, 333-133460, effective April 21, 2006, 333-132069, effective March 16, 2006, and 333-122630, effective February 8, 2005).

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

San Francisco, California

September 26, 2013

Exhibit 31.1

SECTION 302(a) CERTIFICATION

I, Greg Dougherty, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 of Oclaro, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: September 26, 2013      

/s/ Greg Dougherty

      Greg Dougherty
      Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

SECTION 302(a) CERTIFICATION

I, Jerry Turin, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 of Oclaro, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: September 26, 2013      

/s/ Jerry Turin

      Jerry Turin
      Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Oclaro, Inc. (the Company) for the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), the undersigned, Greg Dougherty, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: September 26, 2013      

/s/ Greg Dougherty

      Greg Dougherty
      Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Oclaro, Inc. (the Company) for the fiscal year ended June 29, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), the undersigned, Jerry Turin, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: September 26, 2013      

/s/ Jerry Turin

      Jerry Turin
      Chief Financial Officer